Quantcast
Channel: zoran rosko vacuum player
Viewing all 2183 articles
Browse latest View live

Romina Paula - Dazed with grief, a young woman pours out her heart to a beloved friend who committed suicide, in a stream of consciousness that scatters the page with the ashes of home, popular songs, horrific news items, movie plots, pets, vermin, and exes old and new

$
0
0
August by Romina Paula


Romina Paula, August, Trans. by Jennifer Croft, Feminist Press, 2017.
excerpt






Traveling home to rural Patagonia, a young woman grapples with herself as she makes the journey to scatter the ashes of her friend Andrea. Twenty-one-year-old Emilia might still be living, but she’s jaded by her studies and discontent with her boyfriend, and apathetic toward the idea of moving on. Despite the admiration she receives for having relocated to Buenos Aires, in reality, cosmopolitanism and a career seem like empty scams. Instead, she finds her life pathetic.
Once home, Emilia stays with Andrea’s parents, wearing the dead girl’s clothes, sleeping in her bed, and befriending her cat. Her life put on hold, she loses herself to days wondering how if what had happened—leaving an ex, leaving Patagonia, Andrea leaving her—hadn’t happened.
Both a reverse coming-of-age story and a tangled homecoming tale, this frank confession to a deceased confidante. A keen portrait of a young generation stagnating in an increasingly globalized Argentina, August considers the banality of life against the sudden changes that accompany death.




A young woman returns home five years after her best friend’s suicide.
When they were 16, Emilia’s best friend, Andrea, committed suicide. Five years have passed. Now, Emilia is living in Buenos Aires when Andrea’s parents invite her back to their rural Patagonian town for a ceremony to scatter Andrea’s ashes. This is the first book by Paula, an accomplished Argentinian actor, director, and writer, to be translated into English. The novel is narrated by Emilia, who addresses herself directly to Andrea (referring to “you,” “your parents,” “your house,” and so on), and it is a lucid and vibrant account. In Buenos Aires, Andrea’s death had come to seem distant, even abstract; back in their hometown, however, Emilia is faced with the truth of the death and its permanence. But she is also faced with the other particulars of the life she left behind: her father with his new wife and new kids (Emilia’s mother left her family when she was a child); and Emilia’s former lover has moved on, as well. Emilia is a chatty narrator, and her account is crammed with pop-culture references, slang, mild cursing, and the kind of repetitive, obsessive thought processes familiar to anyone who's lived through their early 20s. You can practically hear her talking out loud. Here she is soon after her arrival at Andrea’s house: “Anyway, so dinner with your parents was great, albeit with me performing acrobatics the entire time in order to avoid or not broach certain topics. Basically they asked about my life in Buenos Aires, if I liked it, if I’d adapted, who I was hanging out with there…they asked if I was happy with my job, and here I edited a little bit and told them just about the good stuff,” and on, and on. It’s an engaging, frequently moving story, and its only fault is that we don’t hear more about Andrea and the specifics of her death. In contrast, there’s a great deal of focus on Julián, Emilia’s ex-boyfriend, which eventually becomes tiresome.
Paula’s English-language debut is almost impossible to put down: moody, atmospheric, at times cinematic, her novel is indicative of a fresh and fiery talent with, hopefully, more to come.Kirkus Reviews


"Fluently translated from the Spanish, this absorbing novel with a Holdenesque narrator delivers a raw and arresting new voice in literature."Booklist (starred review)




“Romina Paula is an extraordinary and distinct new literary voice. I texted photos of almost every page of this novel to my friends. August is enviable in its unpretentiousness, feminism, and intelligence. It is a rare gift to be able to write what I thought of as a voice-driven emotional thriller. I wanted to live inside of August, and am now Paula’s biggest fan.” —Chloe Caldwell




“In Romina Paula’s August, the narrator returns to her native village, but the person she yearns to see is no longer there. She proceeds to address us as ‘you,’ the missing person, in an urgent, generous, often funny voice rife with confidences, reminiscent of an adolescent sharing important, whispered truths for the first time to the only person she can trust. Ingeniously constructed around this absent interlocutor, ‘you,’ that the reader stands in for, this second novel breathes with feverish life.”—Maxine Swann




“Croft’s translation of this hyperlocal and/yet global tale of the lonely pressures of womanhood and loyalty bristles against sentimentality at the same time that it insists how much we must turn to language to realize emotion. August’s confessions are rinsed in the waters of the intellect and thus give a large purchase on the readers’ imaginations: a book of deft fury and defter beauty.” —Joan Naviyuk Kane






“Dazed with grief, a young woman pours out her heart to a beloved friend who committed suicide, in a stream of consciousness that scatters the page with the ashes of home, popular songs, horrific news items, movie plots, pets, vermin, and exes old and new. In this pitch-perfect performance of actress Romina Paula's novel of a chilly autumn homecoming in Patagonia, Jennifer Croft conjures a millennial voice that is raw and utterly real.” —Esther Allen








Romina Paula begins August with an epigraph: “The girl returns with a rodent’s face, disfigured by not wanting anything to do with being young.” The quote is from Hospital Britanico by Hector Viel Temperley, but it evoked in my mind Marguerite Duras’ The Lover, another slim volume of autofiction that grapples intimately with the questions of youth, age and time. With how to hold onto the past while also struggling to leave youth’s entrapments behind—with what to keep and what to discard. The characters in August also occupy this limbo, a space where they yearn to move forward but dance intimately with the temptation of living in the past.
The narrator, Emilia returns to her hometown in rural Patagonia. Five years after the death of her best friend, Andrea, Emilia receives a vague invitation from Andrea’s parents to attend a gathering around her cremation. The girl’s friends and family end up in a strange sort of reunion as they gather to scatter Andrea’s ashes. Emilia’s been living a cosmopolitan life in Buenos Aires with a lover who is unconnected from her past, and the return to the life she left behind is like a crash, a reckoning with things she thought she’d recovered from. Emilia says, “If it weren’t for the sneakers I’m wearing that I definitely purchased this year, I might doubt my age, doubt my historical moment, the point on the line of my life where I am currently positioned—I’d doubt the line.” Emilia’s return to her hometown is a kind of time travel—as diving into our past lives always is. Her family, ex-boyfriend and other friends exist as they once were—of course, with the conspicuous absence of her beloved dead friend.
The city persists as though the girls never made their respective departures—Andrea for death and Emilia for her new life. The reader sees the comparison of Emilia’s parallel lives, the one that she’s re-entering in Patagonia and the one that she’s been living in Buenos Aires, where she was trying to create something separate and new. The lives exist in concert, and she’s forced to compare and reckon with them. When chatting with another old friend about her new lifestyle, the narrator speculates, “She assumes, I think, that I love my life of a free agent in the city, believes it’s a life I wouldn’t trade for anything, which I guess is what I have been trying to convey to her since her arrival, what I’ve led her to believe.” But Paula’s musings don’t veer into the syrupy or nostalgic, rather the narrator wryly confronts the past: “As no time has passed, like an idiot, clingy,” she writes, and steps back into her old life like a shed skin.
It’s a case study in how a life unfolds only to collapse back in on itself, a ceaseless grappling with the choices one made and pondering the age old questions: Does love get you anywhere? Who are we once we’ve left everything we know behind? How do the ghosts of our loved ones go on living through the prism of our memories?
Romina Paula is better known as an actress, and, curiously, it makes sense here: her skills in creating a persona of her narrator are extensive and well honed. Actors and authors in some ways have a similar job: they need to convince us of the viability of a personality, make us know the character in ways that go beyond seeing and reading. I felt that way immediately with Emilia, her voice casual but endearing, charming, thoughtful and, most of all, real: the way women really talk to each other and themselves, rather than nostalgic caricatures based in overwrought stereotypes. When Emilia sorts through Andrea’s belongings: “Today I snooped around in your stuff, but like, just because, like demelancholized, like my eyes were dry, as I was snooping, just checking things out, taking a look. I came across that drawer you keep filled with scraps of paper and things, the one that has all sorts of movie tickets and little invites and little notes, a million of my little notes, pure nonsense on them, so much nonsense written down, the reconstruction of a history of stupidity, basically, of silliness, of whatever.” The tone is youthful, naïve, which has traditionally been looked down upon by men of letters, but by inhabiting it without apology, it is reclaimed and made legitimate, giving women permission to write as they think. The book is phrased as a letter to the dead best friend, and as the reader we become as familiar with Emilia’s addresses to Andrea as the people who we’re closest with. It is how brains work when they’re not worried about who is watching: not pontificating, not posturing—this is how we get to the truth of depicting women.
Romina Paula
Emilia says, “My life is not what one would term heroic.” But through this lens it is heroic, it’s heroic for being itself and not changing for the masses, or the male gaze. The tone is also deceptive—its casualness can be mistaken for a lack of effort, when in actuality the words are carefully considered, the flow poetic. She uses slashes when deciding between two feelings—someone “seems far away/removed”—reflecting how emotions are not definitive, rather a consistent excavation into how human interactions affect us.
Emilia is also, simply put, very funny. When her boyfriend is trying to get mice out of their apartment, “He bought a mousetrap (ugh, an inquisition),” and she continues, “My humble household has quickly been transformed into a site of terror.” It’s humorous in its tone and turns of phrase, but also in situations and scenes. Paula demonstrates an eye for comedic detail, like when Emilia is lying down in the shower while a cat looks on, or an unfortunate incident with a cumbersome pad while running into her ex at a bar.
The narrator is able to simultaneously judge the behaviours other humans engage in, while never straying from a deep love for the people she’s returning to. Her unique way of relating to others is exhibited primarily through her interactions with her ex, Julian—now the father of another woman’s child. When greeting him for the first time after their years apart: “The hey is absolutely false.” We’ve all said and observed the “false hey”. Paula puts the communal social interactions that we all engage in and perpetuate on display, makes fun of them and questions why we act the way we do.
The ostensible centre of the novel is the death of the best friend, but instead of examining it in a straightforward manner, it shows how people talk about death when it actually happened in their lives—as a bemused reckoning, rather than manufactured faux-artfulness. Andrea is not presented as a monument, rather as a static memory that is as complex and flawed as the narrator herself.
On many occasions the narrator is glib about death, intentionally invoking the average person’s cognitive dissonance between the gorge of actual death and the colloquial referencing: “I feel like I would like to die, or else like I would like to kill this messenger… I could and would prefer to die right now.” But this flippancy isn’t a turn off, it succeeds because it’s so unabashed and authentic it acknowledges its own absurdity. We don’t stop talking the way we normally talk when someone dies, instead we must learn to reckon how we speak casually with the reality that death does exist in our midst. Emilia’s way of speaking about death is so genuine that it makes you wonder if the cliches people say about death are even emotionally sound at all, or just posturing to say how you think you should feel when something ends.
We don’t ever really get to know Andrea except through Emilia, but that felt painfully accurate: our closest friends often shape who we become, and our interactions with them are mirrors of how we behave in the world. Their friendship is threaded through the book, present even when the narrator isn’t referring explicitly to it, because such a close friendship permeates everything about one’s life. In Julie Buntin’s recent novel Marlena, she writes: “I begin to see the outline of the best friend, the girl she shaped herself around, according to. For so many women, the process of becoming requires two. It’s not hard to make out the marks the other one left.” We see the outlines of Andrea on Emilia, and thus we get to know her even though she’s not alive within the timeline of the book. Their friendship is the biggest mark on Emilia’s life, “undying friendship, the purest form of love over tables at bars” and it is so pure because friendship doesn’t rely on social status or sex or role fulfilment. Rather, it lives in the pure joy of companionship, of two people being together for no other reason than enjoying each other’s company and building a specific intimacy.
The narrator is less sure of her allegiance to any of her romantic partners. She expresses ambivalence toward the live-in boyfriend in Buenos Aires, and is unsparing in her judgement of her former lover in Patagonia, even as she feels herself sexually drawn to him. With these struggles, it asks how we choose the people we are romantically involved with, if it was even a choice at all, or nothing but chance. Emilia’s bond to Andrea is so much stronger than with her current beau or Julian it forces us to question the social prioritisation of romance over friendship.
Amidst the exhumation, scattering Andrea’s ashes, and rekindling relationships with family and friends, Emilia is still obsessive about her past with Julian, and thus the book confronts our inability to let go of our obsessions amidst tragedy. For one, how sexual desire clouds and distracts us even when confronted with death. Is this evidence of the importance of sex, or just evidence that humans are biologically animals? Paula is able to pinpoint the space created between two people, the electric charge, how bonds become more than the sum of their people, the connections created are impossible to erase with time, distance, breakups and death.
Paula captures the spectrum of ways of being hurt by our exes: from the acute pain of an encounter that ends with a “take care” after years of “I love yous” to the largesse despair of spending an hour with the child your ex-lover has with another woman. It accumulates the minute and terrible ways two human beings can stab each other over and over.
Depicted here are the relationships with the self, with lovers, with a dead friend, but within this is a statement about what makes a family: the families we create and destroy in the process of living a life. As the family and friends of Emilia gather in this belated wake of her death, Emilia says: “All of us drunk, almost a family.” Death and funerals are a reunion, albeit a morose one, but they’re a revival of the family, biologically and otherwise, illustrating how we create our own families when biology is not enough. When musing on the cultural death of the extended family, Kurt Vonnegut wrote:
Why are so many people getting divorced today? It’s because most of us don’t have extended families anymore. It used to be that when a man and a woman got married, the bride got a lot more people to talk to about everything. The groom got a lot more pals to tell dumb jokes to. When a couple has an argument, they may think it’s about money or power or sex, or how to raise the kids, or whatever. What they’re really saying to each other, though, without realising it, is this: ‘You are not enough people!’
Though Paula’s argument is stated less overtly, the objectives are similar: both authors are arguing that we need community over coupledom, that it is the extended family who helps us through death and loss. By trying to exist on an island after a tragedy, we engender more suffering. But by diving back into the wreck with the support of certain family members, friends and art, a different way of being can be forged. - Rebecca Schuh
http://www.3ammagazine.com/3am/forging-different-way-review-romina-paulas-august/


ALTHOUGH ROMINA PAULA’S August tells a profoundly human story, it begins and ends with animals. The epigraph, drawn from Argentine poet Héctor Viel Temperley’s “Hospital Británico,” reads, “The girl returns with a rodent’s face, disfigured by not wanting anything to do with being young.” And throughout this novel of youth, trauma, and return, we are confronted by our animal natures — our bodies, our urges, and our instinctive attachments.
The novel follows a young Argentine woman as she journeys back to her Patagonian hometown, Esquel, to see her friend Andrea’s ashes scattered five years after her death, and to reckon with absences of various kinds. “It was something about wanting to scatter your ashes,” the narrative opens, “something about wanting to scatter you.” Rather than orient us in the mundane texture of daily life only to shatter it with tragedy, our narrator, Emilia, begins in medias res, after the loss. Long — perhaps too long — after the loss. As Emilia admits, “I have been able to say your name for a while now without losing my composure, even been able to talk about what happened, about what happened to you.”
The narrator’s voice is familiar, conversational, somewhere between a friend’s unselfconscious confession over a drink and a loved one’s diary. The reader feels she is listening in, perhaps even prying, and this creates a provocative tension. That tension is deepened by the fact that Emilia addresses her late friend directly; the text is full of references that are obviously intimate, but obscure to us. And she uses the second person to address not only her absent friend, but also — as we all do — to speak about herself, in the guise of the general, impersonal “you.” Emilia is talking, at once, to someone, to herself, and into the void — a fugue of grief. Jennifer Croft’s translation conveys this distinctive voice beautifully, reproducing the narrator’s shifting thoughts, which are sometimes choppy and sometimes overflow in lush sentences, as well as her tendency to pile up adjectives in clashing combinations that aim to express the inexpressible, as in, “Ah. Pain, the most profound/the lowest kind of pain.” Paula’s prose is often rhythmic, even musical:
I have a dream about rodent teeth, and then one night, standing at the corner where our place is, I look up and see a mouse running along the wires like they’re pathways, with that determination, that certainty. A few days later I come upon another one, another mouse in another neighborhood. Frozen. Tense. Close to a cable. I put two and two together, understand it got electrocuted and fell, splat, onto the sidewalk.
As this passage suggests, the grief Emilia feels is not for one loss alone. Many absences make themselves felt in these pages. The anniversary of Andrea’s death precipitates the next separation — Emilia’s departure from her home in Buenos Aires, and from her boyfriend: “Now, from here, from this station, while I wait to get my bag back, Manuel, with his pants and his curls, seems far away/removed.” Later on, the pain of another lost relationship swims up to the surface: “What the fuck came into her head or went out of it for her to just up and decide to move, to disappear/disintegrate like that?”
In her grief, Emilia even experiences proximity as distance. Her geographical estrangement from Buenos Aires brings her closer to her high school boyfriend, who himself embodies another absence:
The strange thing is going overnight from sharing everything with someone to no longer knowing anything about what they’re doing, the person you shared everything with and knew everything about, every day, everything that happened every day, and then, suddenly, from one moment to the next, nothing, and not even the option of giving them a call, or maybe you can call them anyway but then everything gets awkward, even the most basic things become uncomfortable. Losing all claims on the other person, losing them, completely, just like that, like it’s nothing. I hate that, that artificial death, that rehearsal for death.
News from Emilia’s brother back in Buenos Aires also calls death to Emilia’s mind. Emilia has left behind the minor domestic drama of an unwelcome mouse in the apartment. Her brother tells her that he’s put out rat poison, warning her that “because the mouse takes such small bites it takes it a long time to die.” Emilia finds this “horrifying”: “My humble household has quickly been transformed into a site of terror, institutionalized death.” Meanwhile in Esquel, Emilia spends time with a different animal, Ali, her late friend’s cat, whom Emilia describes as “an extension of you.” Like the people around her, these animals are part of Emilia’s psychic landscape, embodiments of mortality, whose presence reminds Emilia of absence: “I mean identifying with the mouse, so many tragic women, girls who suffer, all of them tragic.”
Life is disrupted by death, relationships disrupted by physical absence — perhaps all that remains is memory. As Emilia traverses the ephemeral networks of the living, she spends a lot of time in Andrea’s room, “retracing your steps, your words.” She thinks, “it’s neither yours nor not yours, I don’t know exactly how to explain it: it’s yours, but neutralized, taken down a notch. And yet you’re still there in certain things.” The absent are still present, if only in a diminished state. Their memories are with us, in the objects they owned, in our bodies:
I scattered the condensation on the glass with the sleeve of my jacket, I saw the first light of morning over the peaks, not yet reaching the highway, and I felt — god — that memory in my body, in the view, everything, sense memory, sensations lodged there, memory mocking plans, mocking decisions.
Indeed, although the book is very much memory, the body is never out of sight. There is, for instance, an extended menstruation scene, in which Emilia expounds on the evils of pads, their synthetic materials, and their wings. Passages like this ground the text in the particulars of Emilia’s experience, as well as the particulars of her culture.
The text is full of references to Argentine and global pop culture, mostly to albums and songs Emilia encounters as she goes through the things in Andrea’s old bedroom. In one scene, Emilia’s ex, Julián, wears a T-shirt with a wolf on it, which she says might as well feature a Rata Blanca logo — referring to an Argentine metal band that, my sources tell me, is terribly cheesy. In another exchange between Emilia and Julián, she calls his sweater “so ñoño” (that is, nerdy or lame), a term which he himself doesn’t recognize. Emilia explains that it’s from The Simpsons, the Mexican dubbed version. I loved Croft’s choice not to translate this slang, which puts us in Julián’s position and points to the flow of pop culture across national and linguistic boundaries. (Search “Simpsons ñoño” on YouTube.)
It was a pleasure for me to encounter these bits of pop culture, as well as an effective rendering of the ways we connect with our past selves by uncovering these artifacts — songs we listened to and movies we watched over and over again. The two-page reflection on Reality Bites really delighted me, which might mean I’m precisely the book’s target audience, a melancholic “old millennial.”
But melancholy isn’t despair. Although Emilia returns to witness a memorial rite, and to make sense of what befell her high school relationship, she’s also there to tell her story, at least to herself. In a metafictional moment, Emilia asks, “What works better in fiction? Past or present tense?” Emilia’s bildungsroman may not bring her to any profound realizations about her losses, but, by the end, she does manage to incorporate them into her story, to make something of them: “I am me, that’s my impossibility. There, once again, the only thing that can save you is fiction. I mean, whenever you can, when it gives you access. What isn’t fiction consumes you.” She knows she is shaping the pieces of her life into something she can handle.
August demonstrates how loss can mark a person, how it can permeate everything, and what we can do with it. - Lauren Kinney
https://lareviewofbooks.org/contributor/lauren-kinney/


“Ah. Pain, the most profound/lowest kind of pain. He’d just stayed with her? Since when is he capable of that level of love?” Such is Emilia’s complaint to her best friend Andrea about her ex, Julián. There’s no jokey rejoinder to buoy up the conversation or change the subject — not when Andrea has been dead for five years. Still, there’s an awful lot to say.
Romina Paula’s remarkable novel August, translated from the Spanish by Jennifer Croft, begins as a typical tale of bittersweet homecoming. In her early twenties, Emilia confronts the fifth anniversary of her friend’s suicide with a return to the small Argentinian town of Esquel. Her general numbness alleviated only by breakthrough pain, she sleeps in her friend’s childhood bed, cuddles with her cat, and walks the streets of their carefree teendom, Andrea’s jacket across her shoulders. She inevitably runs into Julián (while Synchronicity plays in the background, no less) and must reckon with the reality of his loss as well.
But the wistful Emilia-Julián connection, which takes over the last quarter of the book, isn’t the primary attraction of August. Instead, the book’s excellence resides in its weird, interstitial little set pieces and musings. As Emilia ponders the pleasures of Reality Bites, considers the essential nature of cats (“first and foremost creatures of place”) or wrestles with a subpar menstrual pad, we watch her work to assert a continuous present, one in which Andrea is necessarily included. To that end, the book reads as a one-sided conversation with a confidant: aggressively meandering, insistently present-tense. It’s melancholic and reflective, but with something messy and perverse hanging around the edges.
Emilia identifies this unsettling energy in terms of decay and permanence; in particular, objects that stubbornly persist or transmogrify in the face of death. In the first pages of August, she confronts the physicality of her friend’s ashes:
Your dad tells me that now it’s legal to exhume the body, your body, that you can finally be exhumed and, I mean, dealt with. How since the waiting period on an exhumation has expired they can now remove you from that anonymous grave and actually deal with you, deal with your body. He says they want to take you out of there to scatter you, elsewhere, sounds like they want to scatter you from somewhere else or bury you. I don’t know, that part wasn’t super clear to me, I don’t think they know exactly, either, what to do.
The strangely exhausting logistics of “dealing with” the ashes become a secondary plot point in the book, and other belongings of Andrea’s are fraught with meaning as well. And yet Emilia can’t help but enjoy, on some level, how objects associated with Andrea have changed since her death. When she first arrives at Andrea’s family home, she notes the simultaneity of her friend’s absence and presence with near-pleasure: “I always liked it that your parents kept your room going, like that they kept it up to date, so that way it’s neither yours nor not yours, I don’t know exactly how to explain it: it’s yours, but neutralized, taken down a notch.” She wears Andrea’s clothes partly to feel close to her, but also, seemingly, to participate in their decay, to complicate their ownership: “the blue pullover with the little balls, which I slept in until really recently, it’s pretty disgusting at this point, but I still couldn’t toss it, even if it means nothing now.” The link between materiality and meaning, she recognizes, is a hard one to break.
August is stuffed with late-90s cultural references, some native to Argentina, but many recontextualized American imports. Emilia jokes that her now-remarried dad looks like “a kind of more robust Woody Allen”; discussing the plans for scattering Andrea’s remains, she can think only of the funeral-home family in Six Feet Under. She remembers the music video for a Counting Crows song, but only vaguely: “Falling into water? I don’t fully remember, I do know the overall sense of it was of total desolation.” Rendering the quirks and gaps of personal media consumption, these references create a stable setting — a kind of experiential lexicon — for the book’s long conversation. But even as she claims these pop monoliths for her own narrative ends, Emilia describes their perfection in terms of inaccessibility and loss. The music video affects her emotions but withholds its meaning; the longing generated by Winona Ryder in Reality Bites is eternal, since it can never be sated: “We all wanted to have her haircut and have it look as good on us as it did on her.”
In one of the book’s riskiest conceits, Emilia introduces another variety of pop culture to the conversation: lurid true-crime stories of murder. Occupying separate chapters that starkly interrupt the plot’s trajectory, she raptly describes these cases of what she calls “families that eat some of their members”: the torturing, raping, and killing of a daughter-in-law, a wife, or a sister, and the unsuccessful attempt to hide the evidence. Emilia seems fascinated with the sheer boldness of the crimes, for one, but she’s also intent on the physical evidence that the victims can’t help but leave behind: “think of all the things Rachel won’t ever be able to tell us. Of the teeny tiny amount her decomposed body was able to tell and everything else it kept quiet.” These forays into senseless violence and horror are so abrupt and clinical as to seem disconnected, but they do important work in a story that could too easily melt into sentimentality. Even as she seems almost to forget the fact of Andrea’s suicide, and never mentions its circumstances, Emilia needs to talk about death — unnatural death — in a detailed and unsparing way.
Most powerful, though, is August’s exploration of life-or-death contingency through the variability of Emilia’s language. She liberally peppers her monologues with the slash mark: when she first lands by bus in Esquel, she reflects that her boyfriend Manuel “with his pants and his curls, seems far away/removed”; she cries after seeing Julián “because I’m nothing now/because I’m such an idiot.” After having a conversation with her dad and evading his questions about self-care, she comments, as much to herself as to Andrea, “all those things, boyfriend/school/work, were mine, were me, and it’s strange I would refer to them as things/activities taking me away — or at the very least distracting me — from myself.”
The toggling between and stacking up of intensifiers and alternatives vividly brands the narrative of August with a symbol of equivocation and transition. This verbal tic of Emilia’s subtly grounds the action in the kind of arbitrariness that Kierkegaard described, and sort-of endorsed, in Either/Or: “Arbitrariness is the whole secret . . . One does not enjoy the immediate object but something else that one arbitrarily introduces. One sees the middle of a play; one reads the third section of a book. One thereby has enjoyment quite different from what the author so kindly intended.” By resisting fixed terms, a person can assert their autonomy, their own secret order — with the small consequence of utter alienation from potential meaning.
Emilia seems very similarly disposed: near the end of the book, she remarks, “the only thing that can save you is fiction. I mean, whenever you can, when it gives you access. What isn’t fiction consumes you.” The fictions she invokes undeniably change the terms of her visit to Esquel. They aestheticize it, deny the ash-scattering ritual its solemnity, and easily flatten the five years that separate her from Andrea.
But August isn’t a to-the-letter exercise in existential despair. The book’s complexity is more naturalistic than theoretical, and its narrative detours and dead-ends all enhance the immediacy of Emilia’s voice. And the need for immediacy — propelled by that sense of both intimacy with and distance from someone who’s gone forever — keeps her talking. When she cries over an old cassette tape, Emilia easily imagines Andrea’s derision, and her retort is as snarky as it is disconsolate: “All I can say to that is that it’s easy to refuse to be sad when you’re only planning on living for such a short amount of time.” Despite its hedging either/or-ness, August holds onto the essentiality of the dialogue, and leaves us waiting for a response. - Emma Ingrisani
http://www.full-stop.net/2017/09/22/reviews/emma-ingrisani/august-romina-paula/


This is a first person narrative primarily addressed to a dead girl, our narrator in her early twenties leaving Buenos Aires and returning to rural Patagonia, to meet the family of her childhood friend and plan the scattering of her ashes, her friend having committed suicide a number of years beforehand.
The opening is haunting and deeply personal as our neurotic protagonist, Emilia, questions her return, explores her relationships and reflects on the events that have led to this “homecoming”;
Before leaving town the bus makes a stop in Liniers. The seat I chose isn’t bad, all things considered. It has a number of pros: it’s upstairs, more or less in the middle. There’s no one next to me. The only little con, which I do detect immediately, is that right exactly where my part of the window is there’s a divider – I mean, the window, the glass, is bisected smack-dab where my face is. This is bad because the view will not be optimal, although I still think I did okay, in terms of safety it’s a good thing because it’s a divider that could absorb a blow, you know, if it ever came to that. It’s a divider that isn’t glass at least. So I reconcile myself to that metal/rubber strip standing between me and the landscape.
Romina Paula uses the dairy like style to explore the inner machinations of our protagonist’s fears, and her “coming of age” as she both physically and mentally lets go of Buenos Aires and all that the city contains. Whilst the art of writing itself is also explored the presented book is more aligned to the narcissism of our narrator as she begins to question her relationship with her current boyfriend (who has remained in Buenos Aires) and her past relationships in Patagonia.
During my teenage years Buenos Aires symbolized both everything I wanted most and everything I detested. On the one hand I pictured it as ugly, jammed full of people all in a rush all the time. A clusterfuck of cars and taxis and buses and noises and people, and people, and people. In fact that wasn’t altogether unfounded: we had gone on a trip there, just once, with Dad, to do some paperwork, some paperwork he had to go and do in Buenos Aires, and we stayed at our aunt’s place, his sister’s, who was living there. Here. No, now it’s there. And the memory I have of that trip, I don’t know, I must have been about five years old, is of crossing Libertador in Retiro (now I know where it is, in my memory it was just a big avenue), and trying to get to the other side around everybody’s legs, through all those legs, hundreds coming towards us, ready to trample me, like a stampede; it was get across of die trying, and at the same time not lose Dad’s hand, not let yourself get tricked by some other hand and end up who knew where. That crossing generated an extreme mixture of terror and adrenaline in me; the terror, the adrenaline, sufficient for me to insist to my father that we go again, more than once, cross that forest of legs in motion, all furious, all enormous, all going in the opposite direction. You might say that image illustrated quite well the configuration of Buenos Aires, in my head: that excitement, that fear of losing, of being lost, of dying, literally trampled/crushed, and, nonetheless, the challenge, the challenge of avoiding it, of surviving all those knees wrapped up in suits, in stockings, of beating those heels. Those soles, those purses and briefcases, and making it – unscathed and holding on to someone’s hand – to the other side. Not that I think about it, my perception of Buenos Aires hasn’t changed all that much, it’s just that in this version my knees are at the same level as the rest of them, and my head is much higher, and some part, some little part, of the city, meanwhile, now belongs to me, as little as it is.
As Emilia goes through various stages of grief, excessive sleeping an example, she also presents, in her “journal” the plight of a mouse which has invade her home in the city as well as details of various horrific mass murderers, as a reader you begin to question her attitude to death, her genuine concern for her childhood friend’s demise, this juxtaposition forcing you to shift your views. We learn of her mother’s leaving, abandonment, when she was young, the childhood imaginings of where she had disappeared to, kidnapped, trapped behind the Iron Curtain?
And as the story progresses further, the novel becomes a “road movie” of sorts (there are a number of references to movies throughout, “Reality Bites” an example), when Emilia finds a novel way of getting back to Buenos Aires without using the bus.
The internal, rather than the external, journey of our protagonist becomes the main focus as she slowly unravels.
It would seem to be more mixed up than that: it would appear that no one knows exactly who loves whom, if indeed anybody loves anyone, if indeed anyone understands, knows, or has a clear idea of what it is to love, or of what love is. Which is horrific…
As Emilia begins her journey home even the format, presentation, of the tale changes, dialogue begins to contain quotation marks and follows the expected rules, the internalisation begins to broaden and contains existentialist discussions, our narrator is starting to conform.
Although entertaining, and starting with a great premise that leads the reader right into the life of Emilia, I did find this book to be a somewhat shallow work, a hollow piece, where the internal voice of the narrator became too obsessive and overbearing. Similar, only slightly, to the Chilean “Camanchaca” by Diego Zúñiga (translated in Megan McDowell) a coming of age story, linked to a road trip, a work I reviewed back in April, or a teenage immature version of Clarice Lispector’s “Near to the Wild Heart”, without the ingenuity,  grace, method or the style. Whilst “August” throws out a range of existentialist ideas, it fails to deliver any real punch on any of them, however that may be the point!!! - Tony Messenger
https://messybooker.wordpress.com/2017/08/18/august-romina-paula-translated-by-jennifer-croft/


In southern Argentina, where Paula sets most of the novel, August is bright and cold, and colder still in Esquel, the Andean mountain town to which the protagonist, Emilia, returns for the scattering of the ashes of her best friend, Andrea. The novel takes the form of an extended letter to her friend, about whose life and death we learn fragmentary details. Andrea died young, and, it seems, by her own hand:
Lines brimming over with anger and despair, hatred, almost, very severe, with yourself, with everything, but above all with yourself (20)
Emilia was devoted to Andrea, and cannot accept that she is gone: ”you are dead everywhere’ (111). She describes the minutiae of her life for Andrea: a mouse has come to live in her kitchen but she doesn’t want her brother to kill it–she wants no more of death. She recalls Clemente, the comically overattentive attendant who entertains passengers on the long bus journey to the south from Buenos Aires. She tells her friend about her mother, Cora, who has walked out on the family and never contacts her children. The young Emilia believed that she had gone to live in Russia and that the authorities there did not allow her to write home. Later she discovers that her father has an address for his wife, who has asked him only to write to her in the event of an emergency. Emilia tells Andrea that she has written to her mother and received a polite, unaffectionate reply that indicates no interest in any further correspondence:
Pure nothingness. A kind of flash of a mother that wasn’t even a flash, a little cut of light, a sensation and nothing more, just silence again. Nothing motherly. (137)
it was “better to lose her than to find her,” Emilia concludes, although Cora has left her ‘defenseless’ against the vicissitudes of life (137).
The loss of her friend and that of her mother have left Emilia in emotional disarray, with an abiding fear of losing someone again. She remains with her boyfriend, Manuel, though unsure about her feelings for him. In a bar, she bumps into a former boyfriend, Julián, who takes her on a long journey across Patagonia. The men are distractions from the grief she struggles and fails to contain, and which finally overwhelms her as she sits drunk on a dark pavement in a freezing seaside town.
Emilia finds solace in denial. Grief and love are powerful, related emotions but she tries to persuade herself that they are containable, that emotions can be subordinated to the practicalities of life. After all, she tells herself, she loved Julián, but left him to go to study in Buenos Aires.
Jennifer Croft has a good ear for slang, for salty everyday language. She has turned Emilia’s earthy, uninhibited thoughts and speech into supple demotic American English. She is in her element in the quick-fire exchanges between Emilia and Julián, the affectionate insults and banter the two trade on their journey across the freezing windswept deserts and plains to the coast.
     ‘The argument that you can only choose someone or build something with someone if you’re in love, what the fuck is that? It doesn’t work like that, there are a million other things, other factors.’
     ‘You literally just told me that people know when they’re in love.’
     ‘Exactly, but what I’m saying is, that has nothing to do with anything.’
     ‘How does it not?’
     ‘It just doesn’t. Like you saying you were in love with me but still going off to Buenos Aires.’
     ‘What does that have to do with anything? That was because of something else.’
     ‘That’s exactly what I’m saying, it’s not the only thing, then, it’s not the determining factor; for you, in that moment, it wasn’t enough.’
     This stops me, I shut up. (150)
The translation conveys the oppressive mood of the original, Emilia’s whirling confused thoughts, her self-absorption, her rhapsodic recollections of happier times:
Fuck, now here, in this euphoria, with Juli, with the south, with the cold, with the alcohol, with the decade, the last decade, the one that made us, I think of you. You come to me, you appear to me in the night, the fact that you’re not here appears to me, that I can’t tell you this even though I pretend like I can, not being able to ever tell you is still something I can’t understand. (182-3)
For anyone keen to learn more about Argentina, August would be a good place to begin. The novel is replete with vivid descriptions of what the country looks and feels like, how things work. It is freighted with fascinating detail. Bus journeys can be so long, we learn, that bus companies provide hot meals and wine for passengers. With most of its population of 44 million concentrated in the cities – 15 million in greater Buenos Aires alone – Argentina has many empty expanses. The only living thing our travelers encounter on their journey to the coast is the solitary baobab tree under which they munch their sandwiches. The lonely towns they visit, Trelew and Madryn, are among the most southerly settlements in the world, their Welsh names reminders that Argentina, like the United States, was once a favored destination for the poor and oppressed of Europe (as late as the 1950s there were Irish districts of Buenos Aires). The capital is a monster metropolis that attracts the young, like Emilia, the poor, and the ambitious from the rest of Argentina and beyond. Emilia recalls an early visit to the big city:
And the memory I have of that trip, I don’t know, I must have been about five years old, is of crossing Libertador in Retiro (now I know where it is, in my memory it was just a big avenue), and trying to get to the other side around everybody’s legs, through all those legs, hundreds, coming towards us, ready to trample me, like a stampede (134)
Emilia is a familiar figure. She listens to Counting Crows. She watches The Simpsons. She swears. She drinks too much. Like all of us, she wonders where she is going. August explores emotions such as grief and loss that are part of the common human experience. It is a book about death in life, about how we fail to cope, about emotional fragility.
It is not an overtly political work, and makes no direct mention of people or events, but I sense that Paula is addressing the defining period in recent Argentinian history, the years 1976 to 1982, when the country was governed by a uniquely brutal military dictatorship. The ruling generals dealt ruthlessly with their opponents, and suspected opponents. Death squads abducted and killed as many as 30,000 people, young people for the most part. The regime gave the children it had orphaned to childless military families. It all ended in a catastrophic military defeat and the loss of hundreds of soldiers and sailors, the young again. Emilia’s are the emotions of their friends and relatives, and hers is the raw grief of people who did not have the chance to say goodbye. To this day, many elderly Argentinians do not know how their children died, or where their grandchildren are. “I have things inside me” Emilia says at one point, as if speaking for them,
I have things inside of me that are moving. And when I pay attention to them a little bit they convulse and wake up and demand justice, demand I remember them. (97)- Peter Hegarty
https://readingintranslation.com/2017/08/18/scattered-ashes-august-by-romina-paula-translated-by-jennifer-croft/

Sense of place is paramount in Jennifer Croft’s beautifully woven English translation of August, by Argentine author Romina Paula. The places that find a voice in both Paula’s original and Croft’s translation are shared places, places that exist in the collective Argentine consciousness, yet ones that also hold different meanings for each of us. Thematically, the novel picks up the long-standing Argentine paradigm of civilization and barbarism, of North and South. Paula is so quietly, yet forcefully able to set her tale on this stage—one some might consider overplayed—that August easily stands out amongst the post-Borges trajectory of Argentine fiction.
The novel takes the form of a diary in which Emilia, now a young woman, documents her return to her hometown in Patagonia from Buenos Aires. We as readers know none of this at first, however; we only know that “(i)t was something about wanting to scatter your ashes; something about wanting to scatter you.”
Over the windings and musings of several diary entries, we eventually learn that Emilia has returned to scatter the ashes her best friend from adolescence, Andrea, who committed suicide at sixteen. Life has gone on for Emilia in Buenos Aires as well as for those she left behind: her father is re-married and has new children—Emilia, avoiding him for the most part, comes on an invitation from Andrea’s parents— and her old flame now has a wife and kids of his own, or, as the narrator explains, “[his truck]’s full of snot and traces of child, and in the back seat there’s a car seat scattered with crumbs, one of those seats that you buckle the child into. Oh. A real family man. The worst part is that little seat, just that little seat, which being as dirty as it is, full of life, gives me an idea of the extent of the damage. This, this seat and everything that it represents, is irreparable.”
Croft’s translation not only shows a keen mastery of the formalities of language, but also a true connection to Argentine culture and an understanding of place. In a text replete with references to pop culture, she manages to effectively gloss anything specifically Argentine, while also leaving some of the references up to the reader to divine, including one that I was particularly fond of: “That’s how I end the day, this long day of shock upon shock: crying and eating a sandwich, like Chihiro but sadder, because it’s not even because my mom and dad were turned into pigs that I’m crying, it’s for myself, because I’m nothing now/because I’m such an idiot.”
In this same excerpt is also one of the most interesting aspects of the text: the use of slashes. Commonly used by translators to distinguish between different possibilities for translating a single word or phrase, the slash can, at times in August, read as a vestige of the translation process itself rather than the idiosyncrasy of a diary. Though Croft’s translations of the sections of the actual text on either side of the slash are spot on, I found myself wishing that these bits had been packaged up a bit less perfectly.
It’s obvious that Croft is dedicated to replicating the effect of reading August in its original Spanish, and she thankfully avoids—for the most part—the all-too-easy path of producing a chunky translation for the original. Only in a few minor instances does the language sound a bit too convoluted or formal for a diary. Similarly, some of the light comic relief present in Emilia’s diary does not shine through as well as English as in Spanish.
On the whole, though, Croft has produced an exemplary translation that carries with it not only words, but place, emotion, and memory. August is not only an exciting introduction to new Argentine narrative, but also a fresh take on the perennial backdrop of the South. For Paula to so clearly convey this theme without a direct appellation to Sarmiento or Facundo is impressive, and Croft’s rendering of this literary effort is a feat that should not go unnoticed. - Nathan Douglas
https://mdash-ahb.org/current-issue-2/1-issue-11-spring-2017/review-of-august/


“People work, not me. I look out the window, look out the window, out the window. Outside it’s winter, and it’s sunny. The doors don’t shut properly, they don’t shut, they’re old. A phone rings through the wall. How come it takes such daunting effort to do what one likes? It’s daunting, daunting to begin. I find it daunting to get started, and that seems not to be a fixable thing. The road to success, the road to success. Who knows? I get tired of myself. As pleasant as I find it here, as pleasant as I find it. Did anyone pick up? In any case, the phone stopped ringing. What works better in fiction? Past or present tense? Weekends make me cranky, I don’t like them, that imperative to have a good time, do things, do something special, the notion of free time. I prefer to seek out those things while other people work. People relaxing tend to look ridiculous, like out of place, grotesque. I’m unmotivated, a little, I realize, bored, overly calm, almost comfortable. I don’t like where I live anymore, I’m fed up, I’m fed up with where I live. I want, somehow, to live differently. I’d take care of it, I’d take care of that baby if he gave it to me, if he wanted to give it to me, if he wanted.”




Why it is Important That Novels Fail in Many Ways
This essay began as a review of Romina Paula's novel "August," but in the end what I had to say was very simple. Yet the book's themes are potentially complex (it's about suicide, abandonment, love, fidelity, and memory) and it struck me as odd that a complicated structure, like a novel, can seem to become a matter of simple problems. This essay is more about that problem than about Paula's novel. First I rehearse my difficulties with the novel, then I explain why it seems to be significant that novels often fail in many ways, even though reviews tend to focus just one or two themes.
A word about the word "failure." I am not talking, in this essay, about the author's intentions: many novels, hopefully most, succeed for their authors and readers. "Failure" is, I think, the ordinary condition of average art in any medium: it denotes the fact that the majority of novels aren't remembered for long, and don't participate in the conversations about what might count as ambitious or challenging novels in the 21st century. There's more on "failure,""average" art, and other subjects in this essay on visual art: ow.ly/iVrh30bxbds. I am interested in what can be done with the novel when it's written, and read, in full awareness of precedents from modernism to the present. "Fail" could be put in scare quotes as a reminder that it doesn't mean a novel isn't rewarding, entrancing, or moving--and it certainly doesn't mean a novel isn't successful--but rather that it does not respond to the last hundred years of novels, so it is not a part of the conversation about what novels can be.
I'd like to thank Andrei Molotiu, who read a first draft of this and pointed out that my lists of things that cause novels to "fail" sound prescriptive, as if I have a ready-made list of things novels should avoid. For me, it's nearly the opposite of that. I try to have no preconceived ideas about what a novel is, how it will present the world, what it imagines as a character, or the lack of one, how it works with language.
This is an anti-prescriptive position, or attitude: each novel proposes implicit norms, practices, and theories of form and content as it goes along, and a reader will notice when it diverges from those parameters. For example, a novel might depict a character as amnesiac, and then recount an episode in which she remembers things perfectly; that kind of diversion from an established condition requires an acknowledgment: the narrator needs to explain it, or the novel needs to provide a logic that makes sense of it. Otherwise readers will doubt first the character, then the narrator, and then the implied author. Most novels don't have that sort of obvious continuity problem, but all novels have unevennesses and inconsistencies. They are what I am responding to in Paula's novel: she proposes the novel is about suicide, but pays unaccountably uneven attention to that theme. In the second part of this essay, my lists of "failures" are meant in the same way: they are things novelists commonly establish and then lose track of, or lose control over. None of the items in my lists in the second part of this essay are necessarily problems: they become so when they are not acknowledged in the structure of the novels that create them. This means even a tremendously inconsistent novel, one that has most of the "failures" I list, can be successful: "Naked Lunch" is an example, because lack of consistency is built in to the structure. Conversely, very careful and consistent novels can be failures: Agatha Christie is a good example for me, because her books are perfectly uniformly logically constructed, with none of the "failures" I list here, and yet the results are not interesting as novels.
One last thing: the translation of "August" is exceptional, nearly flawless. Here is just one example from hundreds. "So I ask him, then, if he gets away a lot like this; do you get away a lot like this?" That semicolon is a wonderful solution to a difficult problem of voicing.
1. Criticism of "August"
The novel suffers most, for me, from an inability to imagine things other than the main story, which concerns a woman who struggles to decide how she feels about an ex-boyfriend she's encountered on a trip out of town. That narrative is well written, and wouldn't have raised any issues for me, if it weren't for the fact that she encounters her ex-boyfriend on a visit to Esquel (a town in the southwest of Argentina) where she had gone to stay with the parents of a friend of hers who has died by suicide. The parents exhume their daughter's body, have it cremated, and scatter the ashes, and she stays in her dead friend's room. The friend who has died is addressed throughout in the second person, which is an effective strategy at least in the English translation. This has potential, but five major subjects are missing:
(a) We don't get a sense that the narrator understands how the parents feel, and therefore
(b) We don't believe the author has had any close experience of parents who have lost a child.
(c) We are barely told anything about the dead person's sister, who also visits.
(d) Until late in the book, we know nearly nothing about the narrator's own mother, who abandoned her as a child, and who she thought was dead. (Even after we're told, we still don't see any reflection of the mother's actions on her daughter, the book's narrator, which is bizarre given that the entire book is about commitment.)
(e) We are never told how to imagine the narrator's relationship with the woman who died. It's almost as if the person who died was just an idea, not a person the narrator actually knew.
These are the principal gaps in the narrator's imagination when it comes to the narrative about suicide. The implied author appears as a person who has known people who have died by suicide, but she does not seem to have experienced other people's reactions to suicide, and she does not seem to have thought much about what parents feel. She comes across as a teenager: the scenes of attraction, doubt, drinking, and travel are the most persuasive.
Given that the novel is about suicide, the narrator's lack of engagement with survivors (and herself, because she thought her mother had died by suicide), and the implied author's apparent obliviousness to her own lack of imagination about those characters, leaves implied gaps in the narrative. The logic of the novel calls for more meditations on suicide, in several different ways.
I can imagine a new chapter for each of the friend's parents, whose grief is nearly invisible in the book; more chapters on the narrator's own mother, who abandoned her; a chapter on the narrator's awareness of her similarity to her mother, which isn't developed and almost seems not to have been noticed by the narrator or the author; a chapter on the narrator's father, who comes across as absurdly affable and forgiving, given that his wife left him and their children; and above all, chapters on the friend who died: not in order to solve her absence, but to let us know the narrator has spent time thinking about it. All we hear about that is that she likes one of her former friend's CD's, her cat, and her leather jacket.
These criticisms are all matters of gaps in the narrator's and the implied author's imagination. It "fails" in this sense: it proposes subjects and ways of thinking about them, and then it diverges from those ways, without accounting for its reasons. The book is mainly a teenage-style love story, with several serious stories about suicide and abandonment standing in the wings.
2. Why it is important that novels "fail" in many ways
I think a reasonable starting point in considering the criticism of modern and contemporary novels is that a typical novel fails. If the novel is reviewed, the review will usually focus on one or two things that seemed to go wrong, but as readers know, that doesn't tally with the experience of reading.
Novels ordinarily fail continuously and repeatedly, dozens or hundreds of times over the course of a reading, and the variety of the sources of failure testifies to the richness and complexity of the genre. If novels failed for just a couple of reasons -- as scientific theories can fail, for example, by being simply falsified -- they wouldn't be as challenging, and it wouldn't be as important to be as ambitious as possible both in reading and in writing them.
For example, it could be said that "August" doesn't quite cohere. The reason why lack of unity or coherence is a common verdict is not simply that unity is an elusive goal, but because there are so many sources of incoherence, so many ways that a novel can be at odds with itself, undermine itself. A writer can abuse a trusting reader, disabuse a generous one, undermine its own logics of time and narrative, stray from depictions of character, lose inertia, lose track of voice, tone, mood, affect, realism or naturalism, idiom, style. It is the proliferation of pitfalls that makes novels so interesting, not the single judgment--lack of coherence, in this case--that might emerge in a review. "Coherence," in this example, is a kind of covering term: a simplification brought on by a reader's exhaustion.
This may sound abstract, but it is only a way of putting a common reader's experience: when you begin a novel, after the initial pages (during which it's normal to suspend judgment, and try to attend to the author's intentions), it is common to encounter different kinds of infelicities one after another: obtrusive digressions or ellipses, surprising and apparently uncontrolled lacunae, shifts in tense, solecisms, inappropriate asides, unwarranted assumptions about the reader's interests or knowledge, unnoticed borrowings, cliches, uncontrolled shifts from tragedy to satire or comedy, a million sorts of awkwardnesses, a tone that lapses, unintentional narrative discontinuities, failures of depiction, lags and douleurs, unconvincing details. Unless you note these one after another, producing a kind of endless and unreadable microcriticism, they will begin to coalesce in your mind, and form into groups. (I am thinking of Empson here: specific flaws combine in the mind into nebulous combined criteria.)
As you move on toward the end of the book, even simplified lists of reservations may become too long to remember. At the same time, if the author is living and might read the review, it may seem unhelpful to articulate more than one or two principal problems with the book: novels are so deeply woven into their authors' ways of thinking that it seldom helps to review issues one by one. (Teachers in MFA writing programs have to wrestle with that sort of problem: readers and reviewers usually don't.) Only the most patient and skillful reviewers, like Adam Mars-Jones, can conjure more than a few of a novel's distinct problems, and even then it takes many pages to do so.
But just because reviews simplify and condense readers' reactions doesn't mean that those simplified judgments are adequate. What matters in novels is the number of ways they fail, the bewildering and entangled and multidimensional way that novels fail continuously, on every page. That matters because is is the clearest evidence that modern and contemporary novels can actually in some meaningful way contain thought.  - James Elkins
https://www.goodreads.com/review/show/1993118032 

L. J. Davis - One of the strangest novels ever: a crazed parable in which the protagonist, Lowell Lake, and his marriage undergo a constantly regenerating process of mental and physical disintegration. Quite mad

$
0
0
Image result for L. J. Davis, A Meaningful Life
L. J. Davis, A Meaningful Life, NYRB Classics, 2009.


read itat Google Books


L.J. Davis’s 1971 novel, A Meaningful Life, is a blistering black comedy about the American quest for redemption through real estate and a gritty picture of New York City in collapse. Just out of college, Lowell Lake, the Western-born hero of Davis’s novel, heads to New York, where he plans to make it big as a writer. Instead he finds a job as a technical editor, at which he toils away while passion leaks out of his marriage to a nice Jewish girl. Then Lowell discovers a beautiful crumbling mansion in a crime-ridden section of Brooklyn, and against all advice, not to mention his wife’s will, sinks his every penny into buying it. He quits his job, moves in, and spends day and night on demolition and construction. At last he has a mission: he will dig up the lost history of his house; he will restore it to its past grandeur. He will make good on everything that’s gone wrong with his life, and he will even murder to do it.
The story, delivered with terrific brio, proceeds as a phantasmagoria of urban decay and heightened obsession. It is also extremely funny if you can put politically correct scruples to the side — which should be easy enough as the true butt of the novel is Lowell himself.
—Katherine Powers, The Boston Globe
Stultified by his job (editing a plumbing magazine) and his mind—numbing marriage (’a cross between Long Day’s Journey into Night and Father Knows Best’), frustrated novelist Lowell Lake welcomes a new obsession: renovating a monstrously dilapidated mansion in a Brooklyn slum. What follows, in L.J. Davis’s deadpan 1971 novel A Meaningful Life, reissued by NYRB Classics, is pure chaos, as Lowell confronts a cast of urban squatters, in some of the most brilliant comic turns this side of Alice in Wonderland. A cathartic read for urban pioneers.
O, The Oprah Magazine
Here’s a real rediscovery...This strange comic masterwork is compared to the work of Kingsley Amis in Jonathan Lethem’s new introduction. That’s almost right, but the feel is darker, and there’s a touch of Patricia Highsmith too; it’s all about gentrification, and, ultimately, madness.
The Los Angeles Times
Davis is seen by some as a kind of Evelyn Waugh of the American urban crisis.
The Washington Post


...[O]ne of the strangest novels I have ever read: a crazed parable in which the protagonist, Lowell Lake, and his marriage undergo a constantly regenerating process of mental and physical disintegration. Quite mad, it can be read poolside, roadside or mountainside: wherever you are, you’ll be Lake-side.
—Geoff Dyer, The Guardian


“I know what my problem is. I’m not having a meaningful life. There you have it in a nutshell.”
L.J. Davis’ 1971 novel, “A Meaningful Life,” re-published with an introduction by Jonathan Lethem, is a black humor romp into the bowels of life’s greatest disappointments: fruitless writing, loveless marriage, an empty job, and some unsuccessful real estate speculation. Even more, the novel dives into the moral ambiguity of gentrification, a theme Davis and Lethem have both addressed throughout their careers living and working in Brooklyn. Lethem, whose acclaimed novels “Motherless Brooklyn” and “Fortress of Solitude” also have Brooklyn as their backdrop, grew up down the street from Davis and had been a friend of his son. In a conversation recorded for Art Beat, Lethem told Davis, “Years later, your books helped me give a name to my own conflicts, not to resolve them necessarily, but at least to speak of them.” Both he and Jonathan Lethem still live in Brooklyn.
You can listen to their conversation, recorded for Art Beat, here:

A former Guggenheim Fellow, L.J. Davis authored four novels and two works of nonfiction, was a contributing editor for Harper’s Magazine, among other publications, and won the National Magazine Award for predicting the stock market crash of 1987. And while the themes of “A Meaningful Life” – the dissolution of a carefully constructed life, obsession with real estate – sound familiar, Davis’ literary take is funnier, and potentially darker, than what you might expect.
The novel follows a young Lowell Lake from college to the tribulations of early adulthood in search of meaning; a joyless marriage and an unsuccessful attempt at writing a novel in a tiny apartment in Manhattan ensue. His situation quickly devolves: Lowell drinks often and keeps to himself. His clothes begin disintegrate, as do his senses of time and his surroundings. He finds himself a “man who suddenly wonders if he’s been wearing his shoes on the wrong feet for thirty hours.”
He gets a quiet job at a plumbing magazine, having never fixed a pipe in his life. The monotony makes a slow-motion crawl to insanity that would make Kafka proud. “Any idiot could do this kind of work,” Lowell snarls to his coworkers as he teeters on the edge of a breaking point. Acting on a thin memory of an article he read, Lowell recalls, “Creative young people were buying houses in the Brooklyn slums, integrating all-Negro blocks, and coming firmly to grips with poverty and municipal corruption. It was the stuff of life.”
On impulse and against his wife’s will, Lowell purchases a decrepit rooming house in Fort Greene. The house, a former mansion turned macabre mess, was situated on a block consumed by “scandal and chicanery, bribery and extortion, swindles, boondoggles, low cunning, and naked greed…in colorful parade before [Lowell’s] eyes and he loved every minute of it.”
Lowell’s journey from Manhattan to Brooklyn is one from apathy to passion, and then beyond passion to the edge of what most of us would call madness. He sets out to demolish, room by room, the lives the past inhabitants left, but loses his mind in the midst. His devolution culminates in a deplorable act, committed in a rage of drink and darkness. In the end, he is left with the shell of an unfinished house and a blight on his blurred conscience: “Everything had gone wrong, and he had succeeded at nothing, and was never going to have any kind of life at all.” An ending that, Davis admits, is entirely necessary to capture the moral ambiguity of gentrification, and even further, Lethem adds, to capture the failure of a sort of Manifest Destiny.
The gentrification that Davis and protagonist Lowell Lake pioneered (when most thought they were crazy to try) is now commonplace in many of New York’s outer boroughs. In the introduction to the book, Lethem marvels at the fact that Davis raised two black daughters alongside his two biological sons, making his home “a kind of allegory of the neighborhood…partly in order that he might refuse to stand above or apart from it. After almost 30 years, re-published in an era that floats phrases like post-racial across cyberspace, Davis’ novel still illuminates the paradoxes, both personal and political, of the search for a meaningful life. - https://www.pbs.org/newshour/arts/conversation-jonathan-lethem-lj-davis-ponder-a-meaningful-life


So much to say about this book touching on the deadening effects of mindless employment, on marital dysfunction, middle-class preoccupations, dipsomania, and realty. Real estate, the unfailing conversation starter for those deeming themselves worthy of being called New Yorkers, trumps all of the subplots in L.J. Davis’s very dark comedy. Subtly Kafkaesque, this novel tells the story of Lowell Lake, an irritating dimwit with the introspection of a bedbug who wakes up one day to the realization that his life has no meaning. The solution: a fixer-upper in Brooklyn’s Fort Greene. Once owned by Darius Collingwood, a shady colonel who took up residence there in 1884 before fleeing to South America and writing The Autobiography of a Scoundrel, the decrepit 22-room mansion has become a SRO whose occupants Lowell gives less consideration to than the plumbing.
What’s wrong with the following picture? “In the weeks since he’d first come to the neighborhood, he’d met a fag real-estate agent, two senile old people, a pair of stoned hippies, and a nut. (He’d also met, albeit briefly, a substantial number of Negros and Puerto Ricans and one goofy grocer from the Canary Islands, but they were not the people he was looking for, and they didn’t count.) Clearly such a collection couldn’t be a reasonable cross-section of this or any neighborhood.” The novel is as un-PC and cringe-inducing as they get, but what’s even more wrong with the picture is that, although the novel was published in 1971, it parallels the talk around current gentrification, if not in Fort Greene—it’s tapped out—perhaps Clinton Hill, Bushwick, Bed-Stuy? The list goes on …
L.J. Davis masterfully captures the cognitive dissonance of those incapable of acknowledging the consequences of their actions. Lowell is not precisely evil, he’s just self-absorbed, lost in life. Though he completes the renovation project, the joys of homeownership are forever barred to him. Somewhere down the line things go terribly wrong, but he’s such a nonentity no one even notices. Loser status intact, he’s still merely, if inaccurately, “the guy who moved to Bedford-Stuyvesant.”
- Mónica de la Torre




So woefully forgotten are L. J. Davis’s novels of Brooklyn that not even he has copies on hand in his apartment. Boxes of the unsold books, along with the rest of his collection 5,000 or so volumes by other authors, were relegated to storage two years ago, when Mr. Davis sold the Boerum Hill town house that had been his home since 1965 and moved into a postwar condominium around the corner.
There is, in fact, very little evidence of Mr. Davis’s life and career — four critically successful but obscure novels that came out between 1968 and 1974, and a handful of subsequent nonfiction books — visible in his spare one-bedroom apartment. A partial (but nearly complete) inventory: one small television with rabbit ears on top of a folding card table, three broken cane chairs and several stacks of books on the windowsill, among them spy thrillers, military histories and the 2008 Century Association membership directory.
But Mr. Davis’s 1971 novel “A Meaningful Life,” which he considers his most serious book, was reissued last month, after enjoying, if that’s the right word, 38 years with some level of cult-classic status. The story concerns a young husband who quits the doldrums of his respectable West Side existence and sets out for the new and fringy territory of Brooklyn to become a gentrifier.
“He’s going to give meaning to his life by refurbishing the house and the slum it’s in the middle of, and of course it just completely dominates his life,” Mr. Davis, 68, said of the book’s protagonist, Lowell Lake. When he wrote the novel, Mr. Davis and his family were doing more or less the same thing, having undertaken the project on a large and decayed brownstone on Dean Street near Hoyt.
“It was one of the most dangerous, poorest neighborhoods in New York,” Mr. Davis said. “We got robbed — not mugged, robbed — four or five times, which was not so bad, actually. And of course the neighborhood got much more desirable over time.” He said he sold the house, which he had purchased for $17,000, for $2 million.
As for “A Meaningful Life,” Mr. Davis said, “It came out and nothing happened.” Until now it has never even been issued in paperback.
But as it turns out, one admiring reader was Jonathan Lethem, a neighbor who had been the childhood best friend of one of Mr. Davis’s sons. Mr. Lethem grew up to become not only a highly regarded writer but also somebody known for the keen eclecticism of his taste, and — this is the most serendipitously relevant part — his standing as perhaps the most authentically Brooklyn novelist around, in the most authentically self-effacing sense of the borough. “I wear my local provenance on my sleeve — in fact, I’ve fabricated my whole garment out of the stuff,” he once wrote.
A couple of years ago Mr. Lethem praised “A Meaningful Life” in an essay about Brooklyn authors. This prompted Edwin Frank, the editor of the New York Review of Books Classics, to track down a copy on the Internet. He liked it so much he contacted Mr. Davis to inquire about reissuing it.
“Jonathan said it was funny and black, two things I like,” Mr. Frank said. “I thought it was funnier at the beginning and blacker at the end.”
It took Mr. Davis a few days to respond to Mr. Frank’s message. “I hadn’t read the book in almost 40 years,” Mr. Davis said. Eventually he replied with an e-mail message: “By all means, go ahead and reprint it. I was a very funny writer in those days, but I never seemed to find an audience. Maybe the second time will be the charm.”
If it is, Mr. Davis would join a small but elite subset of American writers whose works managed to get their due decades after publication thanks to a present-day writer’s call to arms. They include Dawn Powell, who was championed by Gore Vidal; Richard Yates, a cause of Stewart O’Nan and Richard Ford; Charles Portis, by way of Ron Rosenbaum; and Paula Fox, Mr. Davis’s Brooklyn contemporary whose “Desperate Characters” Jonathan Franzen stumbled upon at Yaddo, the artists’ colony, and campaigned to get back into print.
Like his protagonist, Mr. Davis grew up in Boise, Idaho, went to Stanford, and came to New York City on a lark, which had something to do with the absence of Victorian architecture and thunderstorms in San Francisco. He moved to Brooklyn a few years later, and he and his wife raised four children in the house.
“It cost $17,000 to buy the house and $40,000 to fix a bulge in the ceiling,” Mr. Davis said. “Seriously. The plasterer was a perfectionist. He ended up putting in a new ceiling and redoing the stairs.” Mr. Davis’s real-life brownstone renovation went on for 20 years. “It had seven marble fireplaces that had been painted pink,” he said. “I went through a thousand gallons of paint remover, hundreds of butane tanks to strip the wood and the wainscoting.”
Mr. Davis is a voluble fellow whose personal anecdotes often begin with introductions like “One of the strange things about being a genius is. ...” He has multidirectional hair and a long Boston nose, and is slim enough that his appearance suggests malnourishment. He chain-smokes Kools, though when deep into telling a story from his past, he tends to clasp his hands behind his head and to lie on the chaise longue in his apartment to stare at the ceiling like an analysand.
His early promise did not go unrecognized. In 1975 he won a Guggenheim to write fiction, though he didn’t produce another novel. Instead he turned his attention to magazine journalism, most notably in Harper’s, where he was a colleague of Tom Wolfe, Norman Mailer and George Plimpton. He often wrote about business and finance, including a memorable article that deconstructed the savings and loan failure of the 1980s. But the last decade or two, which involved a divorce and a lot of drinking, Mr. Davis said, were less productive.
Although he considers himself a recluse, Mr. Davis still loves to walk through Boerum Hill and see which houses and storefronts are turning over.
“There are lots of restaurants now — good restaurants too,” he said. “In fact here on Atlantic Avenue there’s the only restaurant I’ve ever been to that knows how to do Buffalo chicken wings the right way. No. 1, you use Jack’s Louisiana hot sauce. No. 2, you make your own mayonnaise for the blue cheese sauce, and the blue cheese sauce is just for the celery, not the chicken. I got the recipe from Craig Claiborne.”
The republication of “A Meaningful Life” has spurred Mr. Davis forward on the four-part history of the Industrial Revolution that he began nearly a decade ago. (The first volume, “Fleet Fire,” came out in 2003.) He is at work on the third volume, where he is up to the life and times of Benjamin Thompson, an American physicist better known as the Bavarian Count von Rumford.
“He was the inventor of baked Alaska, the modern theory of heat and the modern kitchen range,” Mr. Davis said. “All of it, not to mention the modern welfare system. He was a very unusual character. He was truly a man of his times.” - ERIC KONIGSBERG 
http://www.nytimes.com/2009/04/06/books/06davis.html


What a pleasure it is to write about a book that I loved without complication. For those academics even now preparing studies on whether or not the new social media can actually sell books, chalk one up for me. Already an admirer of NYRB Classics, I bought this book when they mentioned it on Twitter or Facebook or, you know, one of those sites. We owe a debt of gratitude to novelist Jonathan Lethem, who lobbied for its reissue, and to NYRB Classics editor Edwin Frank, who listened.
A Meaningful Life was first – and last – published in 1971, and until now had not even reached a paperback edition. Says Davis in this fascinating piece about the background to the book and its rediscovery, “It came out and nothing happened.” (Hugo Wilcken, take heart.) There really is no excuse for this, as it’s the most miserably funny book I’ve read all year.
The meaningful life of the title is sought by Lowell Lake, who one day shortly after his 30th birthday, wakes up with “the sudden realization that his job was not temporary.”
He’d found his level, and here he was, on it. He was the managing editor of a second-rate plumbing-trade weekly, a job he did adequately if not with much snap. It was, he realized with a dull kind of shock, just the sort of job for a man like him. Someday he might rise to the editorship, either of the plumbing trade monthly or of something exactly like it. Big deal. But it was all he was good for, and he was stuck with it.
Here we are then, in the territory previously occupied by any number of dissatisfied suburban workers: Frank Wheeler in Revolutionary Road; Sinclair Lewis’s George Babbitt; Bob Slocum in Something Happened; Tom Rath in The Man in the Gray Flannel Suit. The ease with which I can recall examples indicates how much I’ve enjoyed these books; but do we need another? Did we in 1971?
Well, it didn’t hurt. Davis executes his tale with much more open wit than the others: Something Happened is a very funny novel but is “black humour … with the humour removed”, in Kurt Vonnegut’s words, as the author “cripples his own jokes intentionally.” A Meaningful Life is more straightforward, more seductive than that, and in that sense all the more impressive for allowing no light at the end of the tunnel for its ‘hero’. It is different from Something Happened in that there, the narrator makes his own miserable comedy; here, the jokes are all on Lowell Lake. But like Heller’s book – like the best comic writing – it comes unsweetened, tempered by an undertow – an overflow – of despair.
Lowell, an inadequate man, is surrounded by inadequates, such as his boss, Crawford, the editor of the plumbing trade monthly, who fears an office coup, “that someday they would contrive to get him no matter what he did to stop them.” Or his father-in-law, Leo, whose relentlessly droning smalltalk drives Lowell to distraction (“Lowell was afraid to open his mouth for fear of screaming in the little man’s face”). It even, in a nicely astute moment, begins to infect Lowell’s perception of his wife:
“Great”, said Lowell, noticing with a sinking feeling that her last sentence had been spoken with her father’s inflection and ended with her father’s phrase. He’d never noticed a thing like that in her voice before. He began to listen for it, and shortly his fears were confirmed. It was there all right, coming and going like the odor of burning tires in a rose garden.
This is how he got here. Lowell, frustrated in his job, silently bored by his marriage, decided to do a Frank Wheeler and move to a new life: not to Europe but to New York from his western home. Unlike Frank Wheeler, he never got around to putting it off:
There was no getting out of it. Afloat on a tide of events and furiously propelled by his wife, he gave notice at the library, renouncing his scholarship at the Berkeley, and told everyone in sight that he’d decided to go to New York, desperately hoping that someone would give him some smart-sounding and compelling reason for doing no such blame-fool thing, but no one did. On the contrary, the more people he told about it, the more it seemed like he was actually going to go.
As Lowell brings himself with him, the new life feels very much like the old life: and not a very meaningful one at that. What he does to try to overturn this is the central plot of the book: he buys a Brooklyn brownstone “of such surpassing opulent hideousness that Lowell could scarcely believe that someone was actually offering to sell it to him. It was just the kind of place he’d always really wanted with a powerful subconscious craving that defied analysis.” His project to refurbish the building is undertaken on the very good grounds that busy fingers are happy fingers; but it never occurs to Lowell that the question “How can I have a meaningful life?” is one which, once asked, cannot be satisfactorily answered.
The chapter which shows Lowell meeting the existing tenants of the building, who will need to be evicted, is the weakest section of the book. Davis is by far at his best when trapping Lowell in the crucibles of family and work. There are some brilliant set pieces, masterclasses in comic writing, including one where Lowell tries to bribe a city man during the planning process, and another where he is accidentally anti-semitic during an argument with his mother-in-law. Davis excels in taking the comedy of discomfort and stretching it further than it should go.
The prose in A Meaningful Life is fast on its feet and often surprising. You can read the first chapter here; if you like it, this is a book for you. In a book where the central character’s “concrete desires” seem to him to be “almost facts”, it’s a relief when hopes and expectations for a book are more than fulfilled in reality. - John Self
https://theasylum.wordpress.com/2009/07/07/l-j-davis-a-meaningful-life/


In L. J. Davis’s excellent A Meaningful Life—published a year after Desperate Characters and recently reissued by NYRB Classics—Lowell Lake, married managing editor of “a second-rate plumbing-trade weekly,” impulsively purchases a brownstone in Fort Greene. Once home to an industrial baron, it is now a half-decayed rooming house. The novel is dense with details of Lowell’s labor: by its final third, neither he nor the narrative leaves the house. In Walking Small (1974), Davis again focuses on the physical work that is and makes possible gentrification: an advertising executive sets about renovating the brownstone he has purchased, despite one tenant’s refusal to move out.
As fixated as they are on the appearance of their houses, characters in early gentrification novels recognize that there are consequences to their labor. The newcomers are not immune to guilt. Whether or not they believe what they are doing is wrong, they know others despise them for it, and with this knowledge comes fear of retribution. When Sophie Brentwood tries to feed a stray cat that appears on her stoop, the cat bites her. The cat is but a pretext for dread: Sophie knows she will be made to suffer for her presence in the neighborhood. While she waits for the results of her rabies test, people shit on the sidewalk, and at a party in Brooklyn Heights, someone throws a rock through the window. A Meaningful Lifeends with Lowell waking to find an intruder in his home. He smashes the man’s skull with a crowbar. The implication is clear: the gentrifier, frightened in his castle, imagines the neighborhood’s avenging spirit to be always at his door. If gentrification is violence, its agent fears payback in kind.

What the gentrifier pursues is beauty: he demolishes layers of linoleum and rotten wood and rickety pipes in order to carve out something new. Lowell wants “his house to be like claret and Dutch chocolate.” Struggling with his renovations, he tries to “think about the matter creatively” and “intelligently.” Gentrifiers reframe destruction as creation: “You take raw material and you transform it,” says a friend in Desperate Characters. “That is civilization.” The goal of gentrification—like the composition of fiction—is to create a work of art. By emphasizing the pursuit of aesthetic perfection, the early gentrification novel employs renovation as a metaphor for the novel, a means for authors to explore the pleasures and perils of constructing a private world.
For the first generation of Brooklyn gentrification novelists, the genre appeared to offer a compromise: they could pursue beauty, and extol its pursuit, while simultaneously remaining sensitive to anxieties about race and class. The books, however, rarely fulfill this promise. In A Meaningful Life, Lowell cannot remember whether the man he killed was black or white. This outrageously improbable lapse thwarts any reading of the novel as a straightforward racial allegory, a portrait of gentrification as thoughtless white-on-black violence. Although such an allegory would be inadequate to describe gentrification—especially in Fort Greene and Clinton Hill, where A Meaningful Life takes place, and where a relatively high percentage of black home ownership means rising housing prices do not always translate to the displacement of long-term residents—Lowell’s frayed memory allows Davis to deny that race is a factor in the destruction of a neighborhood. Read together with Walking Small, in which the obdurate tenant is an affable white hippie,A Meaningful Life imagines a world where race is irrelevant to the cause and course of gentrification.
When A Meaningful Life was reissued earlier this year, the novelist Jonathan Lethem interviewed Davis for PBS. Both men have lived in Brooklyn since the 1960s. Lethem was born in 1964; a year later, Davis moved to Boerum Hill (and paid a record price for his brownstone: $17,500). In the interview, Lethem admits that when he first read Walking Small, he thought Davis’s tenant was pure fiction, a “charming image” of the last, hopeless holdouts entrenched against gentrification. Then, Lethem says, he saw a similar scene play out when the last row house on a nearby block was renovated in the 1980s. The unyielding tenant was not white but Dominican. - Elizabeth Gumport
https://nplusonemag.com/online-only/book-review/gentrified-fiction/


A novel about a failed writer who wakes up one day and realizes his life has no meaning, so he goes in search of some. 1971. 
This is not my typical read. It’s described as a “black comedy,” which is a phrase that usually makes me put a book down, not pick it up. I like comedy, but black? Exactly how black are we talking here? It does get dark toward the end, but for me the majority of this novel was more “grey” comedy. Some parts of it, especially in the first half, are simply laugh-out-loud funny. See, sounding better, isn’t it?
Another reason I wouldn’t classify this as “my type of book” is that it’s a very male book. It’s written by a man and focuses entirely on a man. (I’ve read that the book is autobiographical.) One could even argue that the main character’s wife (who’s almost always referred to as “his wife”) doesn’t have much voice at all. She’s there but not there. Ah yes, but this is the point! Nobody in the book is entirely “there.”
The story is about Lowell Lake, a man from Idaho who attends Stanford, where he meets his future wife. They get married young, and even before graduation they decide, quite haphazardly, to move to New York City. Once there, living together in a tiny apartment, Lowell is given the chance to write a novel, something he’s half-heartedly always imagined himself doing. (Hint: everything with Lowell is half-hearted.) So he starts writing.
The problem, he quickly sees, is that nothing’s ever happened to him. He has no inspiration. He’s had a pleasant life with no major hiccups. His parents run a motel in Idaho that, unbeknownst to them but perfectly clear to Lowell, is a sort of “whorehouse,” where politicians and the like come to conduct sordid little affairs. Through Lowell’s flashbacks, we meet his parents once, and we see that they’re perfectly pleasant, straightforward people.
But it’s this pleasant nature that has been Lowell’s downfall as a writer. As a man, it also makes him ill-equipped to handle the arguments he and his New York Jewish wife have on an increasingly regular basis:
Nobody in his family ever argued, at least that he knew about. They always agreed about everything, but on the other hand, they didn’t do much. Maybe that was why.
I love this style of oblique comedy. Lowell has a sort of awkward lameness about him that makes the reader increasingly desperate for him to take a stand on something and stick to it. Well, his novel-writing probably won’t be it…
The act of writing brought him neither transport nor release; it was like slogging through acres of deep mud and had the same effect when you read it. It read like mud. Totally by accident he had contrived to fashion a style that was both limp and dense at the same time, writing page upon page of flaccid, impenetrable description, pierced here and there by sudden, rather startling interludes of fustian and vainglory that neither adorned, advanced, nor illuminated the plot, although they did give the reader a keen insight on the kinds of movies Lowell had seen as a child.
Lowell goes through a sort of breakdown over the book: reversing his sleep schedule, drinking, dramatically losing weight, and eventually suffering a mental breakdown. At one point his shoes feel funny and he wonders if they’re on the wrong feet. This really alarms him, because this would mean he’s had them on the wrong feet for thirty hours. Luckily, whew! His shoes are fine.
But it’s clear that a change is needed. So his wife says, “It’s about time, thank God,” and Lowell goes out and lands a job. It’s editing a plumbing magazine. His boss is paranoid about losing his own job to an up-and-coming youngster, so he prefers to hire people who have no professional motivation whatsoever. Lowell fits in perfectly.
This section of the narrative is all told via flashback. The “present day” of the novel, where the action really starts, is when Lowell wakes up on his 30th birthday and realizes something is wrong. At his usual pace—an endearing mixture of desperation and bewilderment—he figures out the problem. His life has no meaning. Everything that he supposed would be only temporary has been going on for ten years. Yes, he realizes, it might be about time to make a change.
Lowell doesn’t do things quickly. His main life decisions are, in fact, the products of arguments with his wife. These arguments are frequent, quiet, and can go on for days, even weeks.
He wondered what would happen if he were to rage and stamp about the room in his overcoat like the husband of popular fiction. He decided he probably wasn’t capable of it. He was a nice guy. That was the sort of thing you said about somebody you had nothing against and nothing in common with; you called him a nice guy. That was what Lowell was, even to himself. A nice, considerate guy.
As a result of one of these quiet arguments, Lowell and his wife end up looking at real estate in a really, really rundown part of Brooklyn. Lowell falls in love with this huge hundred year old house that’s currently inhabited by about twenty poor families of various ethnic backgrounds. The place is beyond thrashed. There’s even a place in the basement where raw sewage has created a small, putrid pool.
What really attracts Lowell to the house is not the social problems of the area (which are impressive), nor is it a desire to make a place like this his home. What he really latches onto is the history of the house itself. He reads everything he can about the business tycoon who built the house. He becomes a bore to everyone around him, as all he can talk about is the house and its history. He’s burned through all his savings, and his wife may or may not leave him. Still, for Lowell, the restoration of this grand old house is the key to restoring some kind of purpose to his life.
None of the characters in this novel are spoken of very nicely. Even Lowell, the clear protagonist, has his faults painted very liberally throughout. Still, I would not by any means call this book a downer. It really is funny, but in a self-effacing sort of way. In many ways (characterization and plot-wise), it reminded me of Wish Her Safe at Home. Both books are about likable but slightly unstable people who find purpose in an old house and its history.
It also reminded me of other books I’ve read in which the protagonist fixes up an old house. I happen to live in a house that, when we moved in, was called a “fixer upper,” so I’ve somewhat been through the process myself. The main difference is that in A Meaningful Life, the house is so disgustingly far gone, I was both appalled and enticed by all the work that needed to be done.
This book is not for the sensitive. There’s a bit of language, a bit of racism, and a small episode of violence, but none of it is gratuitous. Usually, it comes across as quite funny. Also, the social and housing situation in Brooklyn back in the ’70s is pretty amazing to read about. For about $15,000, Lowell buys a rundown mansion in a collapsed Brooklyn neighborhood. It’s mind-blowing to imagine what that property would be worth today! -
http://anotherlookbook.com/a-meaningful-life-l-j-davis/


If the Masters of the Obvious over at stuffwhitepeoplelike.com were actually on their game, they’d put “hand-wringing gentrification tales” way up on their list. A rapt crowd, 99.9% Caucasian, packed into Park Slope’s Community Bookstore for L.J. Davis’s March 31 reading from A Meaningful Life, his scathing 1971 satire about a reverse-pioneer from Idaho who tries to redeem his banal existence through the renovation of an old “slummed-up” Brooklyn town house.
Introducing Davis was Jonathan Lethem, who wrote the preface for the novel’s early March re-release by New York Review of Books Classics. A Meaningful Life reads like the harsher, blunter prequel to Lethem’s own gentrification saga, the more nuanced though still pessimistic Fortress of Solitude (2003). Davis (like his protagonist Lowell Lake) is part of Lethem’s parents’ generation, the first wave of hopeful bohemian transplants to rough-edged areas like Clinton Hill (where A Meaningful Life is set) and Boerum Hill, where Davis has long lived. The latter is also where Lethem grew up, idolizing his neighbor for being the lone Brooklynite to write the truth about outer-borough race and class relations.
Lethem talked about how he would “hang onto” the coattails of the then-critic for the New York Times Review of Books, and try to bum advance copies of novels he wanted to read. “Not so fast!” curmudgeonly Davis used to say, but then he’d make young Lethem Eggs Benedict on mornings when the aspiring writer slept over, after late nights browsing his host’s extensive library. Finishing up his intro, Lethem claimed—with characteristic descriptive wit—that the dictionary entry for “mordant” should include a picture of Davis’s books, “or just Davis himself.” And truly, a better adjective for the elder novelist would be tough to find.
Davis, after warning the African-American–free audience about his book’s use of the word Negro, launched with gusto into its core act: Lake’s phantasmagoric tour of his soon-to-be-acquired property. It’s still functioning as a rooming house occupied by motley boarders when he goes to see it, guided by a Mephistopheles-like real estate agent who has “no smell.” What ensues is a lengthy, almost fetishistic recounting of the building’s bizarre decrepitude: the “walls…painted a dingy lavender with a shiny substance that appeared to be compounded equally of mucus and glue…then thickly sprayed with a mixture of soot and old cobwebs”; a “pink ceiling centered on a heroic central medallion of what appeared to be lettuce leaves in a nest of worms”; “tables made of some kind of synthetic material that was veined and painted to resemble wood,” and so forth. Through sheer accumulating weight, the endless descriptions win you over to Davis’s perspective, which seems to be that restoring a 19th-century mansion gone to seed is no walk in the park.
The evening concluded with a Q&A session, in which someone obligatorily queried Lethem as to whether Brooklyn’s edgy, novel-worthy days are long gone. He responded by warning against the assumption that gentrification has been triumphant. He told a story about a New York Times reporter who laughed at him as they toured Boerum Hill’s Smith Street, not believing that Lethem was ever afraid to walk down it. Lethem brought the reporter one block over, to Hoyt Street, and showed her what was clearly a “very functioning crack-house.”


The NYRB re-issue of L J Davis's A Meaningful Life is one of those great but scary encounters that unnerve you when you realize that you might have missed them. Come to think of it, I did miss L J Davis's A Meaningful Life when it came out, in 1971. Everybody did, it seems. Back then, a handful of important critics sentenced books to life or death, and even a couple of rave reviews might well leave stacks of books unsold. The Internet and its battalions of industrious readers have vastly increased the power of word-of-mouth. Although I haven't made a study of the matter, it seems to me that the number of books that are addressed on two or more of the reading blogs that I follow constitutes a small percentage of the whole; and, to the best of my recollection, only one such blog mentioned A Meaningful Life, and that was John Self's very thoughtful Asylum. I was instantly sold by the excerpt that Mr Self included at the start of his entry. A day or so later, I bought a copy at a neighborhood bookshop. I read the book, with a strange dark glee, in two sittings.
If I learned at Asylum that A Meaningful Life was probably a book that I'd like, I still didn't know quite what to expect. This uncertainty followed me through the entire novel. I never had an idea of how the story would turn out. Nor did I know what kind of story Mr Davis was out to tell. I could see from the notes on the back cover that the hero, Lowell Lake, eventually buys a dilapidated house in Brooklyn (at at time when all houses in Brooklyn were dilapidated, except for the ones in Brooklyn Heights) even though he lacks the skills of an amateur contractor (much less a professional one). Would this plot point take the book down the very familiar road exemplified by Please Don't Eat the Daisies and The Money Pit? In the event, no — not at all. Mr Davis is not terribly interested in the kind of homeowners' woes that elicit Schadenfreude-laced moans of sympathy at dinner parties. Lowell's supporting beams do not collapse, and he scrapes through the book without money troubles. This is not to say, however, that the project of restoring an old house in an unwelcoming neighborhood does not eventually drive Lowell crazy.
The trick of A Meaningful Life that the author has grounded the novel's point of view in a character who is not entirely awake, and the marvel of it is that Mr Davis never reduces Lowell's somnolence to a summary description. We are simply left without an alternative explanation for the states of consciousness that now and then flash through Lowell's brain — startling, to be sure, but no more intelligible, really, than sheets of summer lightning. Lowell seems to have the sense to come in out of the rain, but not to know, in any meaningful way, where rain comes from. Since he has no control over the rain, he doesn't think about it. This agnosticism, however, is far more extensive in Lowell than it is in most people smart enough to get through Stanford. But we're not to think that Lowell is any intellectual.
Lowell sipped ice water and brooded about his life. His parents owned a motel on Highway 30, just outside of Boise, Idaho. They were absentminded, pale, thin people who seemed completely unaware that they were running a love nest for downtown merchants, students from the junior college, and state politicians, among whom they were treasured for their permissiveness, probity, and discretion. (Actually, it was mostly just absentmindedness.) Lowell had a pleasant, undemanding childhood, free from influences either stimulating or depressing. He did well in school, largely because he had an excellent memory and an undemanding personality. It was some years before he realized that his parents ran a kind of self-service whorehouse, and even then it didn't bother him much. Nobody else seemed to think anything of it; a couple of the regular girls had been his mother's coffee friends for as long as he could remember, and it neither impressed not upset him to think that some of the most respected and powerful men in the state took off their pants in rooms he cleaned every morning. He graduated fifth in his high-school class, behind three home-economics majors and a strange-looking veterinarian's son who had bad skin and never talked to anybody, and who committed suicide the following September, the day after Labor Day.
That line about the self-service whorehouse exemplifies the deadpan humor with which the author kits out his undemanding hero, who might have had as absentminded a life as his parents' if only he had returned to Boise, or at least stayed on the West Coast. But Lowell's fortune — good or bad, we can't be sure — ties him up with a girl from Flatbush. This is not a problem while they're still at Stanford, because Lowell simply doesn't believe in Flatbush. When Betty's parents show up for the post-graduate wedding, however, Lowell is so freaked out by the culture clash that he drives into the desert, resolving to live off the land for the rest of his life. Of course he turns around — and by some extra-terrestrial coincidence is followed all the way back to Palo Alto by his parents, who are also driving to the wedding. Once his father gets a look at Betty's mother, he understands why Lowell was out on a desert highway, and encourages him to have another try, but despite these dark omens, Lowell marries Betty, and gradually goes to sleep on his feet for nine years. Then:
One morning not long after his thirtieth birthday, Lowell woke up with the sudden realization that his job was not temporary. It was as though a fiery angel had visited him in his sleep with a message of doom, and he leaped from bed in a state bordering on panic, staring wildly about him. His job wasn't temporary and things weren't going to get any better — not that they were going to get any worse, barring some unforeseen catastrophe like atomic warfare or mental illness, but they weren't going to get any better. That was the whole point. He'd found his level, and here he was, on it. He was the managing editor of a second-rate plumbing-trade weekly, a job he did adequately if not with much snap. It was, he realized with a dull kind of shock, just the sort of job for a man like him. Someday he might rise to the editorship, either of the plumbing-trade monthly or of something exactly like it. But it was all he was good for, and he was stuck with it.
This is the book's second paragraph, and it introduces an unsteady narrative that wavers between the panicked present and the stages by which it was reached. No attempt, however, is made to link causes with effects. Life has simply happened to Lowell, the way rain happens on a summer afternoon. His lone attempt to shape it (aside from the precipitate decision to settle in New York) has not gone well at all.
At the end of four months he'd finished half a novel, vaguely concerning the foundation and early settlement of Boise, Idaho. The act of writing brought him neither transport nor release; it was like slogging through acres of deep mud and had the same effect when you read it. It read like mud. Totally by accident he had contrived to fashion a style that was both limp and dense at the same time, writing page upon page of flaccid, impenetrable description, pierced here and there by sudden, rather startling interludes of fustian and vainglory that neither adorned, advanced, nor illuminated the plot, although they did give the reader a keen insight into the kind of movies Lowell had seen as a child. Characters as insubstantial and suffocating as smoke rode huge, oddly misshapen steeds over landscapes the color of lead, occasionally bursting into song or shooting one another down for reasons best known to themselves. The only reason Lowell figured he was halfway through was that the number of pages he'd accumulated amounted to half the length of an average novel; there was certainly no other way to tell from the plot, which had mostly to do with property rights and Indian raids, complicated by the free-silver question. Nine years later Lowell was astounded that he'd ever written such a thing, much less with a straight face and purity of purpose, but at the time he drove himself onward with the fixated desperation of a man trying to dig his way out of a grave. It had ceased to matter — if, in fact, it had ever mattered to begin with — whether the novel was good or bad, marketable or a hopeless bomb; he was totally focused on the act of writing it, and there existed the possibility, given optimum conditions, that he might have gone on writing it forever, or until his wife divorced him.
Funny as this all-too credible, exuberantly contemptuous description of a hopeless fiction project is, it also captures the meaninglessness of Lowell's actual life, as the managing editor of a second-rate plumbing-trade weekly and the husband of a Jewish girl from Brooklyn who once a month goes "to see her mother in Flatbush like some kind of installment-plan Eurydice." That Lowell has had a breakdown at last is no surprise. His crisis finds its first outlet in a bizarre getup involving gaiters. ("Smart and hip, however, was not exactly the way he felt as he surveyed the figure in the mirror...") That it should finds its resolution in the purchase of a vast derelict mansion somewhere in the vicinity of the intersection of Flatbush and Atlantic Avenues in Brooklyn comes as no surprise to readers of the précis of Lowell's novel. Having drifted through life, Lowell seems to realize (although this is never spelled out) that the only way forward is to put himself in uncomfortable situations.
With the fourth chapter, the novel settles down to straightforward chronology, which in an ordinary novel would enumerate the vicissitudes of renovating an old house, climaxing in either a jolly open house or a raging inferno. But this is not a book about home repair. It is a book about Lowell Lake, urban pioneer.
Lowell took none of this lying down. Lying down was what he'd been doing when things were going relatively well, but now that the struggle was hopeless he stood up and began to fight like hell. He could do nothing about Mr Grossman and his schemes, any more than he could get his wife back or quiet down the drunks, but he could get back to work on his house, and that is exactly what he did. With the distracted, slightly crazed intensity of a man trying to remember the periodic table in the middle of a bombing raid, he cleaned up his backyard in nothing flat. Then he swept all the rooms and washed all the windows and shoveled all the dried sewage out of the basement and put it in plastic bags. Meanwhile, a dozen seemingly adultless children, looking and dressing exactly like old-fashioned Hollywood pickaninnies, moved into a newly vacated house across the street and began playing frantically in the traffic and pulling the bark off trees. Lowell celebrated their arrival by opening the yellow pages and purposefully summoning contractors to hear his plans and give him estimates. Actually, it was principally the contractors' recording devices and answering services that he purposefully spoke his summonses to, but they were better than nothing. He was on the move at last.
And the climax, as befits a book about Lowell Lake, is less remarkable than the ensuing anticlimax. The climax is startling, to say the least, and don't try to guess it because you won't in a million years. What happens afterward, though, is, if I may mix tonalities, black comedy bathed in the clearest sunlight. The only dated thing about A Meaningful Life is the author's stylish determination to deny you the satisfaction of knowing whether the book has a happy ending or a sad ending. And look where that got him in 1971!
The New York City on view in A Meaningful Life is the site of a way of life that is coming to an end. Effectively, it has already come to an end.
The real-estate office, when they finally doubled back to it, proved to be housed in a building that was in the process of being either torn down or repaired. Half the cornice was missing, all the upper windows were broken out, and although ladders and brickwork were visible in some of the rooms, others appeared to be filled with bags of garbage and  broken television sets. There were, in fact, several burst bags of garbage stacked up in the lee of the stoop, along with the remains of a pair of tubular kitchen chairs and a V-8 engine block. The double front doors were off their hinges, the ceiling was coming down, the walls were painted a dingy lavender with a shiny substance that appeared to be compounded equally of mucus and glue, and there was a dirty loaf of bread lying on the floor. The place was such a complicated mixture of the decrepit and the sinister that Lowell couldn't decide what was more likely to happen to him if he entered it: falling through a weak place in the floor or being knifed from ambush. A kind of dark vapor seemed to hang over it (the adjoining building had tin over its windows and looked comparatively tidy), and as Lowell turned to his wife, he heard, from somewhere within, the sound of hammering followed by a noise like sand and pebbles being poured down a drainpipe. It was impossible to tell what part of the house it came from or what it was all about.
Perhaps an even stronger implication of the dying world is made in an early, small scene set at McSorley's Ale House: the author feels no need to point out that the students "making a lot of noise and falling down in the next room" included no women among their number. The flowering of McSorley's was still to come. This world has run out of gas. In 1971, there were doubtless plenty of signs of the coming incarnation of the "Big Apple," but Mr Davis is sufficiently clear-headed and disciplined to excise them from his purview. It is entirely possible that Lowell Lake will find meaning in the world to come. But the important thing is that Mr Davis has made it clear that he would never find meaning in the world that was. - Pourover Press

Gabe Habash - Profane, manic, and tipping into the uncanny, it's a story of loneliness, obsession, and the drive to leave a mark

$
0
0
Image result for Gabe Habash, Stephen Florida,
Gabe Habash, Stephen Florida, Coffee House Press, 2017.


Foxcatcher meets The Art of Fielding, Stephen Florida follows a college wrestler in his senior season, when every practice, every match, is a step closer to greatness and a step further from sanity. Profane, manic, and tipping into the uncanny, it's a story of loneliness, obsession, and the drive to leave a mark.


"In Stephen Florida, Gabe Habash has created a coming-of-age story with its own, often explosive, rhythm and velocity. Habash has a canny sense of how young men speak and behave, and in Stephen, he's created a singular character: funny, ambitious, affecting, but also deeply troubled, vulnerable, and compellingly strange. This is a shape-shifter of a book, both a dark ode to the mysteries and landscapes of the American West and a complex and convincing character study."Hanya Yanagihara


A college wrestler is driven to win, to the detriment of his mental health.
The captivating narrator of Habash’s debut novel is a sinewy senior at a small North Dakota college on a last-ditch effort to win the Division IV championship in his weight class. To do so, he takes easy-A classes (“Drawing II, Meteorology I, Basic News Writing, and What Is Nothing?”) and works out like a fiend (“I’m skin and gristle and little water”). But it’s clear early on that something is off. He mentions his childhood as an orphan only to deny its impact, and his macho rhetoric takes bizarre turns: “It’s my job to make other people upset and sad,” “Everything outside of wrestling is devoid of mystery and deep faith,” “Ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha.” In short, Stephen is a classic unreliable narrator, which makes him as fascinating to experience—Habash plainly glories in his hero’s digressions and non sequiturs—as he is difficult to root for. He’s a bully with opponents, alienating with his teammates, and clumsy in a budding relationship. Once a meniscus tear threatens to keep him out of competition, his angry, obsessive nature (“I gargle discontent”) drives him to investigate dark rumors about coaches and teachers. That’s a canny provocation to the reader: recognize he’s unhinged or respect his sense of justice? Either way, Habash writes about the raw physicality of wrestling better than anybody this side of John Irving (“I push his far shoulder like I’m crowbarring open Tut’s tomb or I’m Lazarus moving aside the rock for the big reunion”), and though the story is overlong given Stephen’s straightforward trajectory, the novel’s grim, intense mood is admirably sustained. For this well-intentioned but troubled man, every victory is a pyrrhic one.
A lively, occasionally harrowing journey into obsession.  - Kirkus Reviews


PW reviews editor Habash’s finely rendered, dark, and funny debut novel follows Steven Forster (known as Stephen Florida, due to an enduring clerical error) as he wrestles for Oregsburg College in Aiken, North Dakota. A senior, it’s his last season to win the championship, a goal on which he’s obsessively staked everything. But his turbulent friendship with a talented younger teammate, his budding romance with an aspiring gallery director, his lingering grief over his parents’ death, a hostile coach, and a possibly homicidal professor all threaten to distract and derail him. He must also face his demons: a lack of direction, a deep intolerance for boredom, a reckless despair that verges into suicidal ideation, and a loneliness so vast it becomes a potent feature of the dramatic landscape. The student-athlete’s world comes alive with crisp, unflinching prose: “Suicide sprints, jump rope, rope climbing, five times, arms only... I brush the vomit out of my teeth and get my backpack.” Habash also balances his protagonist’s most harrowing episodes and questionable behavior with genuine humor. There are riffs on everything from death to jazz to God to liberal arts degrees. A striking, original, and coarsely poetic portrayal of a young man’s athletic and emotional quest.  - Publishers Weekly


Who is Stephen Florida? It's a little hard to say. He's an orphan who maybe hasn't yet come to terms with the death of his parents in a car crash. He's an obsessive with poor impulse control. He's possibly the best college wrestler in the state of North Dakota. He's an unapologetic megalomaniac. Or maybe he's not really any of these things: "There is no real Stephen Florida," he says. "I am only a giant collection of gas and light and will."
It's difficult to know when to trust Stephen, the title character of Gabe Habash's powerhouse debut novel — he's either given to compulsive lies, or his grip on reality is considerably less strong than he himself is. He's hard to know, but he's also one of the most unforgettable characters in recent American fiction.
Habash's novel follows Stephen's senior year at a small college in North Dakota. In his first three years on the school's wrestling team, he's distinguished himself, but he's fallen short of his ultimate goal: winning the Division IV NCAA championship in his weight class. Stephen is not the type to take solace in his teammates' successes, or to accept anything less than outright victory. "Anyone who tells you wrestling is a team sport is telling you a lie," he says. "Anyone who tells you you tried your best after you lose is telling you a lie."
The beginning of his final season goes well, but catastrophe soon strikes — he tears a meniscus in his knee during a match, threatening his chances at the championship he covets more than anything. A hardcore ascetic by nature, he retreats into himself even further after the injury, alienating his best friend and his sort-of-girlfriend, who has moved miles away.
He comes close to the edge. He comes close to several edges. But his determination never wanes; if the injury's going to try to stand in the way of his goal, it's in for a fight: "Up in an armpit of the United States, where no one can see me, I change shapes and become something slobbering and furious in order to get what I want." He's both the unstoppable force and the immovable object; he's "skin and gristle and little water, Stephen Florida without end Amen."
It's hard to pull off a novel with an unreliable narrator, and they don't come much more unreliable than Stephen. But Habash manages to make his protagonist both charismatic and repelling, frequently on the same page, and the result is one of the most fascinating characters to come along in quite a while. He balances on the edge of sanity and of self-awareness throughout the novel: "Craziness is not having anything to put your behavior into. Craziness is when your behavior drops off a ledge into a canyon. I'm putting mine toward a service. I'm winning. How can I be going crazy if I'm winning?" There are shades of Frederick Exley's 1968 novel A Fan's Notes in Stephen Florida, but Stephen's a paranoid obsessive all his own; he's self-disciplined and self-sabotaging in equal measure.
Habash is also adept at portraying the landscape of the North Dakota and the world of college wrestling in a way that draws in readers unfamiliar with either. Even if all you know about wrestling comes from the likes of "Macho Man" Randy Savage (oh, yeah!), it's hard not to be taken in when Stephen waxes philosophical about the sport. "Wrestling is a series of momentary ejaculations, passions that originate and evolve based on their relationship to another's passions," Stephen explains. "Wrestling is, at its core, one passion set against another passion for the purpose of determining which is stronger." Stephen's erudition — he speaks with a vocabulary that's not typical for a college kid — is part of what makes him such a memorable character; he's a possible genius who underachieves in every way except wrestling.
In the end, it's difficult not to root for Stephen, despite his impulsiveness and stubborn single-mindedness. And it's almost impossible not to admire Habash's starkly beautiful and moving novel. Stephen Florida is brash and audacious; it's not just one of the best novels of the year, it's one of the best sports books to come along in quite a while. It's an accomplishment that's made all the more stunning by Habash's status as a debut novelist: It's his first time on the mat, and he puts on a clinic.
- Michael Schaub
https://www.npr.org/2017/06/07/530794327/stephen-florida-goes-to-the-mat-and-wins




Writers like to sound clever from the start, so it’s rather endearing that US author Gabe Habash has chosen an epigraph from an unlikely source to introduce his debut novel: Arnold Schwarzenegger. The former governor turned Trump antagonist sums up the mood of Stephen Florida in five simple words: “The mind is the limit.”
It’s an appropriate line given the sheer intensity of the eponymous character’s own mind. An orphan who is in college on a wrestling scholarship, Stephen is focused solely on winning the Kenosha Wrestling Championship, an event that looms for him with the same inevitability that the Oscars must loom for Meryl Streep every February. He has the discipline of a Buddhist monk, carefully monitoring his food, his bowel movements and his personal hygiene. On the rare occasions when he finds himself in a romantic clinch, whether it’s with his girlfriend Mary Beth or 53-year-old cleaner Masha, he refuses to climax for fear of losing his competitive edge.           
This self-control is replicated in the narrative tone, which veers between hypnotic and suffocating. There are some novels where, after a chapter or two, one feels exhausted at the prospect of what lies ahead, and 50 pages into Stephen Florida I felt as though I was being pinned to a wall – or rather a mat – by a teenage boy intent on telling me every detail of his exercise routine, about the importance of warm-ups, protein and sleep and the reason he keeps his hair in a military buzz cut. Eventually, though, I gave in, seduced by his unrelenting determination, despite the fact that he was holding me down and twisting my arm into places nature did not want it to go.
The novel takes a turn halfway through, when Stephen suffers an injury that threatens his ambitions. When he finds himself in hospital, it seems as if his entire world is about to end. It’s only when his friend Linus leaves a note for him – “it is only a knee tear. You will be back in no time and I know you will keep winning” – that we realise how relatively minor his injury is and that the darkness into which he has been thrust is not only unnecessary but disturbing.
Although the novel is so single-minded in its descriptions of weight classes, tactics and sporting statistics, it is not purely about, or for, wrestlers. It’s about obsession and how the things that are missing from our lives can force us to focus on a single goal to the exclusion of all other interests or pleasures; where winning is all that matters, despite the inescapable knowledge that once you’ve proved you’re the best, what else is there to do? If, as Scott Fitzgerald said, there are no second acts in American lives, this is doubly true for sportspeople, for whom it is all over in an instant.
If obsession is one of the twin pillars holding up Stephen Florida, loneliness is the other. Although he has a sort-of friend in Linus and a sort-of girlfriend in Mary Beth, Stephen is an isolated creature. When another youth, one of only 16 black students on a campus of 1,100, offers the hand of friendship and a suggestion that they “hang out sometime”, he is coldly rebuffed – “and he understands, I think, and when he says, ‘See you around,’ I get that he doesn’t mean it. His tone shuts the door.” Loneliness has met loneliness, segregation has encountered segregation, and while the other young man longs to conquer his isolation, Stephen sees only power in it.
This is not a novel that everyone will love. Its brutal intensity makes it a difficult read at times, but there’s no denying how deeply Stephen’s voice sinks into the mind. He’s a frightening construct but it’s his peculiarity and distinctiveness that draw the reader to him, much as readers have been drawn to Ignatius J Reilly or even Holden Caulfield over the years.
John Irving, who frequently features wrestlers in his novels and has written about his own experiences of the sport in The Imaginary Girlfriend, has said: “Writing is hard and I learned how to work hard from wrestling, not English courses.” I suspect Habash would spin that quote the opposite way. His writing is powerful and magnetic, with a quality that suggests it has been worked over to strip it bare of ornamentation but still leave it with a rare beauty that the greatest sportspeople, in a ring, on a court or on a pitch, can achieve. - John Boyne
https://www.theguardian.com/books/2017/nov/23/stephen-florida-gabe-habash-review


“People are bad at giving up,” a man tells the title character late in “Stephen Florida,” Gabe Habash’s debut novel. “A lot of the time they don’t do it early enough.” He’s commenting on life in the oil fields of North Dakota, where Stephen is considering a job after college, but he might as well be describing Stephen’s current situation: He’s a wrestler at Oregsburg College in the late 1970s, and it’s his senior year, which means it’s his last chance to win a collegiate championship. Habash’s novel follows Stephen through his event-filled final season and traces his complex inner turmoil as he pursues his unbending ambition to dominate the competition. By the time the above statement is made to Stephen, he’s veered far away from mere determination and ended up near monomania, and his will to win has become enmeshed in bitter jealousy, calculated malice and philosophical scrutiny. The sport itself, in other words, is beside the point, as are the actual benefits of succeeding. Stephen’s drive has brought him to the brink, but is it too late for him to give up?
“Stephen Florida” is not some Hollywood sports story. First, Stephen’s drive is reinforced or curated not by his coaches but by himself, and second, the novel doesn’t present his grandiose ambitions and unrepentant will as heroic or necessary or even good. Rather, it tries to understand the kind of person who would be attracted to such a vocation in the first place. Do a person’s goals determine the means to achieve them? Or can a sport create these dreams through repetitive and torturous training?
What kind of ambitions am I talking about? Winning, sure, but it’s deeper than that. Here’s Stephen: “You know how when you live in a room for a long time and you make the room smell like you? That’s what I’m doing with the world.” Stephen does not want merely to win, he wants to be unavoidably present to the people around him. “I am not stupid, I am not delusional,” he says at another point. “I’m aware of the smallness of the Division IV wrestling record book. But despite its smallness, it is still permanent, and I have in my hand the pen to sign my name into it. … After I’m dead, from time to time, maybe someone will scan through the past results and come across my name.” For all its grandiosity, Stephen’s hope amounts to very little, yet he still clings to it with everything he’s got.
Habash has created a fascinating protagonist in Stephen, a hard-driven athlete with a convincingly thoughtful mind — though an erratic one, too. Just when you think you’ve got Stephen pegged, he surprises you with a meditation on Mary Beth, his brief love interest, or on Linus, a fellow wrestler with whom he has a strange and strained relationship. But most important, I think, is the way Habash understands the limits of his subject matter. He does not try to extrapolate Stephen’s narrative into some all-encompassing portrayal of ambition and hubris, but remains firmly in the realm of this particular boy in this particular moment.
The same guy who warns Stephen about the non-quitters in the oil fields adds this, which speaks to Habash’s understanding of just where Stephen’s wrestling determination fits in the context of the male-dominated realm of competition: “People end up in a new situation, they don’t act like themselves. People are animals. Men, really, is who I mean.” It’s a fitting epigraph for Habash’s novel and its aims. -
Intimacy and violence intersect throughout the novel. Sparring with a teammate, Stephen describes the “outgrown nubby flaps of skin all down his [teammate’s] spine,” a condition that disgusts opponents but attracts women in the library. The wrestlers are deeply familiar with each other’s bodies, yet reject the implications of getting so close. This is especially true for Stephen and his only friend on the team, a freshman named Linus. Their teammates make homophobic jokes at their expense because, in Stephen’s mind, they’re “the best two wrestlers on the team.” In the minds of the wrestlers, men can only relate as opponents or lovers, in approved or shameful terms.
The intimate friendship shared by Linus and Stephen does not fit within this simple binary. Though they are as close as lovers—and thus assumed to be gay—their connection is not erotic. Linus’s naivety, humility, and superior skills offset Stephen’s megalomania and ambition: “I am more enthusiasm than talent, so what happens if my enthusiasm is taken away?” Stephen wonders, in a rare moment of vulnerability. Though Stephen tries to assume a paternal role, Linus does the caretaking, buying Stephen sandwiches when he’s hurt and gifting him sticks of deodorant.
Romantically, Stephen proves rather inept, subverting the image of the athlete who attracts women easily. He briefly dates Mary Beth, a funny, intelligent artist who overlooks his asceticism and social incompetence. His affection for her is intense, awkward—not surprising for a college courtship—and his feelings, though genuine, seem compromised by the hypercompetitive logic of wrestling: “There have been ten billion women in the world, stretching, speaking, itching, laughing, eating, burping, and none of them have made the impression Mary Beth has made.” To Stephen, there is no better compliment than to be ranked number one. 
Stephen’s mindset has its roots in the myth of the self-made man, in a culture that often excuses cruelty toward others as a necessary component of male genius. This sort of selfishness might drive one toward what are historically considered masculine aims, like honor or power. However, in the figure of Stephen, whose wrestling career is destined to be forgotten, Habash reveals the futility of athletic greatness, a goal that all but requires desensitization. “If you just buy into the craziness, you’re a lot better off,” Stephen says early in the book, speaking to wrestling, but also to the unobtainable ideals of manliness that help push him beyond his limits.
Stephen’s most prominent act of “buying in” is his decision to ignore how wrestling has destroyed his body. The novel rarely dwells on the potential consequences of wrestling through injury; rather, Habash glorifies certain aspects of Stephen’s sacrifice. This is not a shortcoming of the book, but an unfortunate byproduct of writing about athletes, who, throughout their careers, are often confronted with the kind of choice Achilles faced: self-annihilating glory or longevity? Even knowing what Stephen has endured, it’s easy for readers to root for his return to the mat—who would ever cheer for Achilles to choose a long, happy life? Stephen’s comeback cleverly forces readers to question their complicity as sports fans. Even readers keenly aware of how dangerous Stephen’s pursuit of the championship is might want him to press on, if only so that his suffering is “worth it” in the end.
Impressively, Habash traces Stephen’s increasing derangement without resorting to clichés. The novel is both funny and authentically creepy, and even as his mental health and relationships deteriorate, Stephen remains consistently surprising, accessible, and engaging. Stephen Florida’s grim portrait of ambition led astray captures how competitiveness and masculinity can unravel those who blindly follow its codes. In Habash’s world, to man up is to break down. The growing number of stories about real-life athletes suffering similar crises has made that idea especially—and regrettably—timely. -

When Gabe Habash set out to write his debut novel, Stephen Florida, he knew one thing for certain: he wanted to write about what he didn’t know.
It’s an unusual decision for a first-time novelist—all the more so considering that the resulting book, an immersive trip through the mind of a monomaniacal “Division IV” college wrestler, is written in the confident manner of authors who mask their all-too-familiar secrets. But Habash says there’s no other way he could have made it through the years-long process of writing the book. “If I’m writing about somebody who has a lot of the same things with me in my life, I will just get tired of writing about it,” he tells Paste by phone. “I go into writing as a way of finding things out, because I don’t always know where it’s going.”
Stephen Florida follows the senior-year season of its titular character, a wrestler at the fictional Oregsburg College in North Dakota. Wrestling demands an uncommon level of physical and mental control from its participants, and opportunities to compete beyond college—barring the Olympics—are basically nil. Habash was drawn to both elements of the sport, and he wanted to see if he could create a controlled narrative to match the dedication of a wrestler facing the end of his career. “I just really like the idea of someone pursuing something very simple and singular,” the Columbus, Ohio-born writer says.
Stephen, Habash’s beguiling protagonist, certainly fits the bill.
Wrestling’s appeal to Stephen lays in its lack of abstraction. It’s scored in a point-based system, but the truest measure of victory lies in one’s ability to force one’s opponent into submission. Stephen is so intently focused on this that he shuns even the meager socialization offered by his teammates. He’s blown three prior chances at winning the championship, so he stakes everything on his final chance at getting his name permanently entered into the Division IV wrestling record book. “After I’m dead,” he reflects, “from time to time, maybe someone will scan through the past results and come across my name.”
But Stephen struggles to quiet the chatter of his mind, to empty himself of everything but his desire to win. Memories of his deceased parents and grandmother jostle for his attention amid a burgeoning romance with another wrestler, Stephen’s only teammate whose dedication—and skill—resembles his own.
Stephen’s only truly at peace while he’s wrestling. The moments when he is on the mat are the book’s best, delivering a near-perfect combination of lyricism and clinical detachment:
He picks bottom. And the reality is that he’s a good wrestler, good enough that I can’t pin him, but not as good as I am, and this becomes a fact. Wrestling is unprejudiced and open minded, and it’s impossible to argue with. It always tells the truth, and that’s why so many men love it. […] Men made of mesh, men made of tinsel, paper, dust. I was one for the seasons before this one. I was an infant with no good pictures, with an asymmetrical face, but now I am squatting on Poynter’s body, turning off his water, riding him until the end of the match.
Habash says he studied “countless” wrestling YouTube videos and read coaching guides and other books to grasp the technical vocabulary of the sport, and a family friend who had competitively wrestled read a draft to check it for accuracy. He also attended a handful of meets, struggling to reconcile his outsider’s view with that of someone actually in the match.
What allowed him to combine the two was Stephen’s strange voice, full of twists, turns and evasions. The novel’s structure is fairly pedestrian, beginning shortly after the beginning of Stephen’s senior season and ending in the moments after the season’s final match. Habash made that choice, he says, to free himself up to explore the side-paths of Stephen’s restless mind. “The book has a lot of sort of side-turns and weird asides,” Habash says, “but the structure of the book is very straightforward. And that allows me to do these more out there experiments with the story, because I was working in a very contained framework.”
The idea of operating within a framework is something Habash shares with his protagonist. “It’s why Stephen adheres so passionately to wrestling,” Habash says. “He views it as this circumscribed area where he can impose his will and control on things. Whereas so many other things in his life don’t play out the way he would like them to. I think he turns to wrestling as an outlet for a place where he can actually impose his system of control over it.”
As the novel hurtles towards its conclusion, though, Stephen’s ever-tenuous command of his body and his psyche begins to slip. In a gorgeous and terrifying aside, he leaves campus to visit a “man camp”—a temporary home for roughnecks and drillers, members of North Dakota’s shale oil boom—and it offers a possible glimpse to his future beyond the wrestling mat. Yet even here there is no escaping his solitude; the men he meets, burly “alphas” all, are dwarfed by the vast landscape. After a disturbing interaction with one driller, Stephen steps outside into the cold winter air: “In the dark, straight past the gravel road and the huge plot of grass under snow, is a potato field, and standing in the middle of it is a giant.”
The narrative quickly moves past this moment—the championship is approaching, after all—but the giant continues to loom over Stephen in one form or another. By the time the championship meet in Kenosha, Wisconsin arrives, he reaches an exalted state, clad in an extravagant fur jacket. But just before the final match, something strange happens. Stephen looks around the gymnasium’s rafters for “a black creature, an animal waiting to descend.”
“But there is nothing. It has stopped following me. The truth is that enormous. There is either no menace left in Kenosha or it is coming from me, it’s coming from my mouth.
The novel’s end ultimately delivers little in the way of resolution, either for the reader or for Stephen himself. That’s how Habash wanted it.
“I definitely wanted frustration to be something that the reader senses in the book, in terms of not getting answers to a lot of questions that maybe in a more conventional story you would hope to get an answer to,” he says. “I just don’t think life works out that way…I think profound frustration is a necessary and inextricable part of that period of life for a lot of people.” - Lucas Iberico Lozada
https://www.pastemagazine.com/articles/2017/06/in-stephen-florida-gabe-habashs-debut-novel-a-wild.html


Gabe Habash’s confident debut, Stephen Florida, explores the single-minded intensity behind the pursuit of your goals. The result is a fast-paced novel about sacrifice and dedication, as it follows college senior and wrestling national championship hopeful, Stephen Florida, in his attempt to win the 133lb weight class.
Stephen Florida is a talented wrestler at an average college, but he is exceptional in his devotion to his sport. Willing to sacrifice beyond reasonable measure, Stephen makes his commitment to wrestling a credo. The novel reads like a manifesto, leading readers into the mind of a character filled with pain (“What will make my thoughts less ugly while I wait for my turn? I live in these little chambers of dissatisfaction like a frustrated prince. I’m constantly reminded that I’m not owed anything.”), humor (“I guess because sailboating and horse jumping, kite contests, golf, those aren’t sports. Anything that needs an object or water or an animal is not a sport. Wrestling is genuine and true and real.”), and extraordinary focus (“But I don’t need to be old to know that to look back and realize you didn’t push yourself for something you loved is the greatest regret you can have.”).
This voice-driven, first-person novel offers enormous access to Stephen’s interior. We are side by side with Stephen as he struggles to maintain the grueling pace he’s set for himself. This intensity is the driving force behind all of Stephen’s actions and feelings. There is only one thing for Stephen, and that one thing is winning. “The two best reasons to do anything are: 1. To prove to yourself you can do it [and] 2. To prove to everyone else you can do it.”
Habash, who revealed in an interview that he never wrestled, writes about the sport in a way that brings readers to an intimate level with wrestling’s nuances. Using Stephen’s detail-oriented personality and fixation on winning, Habash is able explore the sport’s technical details in a way that would feel dense or overwrought in another novel. In the end, I cared so much about the matches, about Stephen’s understanding of the sport, that I am a proud, newly minted wrestling fan.
Brett Espino’s mentality is simple: he doesn’t like to be bottom. Because one cannot bait from the bottom, he does not like bottom, even if he’s up 2–1. When I kneel down beside him, through my fingers I can sense in his skin his anxiousness to get out from the bottom so he can ride a 3–1 lead and resume the fishing game we just spent a period playing. There’s something like sympathy in taking my position behind him, placing my right hand on his elbow and my left hand seatbelting his stomach while he looks straight ahead, letting me. I place my ear on Brett’s back and hear his heart. “Oh Brett, I told you I was going to eat you,” I whisper to him. Something like sympathy, I could fall asleep if we stayed here long enough.
As much as this novel focuses on wrestling, it is so much more than a sports book. Because Stephen grapples with his place in the world outside of wrestling and because we have so much access to his thoughts and feelings, what starts as the pursuit of a lofty sports goal is in equal measure a journey for sanity, for balance, and for a life filled with meaning.
Stephen Florida explores, in detail, Stephen’s musings about life, his philosophies about people, and the value of winning, and while this kind of repetitious intensity could run thin on the page, Habash manages to explore new and deeper territory with each turn. Stephen is a single-minded character, but he is also intensely disturbed, potentially dangerous, and close to coming unhinged. This invitation to such a complex mind was one of my favorite aspects of the novel and part of my resounding applause. For a character so simple in his goals, Stephen is enormously deep.
Haunted by the death of his parents and a faraway aunt who flickers in, but mostly out of his life, it doesn’t take long for readers to learn that Stephen is lonely—terribly so—and outside of the value wrestling brings to his life, aimless and empty. Winning the college championship means, for Stephen, beating back the ghosts of his late childhood and overcoming the necessity to find meaning outside of physical excellence. In this way, Stephen Florida is a novel anyone can relate to. Who are we outside of our accomplishments? This is a question everyone has grappled with.
Still, the novel forces potential failure onto Stephen, revealing how desperate he is (how desperate we all are) for human connection. His wayward and flaky aunt, an all too-brief relationship with a classmate, and the commitment necessary to maintain meaningful friendships—Stephen struggles with them all. In an attempt to keep this pressure at bay, he leans into wrestling even harder. As we all know, this almost never works.
The novel takes a dark bent in Stephen’s desperate actions but Habash flexes some literary muscle in a character that acts as a physical representation of Stephen’s demons. The Frogman is an unknowable figure that haunts Stephen Florida—quite literally. He sends Stephen a note, waits for him in the corner of his bedroom, and is both omnipresent and never there, all at the same time. Habash keeps this element at an arms length in the novel, just enough to disquiet readers and disrupt Stephen’s focus. “The Frogman moves in the corner. I don’t look.” I appreciated this element of the novel so much. It wasn’t heavy handed, but delivered deftly, and in small doses. Just enough for readers, and Stephen to remember, that no amount of success or self-sacrifice will abate our need for human connection.
As the novel enters its second and third acts Habash writes, at times, sentence-long paragraphs revealing Stephen’s state of mind. For me, they were attempts to access Stephen’s thoughts as they were happening live. Some reflect emotional states: “Stephen Florida is losing it.” And others, quiet hints: “Suicidal behavior has been observed in more female animals than male and in more vertebrates than invertebrates.” The result is the rising tension of a novel that is almost impossible to put down.
While my criticisms of the novel are few, and Stephen’s character is beautifully complex, I found his self-awareness contradictory at times. His emotional intelligence is evident, and he takes great pride in his ability to focus, but he is portrayed as somewhat dim academically. Athlete-dumb. I found Stephen so interesting and his insights so pinprick smart, that this was occasionally hard to believe. Still, one could argue this is characterization at its best: Habash presents Stephen as one-track smart. He understands that his character cares about wrestling above all else. The rest, as Stephen says, is just noise.
The ending of Stephen Florida peaks beautifully. The rising action at the novel’s conclusion is reminiscent of films like Black Swan or Foxcatcher. The writing is so stellar, the journey so fully earned, and the ending is as satisfying as they come. Stephen Florida is a novel I’ll come back to as much for its literary merit as for its storytelling, a whitespace that we too often see in smart, literary writing. I can say easily, Stephen Florida is one of my favorite novels this year, and that Habash has set a high bar for the literary sports novel. - Kim Winternheimer
https://mastersreview.com/book-review-stephen-florida-by-gabe-habash/




Consider the most obsessed person you’ve ever met, multiple that obsession a millionfold, and you get Stephen Florida, the eponymous hero of Gabe Habash’s gripping debut novel. Orphaned and adrift, sleepwalking through his final year of college in a bleak North Dakota anytown, Stephen devotes his energy to one concrete goal: winning the regional wrestling championship.
What begins as a study in Stephen’s take-no-prisoners approach to training and its related deprivations — limited food, a brutal physical regimen, occasional laxative therapy, no sex or masturbation — soon tips into a harrowing study of repression and the emotional and mental dissociative tendencies common to survivors of trauma. We learn that cool-as-a-cucumber Stephen is fleeing the horror of his parents’ accidental deaths and the loss of his beloved grandmother — and with those losses, any tethered connection to the wider social world.
Habash deftly unpacks the recurring anxieties of millennial masculinity. Stephen’s physical grappling becomes an exquisite and complicated metaphor for the emotional and existential struggle of so many young North American men, uprooted and uncertain in a world where celebrity subs in for self-esteem and the competitive crush of the sports arena annihilates the weak and the vulnerable.
Caught between the bruising wounds of his past and the uncertain beacon of a championship future, Stephen is emotionally frozen, unable to cope with the collective demands of college life. His scorn for social engagements and the noisy rituals of the weekend, and his biting mockery of his classmates fail to soothe his sensitive psyche.
Yet how broken is he? To what great lengths is Stephen Florida capable of going in order to keep his inner world glued together?
Article Continued Below
Sprinkled throughout the novel are compound examples of Stephen’s dizzying emotional slippage, his tense outbursts of rage — bloodying a helpless opponent, pounding his ragged fist into a wall. When he buys a used firearm, concealing the gun beneath his bed, we begin to wonder whether Stephen is bent on more destructive forms of self-harm, capable of acting out his rage in public acts of terror. Much of the novel’s tension lies in such grim uncertainties and Habash is gifted in his ability to imbue even the most mundane scene with nuance and muted suspense.
Stephen’s monotonous existence is interrupted when he meets enigmatic Mary Beth, a big-dreaming art student hell bent on leaving North Dakota, and sidekick Linus, a gifted freshman wrestler. These two figures are flickering stars in the dim constellation of Stephen’s social world. When Mary Beth abruptly leaves town and a slow-boiling jealousy erupts with Linus — just as a freak accident threatens to derail Stephen’s wrestling ambitions — he is left emotionally bereft.
It’s here that the novel takes its darkest turn, excavating the shape-shifting, ravaging corners of depression and loneliness. Stephen’s deviant tendencies — an illicit connection to an older Russian cleaner; an obsession with a reclusive, possibly criminal music professor — are brought to the light. Despite its contemporary sensibility, the cryptic absence of technology — no smart phones, computers, social media, or texting — imbues the tale with a noirish, Twin Peaks feel.
An out-of-left-field phone call from a distant aunt and a period of forced rehabilitation draw Stephen deeper into his well of self-loathing and despair. Doubling down on a secret training regimen, which brings him to the brink physically and emotionally, Stephen begins to consider what his life will look like post-graduation.
While Habash expertly mines Stephen’s inner world for clues about how childhood trauma impacts our decision-making abilities in early adulthood, he renders his hero a deeply flawed and familiar character, someone with whom we identify and rebel against in equal measure, much like the mortally wounded Jude in Hanya Yanagihara’s spectacular debut A Little Life. Yet where Yanagihara offers reams of background evidence for Jude’s self-defeating behaviours, Habash keeps Stephen Florida’s background mostly under the radar, carving its dark contours in only the broadest of emotional brush strokes.
A spellbinding coming-of-age novel, Stephen Florida is not the kind of book content with clean plot lines or loose ends tied up neatly. Instead, it’s a deeply satisfying peek into the mind and heart of a troubled young man trying desperately to rein in the chaotic and multiplying forces of a world he cannot control. - Trevor Corkum
https://www.thestar.com/entertainment/books/reviews/2017/06/16/stephen-florida-a-debut-novel-about-a-young-mans-demons.html


“Is Stephen Florida fatuous or just glib?” muses the eponymous narrator of “Stephen Florida,” whose real name, Steven Forster, was changed due to a clerical error.
Well, he’s arch, that’s for sure. Unfortunately, in this debut novel by Gabe Habash, that’s one of Stephen’s few arresting traits. The chief attribute with which Habash — the deputy reviews editor for Publishers Weekly — endows Stephen is self-absorption. And that will rarely beguile a reader.
“Up in an armpit of the United States” (a fictional town in North Dakota), apparently before cellphones and the internet, Oregsburg college senior Stephen covets a wrestling championship. Habash describes his protagonist’s bouts with brio and expertise. He also conveys the young man’s single-minded obsession powerfully, even poetically. “And just like that,” observes Stephen, “when I’m putting my clothes on after the shower, the impatient despairing dwarf inside me squawks, begging for more, coughs and curls up through my chest and out my fingers and ears, and I already begin measuring the time to the next time.”
Many college wrestlers, particularly in Habash’s lowly and fictive Division IV (NCAA sports categories consist of only three divisions), would consider what they do a mere avocation. For Stephen, an orphan with a largely submerged yet still painful past, wrestling has served to “redirect the madness in my brain.”
The madness, however, proves far more interesting than the wrestling. And it’s still lurking in the recesses of Stephen’s mind. Habash gives you glimpses of it, especially when Stephen loses girlfriend Mary Beth (who hails from Thief River Falls), and, even worse, suffers a knee injury that sidelines him in the run-up to the championship. Agitated, paranoid and spoiling for a fight, Stephen begins to tilt at windmills; he drives away his best friend, Linus, lashes out at his coaches and embarks on a nutty mission to unmask a music professor whom he believes has murdered his wife.
Yet each and every time you think the guy’s going to take an irrevocable or even dangerous step, he stops short. In the end, his histrionics amount to very little, and you’re left wondering why Habash doesn’t have Stephen’s enforced non-wrestling (and girlfriendless) phase unhinge him and finally ignite the tepid story.
From the beginning of “Stephen Florida,” it’s clear that the protagonist’s visceral need to wrestle is matched in intensity only by his penchant for navel-gazing. As such, a bit of action on his part — the more drastic the better — would have gone a long way toward making him more exciting. It would also have contributed to turning Habash’s novel into something more dynamic than a character study of a brooding and occasionally droll young man. - rayyan al-shawaf
The best character studies are the ones about complicated people, and Stephen Florida, the titularly-named protagonist of Gabe Habash’s debut novel, is about as complicated as a functional person can get. Stephen is troubled — very troubled actually. He is abrasive, crude, and violent. He’s also obsessive and paranoid. There’s something else you should know about him: he’s, thanks to Habash’s mad brilliance, endearing.
“Amidst all of this hardship and sadness, there’s something that’s relatable about Stephen Florida.”
Stephen has a heartbreaking background. As we find out near the opening of Stephen Florida, his parents died in a car crash when he was only 14. He then goes to live with his grandmother, who succumbs to a heart attack before Stephen can reach adulthood. His position in the world is rather pitiful; however, good luck is just around the corner. Stephen, a talented wrestler, gets an offer from Oregsburg College in North Dakota to join the wrestling team, so, naturally, Stephen jumps at the opportunity.
Habash’s decision to give Stephen a difficult upbringing helps establish a layer of empathy that proves itself to be rather elastic as Stephen transitions into the early stages of adulthood at college.
Oregsburg College in North Dakota is where we find Stephen for most of the novel, and it’s here that we first see just how unstable he really is. Wrestling saved him, so he becomes obsessed on keeping his savior at the center of his life — void of any external influences. He tells us early on, “I believe in wrestling, and I believe in the United States of America.” He frequently declares his intentions to win the Division IV NCAA Championship in the 133 weight class, and he reminds us just how important it is to him to take the title:
“Do you believe me when I say I think about it every day, every hour, at least twenty times an hour?”
It’s as if he’s so consumed with clinging to the thing that redeemed him that he can’t see anything (or anyone) else as having any importance in his life, which is especially apparent with his cold interactions with Mary Beth, his girlfriend, and Linus, his friend and teammate.
After Stephen gets injured in his senior year and has to be sidelined, his obsession with wrestling transforms into full-blown paranoia. Stephen begins to fall apart, and we see this by his various interactions. He rambles for pages, oftentimes without paragraphs and with only sporadic punctuation, about things that appear to have little, if any, connection. In one riff, Stephen describes his regrets:
“Here’s what I regret: that I didn’t win every time I wrestled, that too many losses have already happened, that I didn’t pledge to wrestling earlier in life, that I’ll never know how much better and faster I could have been, that I never had any brothers or sisters, that I won’t ever be as strong going right as I am going left, that I wasted so much time wrestling not to lose, that I was too eager and fell right into Derrick Ebersole’s duck, that at regionals I shouldn’t have tried to grab Chris Gomez’s right ankle and I let him out and I couldn’t get him back down and that was it, that my grandma had the stroke, that I couldn’t do better on my SAT, that I’ve forgotten sometimes how to be mean, that I couldn’t hold the near-side bar, that I don’t remember what my grandpa looked like without the help of a picture, that years ago the ice was where it was and the road curved where it did and the other car was where it was and that the other driver had to go, too, and also that I sent that kid to the hospital by himself, that his parents hadn’t ridden in the back of the ambulance and there was no audience to cry over him.”
And just as he finishes, he cycles through another long exchange of nonsense about things he’s thankful for, which ranges from personal motivation to not having spina bifida.
The novel’s structure becomes totally chaotic, matching Stephen’s state of mind as he loses any semblance of reality. And this style works brilliantly. The story reads as a confessional — like a diary that’s had its lock ripped off of it and the pages written in blood. - Bradley Sides



Game of Second-Guessing: An Interview with Gabe Habash








Gabe Habash is the fiction reviews editor for Publishers Weekly. He holds an MFA from New York University and lives in New York.

David Letzler - Looking at intimidating mega-novel masterpieces from The Making of Americans to 2666, David Letzler explores reader responses to all the seemingly random, irrelevant, pointless, and derailing elements that comprise these mega-novels,

$
0
0
The Cruft of Fiction
David Letzler, The Cruft of Fiction: Mega-Novels and the Science of Paying Attention, University of Nebraska Press (June 1, 2017)


What is the strange appeal of big books? The mega-novel, a genre of erudite tomes with encyclopedic scope, has attracted wildly varied responses, from fanatical devotion to trenchant criticism. Looking at intimidating mega-novel masterpieces from The Making of Americans to 2666, David Letzler explores reader responses to all the seemingly random, irrelevant, pointless, and derailing elements that comprise these mega-novels, elements that he labels “cruft” after the computer science term for junk code. In The Cruft of Fiction, Letzler suggests that these books are useful tools to help us understand the relationship between reading and attention.While mega-novel text is often intricately meaningful or experimental, sometimes it is just excessive and pointless. On the other hand, mega-novels also contain text that, though appearing to be cruft, turns out to be quite important. Letzler posits that this cruft requires readers to develop a sophisticated method of attentional modulation, allowing one to subtly distinguish between text requiring focused attention and text that must be skimmed or even skipped to avoid processing failures. The Cruft of Fiction shows how the attentional maturation prompted by reading mega-novels can help manage the information overload that increasingly characterizes contemporary life.




The Cruft of Fiction is a major contribution to the study of post–World War II fiction, as well as a striking new account of how novels—in particular so-called ‘big novels’—work. It is a truly pathbreaking account of contemporary fiction that will appeal to formalist, historicist, and other varieties of critic alike.”—Andrew Hoberek, professor of twentieth-century American literature and literary and cultural theory at the University of Missouri and the author of Considering “Watchmen”: Poetics, Property, Politics
(Andrew Hoberek




Fans of lengthy and complex novels often encounter the sentiment that shorter works are better because they get their points across economically, that the dreadnoughts of literature contain too much boring armature, and that to persist regularly reading books over, say, 500 pages smacks of pretension and elitism. Those charges can be true at one time or another. Sometimes it seems we’re stuck in an either/or situation where readers are either hostages or idolaters.
Here are quotations that set out opposite ends of the subject. Writing for The Millions on his experience with William Gaddis’ The Recognitions, Mark O’Connell says:
“I kept at it, doughtily ploughing my way through this seemingly inexhaustible stuff, holding out for another interlude of clemency from an author I knew was capable of entertaining and provoking me. At some point towards the end of the book it occurred to me that what I was experiencing could be looked at as a kind of literary variant of the Stockholm syndrome phenomenon, whereby hostages experience a perverse devotion to their captors, interpreting any abstention from violence and cruelty, however brief or arbitrary, as acts of kindness and even love. Psychologically, this is understood as a defense mechanism in which the victim fabricates a “good” side of the aggressor in order to avoid confronting the overwhelming terror of his or her situation.”*
Melodramatic, yet the hyperbole likely captures the psychology of O’Connell and perhaps others, judging by the online comments posted in response to his piece, and chimes in with such essays as Jonathan Franzen’s notorious “Mr. Difficult.”
Meanwhile, advocates of mega-novels, such as Steven Moore, believe that ploughing through densely written novels is rewarding in itself, and not just a cause for carving another notch in the library shelves when books like The Recognitions are completed. Here’s a passage from Moore’s 1987 review of Joseph McElroy’s weighty and dense Women and Men:
“Fifteen years ago, intellectual machismo was measured by the number of pages of Gravity’s Rainbow one had managed; in this year of big books, McElroy’s has provided the measure, even upping the stakes by writing a book longer and more difficult than Pynchon’s. Are the novel’s length and difficulty justified?… Hitting the 600-page mark, the 800-, the 1000-page mark with still 200 pages to go and McElroy’s unflagging invention still going strong, I was filled with awe and wonder as the immense epic design of the novel continued to mushroom ever higher… reading this book is a humbling experience.”**
Perverse loyalty or awe-inspiring. The implication of each position is that we aren’t thinking rationally when it comes to how we regard mega-novels. We are either brainwashed or swept up. There seems to be very little middle ground.
I
David Letzler’s The Cruft of Fiction provides a middle position. Cruft is “a half-slang/half-technical term from programming circles” that means poor or superseded computer code and badly written wiki entries, and it “cover[s] several digital phenomena, especially within wikiculture, where it is often applied to encyclopedic text that editors finds trivial, overwritten, redundant, or unreadable.” It is “text that is, basically, pointless,” gratuitous, excessive, “unnecessary, inelegant, or too complicated for its own good.” Letzler is the first to use this word in literary criticism (and, to my mind, makes a good case for its immediate adoption). Aside from occasional stiffness in the prose, this book of literary theory and criticism is written in accessible language that successfully communicates several ideas. It argues against those who, when confronted by lists or dialogue that last for pages, see only dullness or pointlessness, while also acknowledging and embracing the presence of passages that seem worthy of negative characterization. As Letzler puts it, “… I will examine how [mega-novels] deploy cruft that challenges less society’s ills than its reader’s ability to attend a bloated representation of them. By creating a counterfeit world too expansive to process, what they satirize is the limits of their readers’ own minds.”
It’s worth noting the arrangement of the book and the breadth of literature Letzler draws on. The Cruft of Fiction is set out in the following chapters: “Introduction: Information and Attention in the Mega-Novel”; “The Dictionary”; “The Encyclopedia”; “Life-Writing”; “The Menippean Satire”; “Episodic Narrative”; “The Epic and the Allegory”; “Conclusion: The Fate of the Mega-Novel.” Endnotes, a bibliography, and an index follow. Gaddis, Jorge Luis Borges, and Thomas Pynchon are presences throughout, with Gravity’s Rainbow deemed “the exemplary experiment in figural narrative systems, the subtlest distributor of cruft in our fiction, and the greatest of mega-novels.” There are also several pages each on, among others, Roberto Bolańo, Doris Lessing, Dorothy Richardson (for her multi-volume Pilgrimage, an almost forgotten work that is mostly talked about now in criticism), Gustave Flaubert, Don DeLillo, John Barth, Robert Coover, James Joyce, Gertrude Stein, William T. Vollmann (for Europe Central, not for his Seven Dreams sequence), Mark Z. Danielewski (for House of Leaves but not for his projected 27-volume series The Familiar), Haruki Murakami, and David Foster Wallace. (It is an unexpected pleasure to see translated works alongside works in English.) While some omissions may puzzle—McElroy, certainly, Karl Ove Knausgaard’s My Struggle, and Anaïs Nin’s diaries, for instance—what’s examined illustrates well how cruft is found in various novel genres.
Literary theorists and critics are also present, in particular Umberto Eco, Gilles Deleuze and Felix Guattari, Roland Barthes, and Jacques Derrida. They provide useful material for building a case or the necessary opposition Letzler has to dispose of. (Though it’s curious, and a missed step, that when discussing the importance of repetition and communication theory Letzler ignores Deirdre Wilson and Dan Sperber’s relevance theory.) Semioticians and structuralists predominate over practitioners of literary aesthetics like Moore, yet—and perhaps this comes from his status as an independent scholar—Letzler advocates that an older style of thinking needs revisiting. After discussing the inadequacy of “the poststructuralist conception of mind… [in] cognizing the information age” he brings back into view, “after decades of theoretical assault within the academy…,” the “autonomous liberal subject…” His explanation for this goes, in part: “So far as I can tell, no other model of subjectivity is capable of the attentional modulations required to make of the mind something more than a repository and replicator of memes.” Unlike much contemporary criticism emanating from “the academy” that views as “oddly taboo” the stance that “all literary reading demands judgment” when it comes to aesthetics—since, for many academic critics, texts are evidence of mores, habits, and other matters we may term historical, but are not viewed primarily as works worth evaluating on literary grounds—Letzler frequently expresses subjective opinions from an aesthetic base. Since literary theories and ideologies often batten on to novels, plays, poems, and so on and treat them as extractable resources for their own engines, it is important to stress that regard for writing as an art.
Of course, it’s not just theorists who view the careful putting together of words as less than aesthetically essential. Here’s a recent comment by critic and award-winning novelist Jorge Armenteros:
“It is now plain that any debate over who is, or is not, a better writer, or what is, or is not, a more legitimate writing is, for the most part, a surrogate social struggle. The more pertinent questions are what is the community being addressed in the writing, how does the writing participate in the constitution of this audience, and is it effective in doing so?”†
What could be drearier than viewing novels as utilities necessary in the creation of an incorporated community? What could do greater damage to literature than to circumscribe its ambit in this fashion? Those “pertinent questions” are valueless if aesthetic qualities are left aside. Experimental work, which many mega-novels qualify as, “obliges us to read experimentally—and we really have very little choice in the matter,” as Jeffrey R. Di Leo and Warren Motte phrase it. “It encourages us to put our traditional reading strategies aside in favor of new ones, limned in the text itself. Passive reading strategies will not serve; to the contrary, our reading of experimentalist texts must be active, engaged, and critical, if we hope to make sense.”‡ As Jamie Martin says in a different context, “The mind, which hates randomness, looks for causes and agency everywhere.”‡‡ For readers of mega-novels, as for other kinds, distinguishing between good and bad writing is as important as distinguishing between important and seemingly unimportant text. Both must continue if one is to determine what avenues are worth exploring.
II
Cruft is not a flaw. It is a valuable feature of novels that repays attention for how it is consciously used and how readers process it. (Of course, we’ve heard something about this before in Thomas LeClair’s The Art of Excess.) Useful material can be hidden under an eye-glazing accumulation of words. For example, Letzler quotes passages from Gaddis’ J R that contains endless business jargon. Beneath a surface of dividends and payment schedules that we might, as Letzler says, “skim,” lies a “train of action” that, through “extremely subtle filtering” of such minutiae, leads to a vital plot point. How many readers will pick that up, though? What does it say if items are not easy to discern, and what are the ramifications of that?
When a student classifies a particular novel as boring, a teacher’s first response is likely to find fault with the reader, not the text. However, Letzler’s countless examples illustrate that cruft is not “merely the subjective illusion of readers with insufficient attention for great writing, because it often is both ‘too easy’ and ‘too hard’ at the same time.” He argues that there are many instances where “a reader with a low threshold for textual stimulation will surely be overloaded” by much of what we regularly find in mega-novels: playfulness with the layout of words and images on a page (in House of Leaves there is a long and, some might argue, worthless list connected to architectural styles irrelevant to the labyrinth that the novel is more concerned with that’s set out upside-down in a margin) and a multi-page “insult contest” (in John Barth’s The Sot-Weed Factor). These pages strain our interest and thus seek to make us “laugh at our own inability to read the text”; in these examples, there is both saturation and comedy. Often, but not necessarily, cruft aims to help us consider the greater purpose of linguistic inventiveness. In Barth the hindrance to so-called normal reading enjoyment caused by plentiful bilingual barbs parallels the hindrances faced by his characters to understand and manage their lives. Cruft has significant purposes, as Letzler shows through a multitude of examples, and, for me, it is a term and concept that immediately takes its place alongside flashbacks, symbolism, or loiterature as a device to employ and accommodate. Letzler champions close readings as beneficial for readers—enriching the reading when excesses are taken seriously—who make the effort to decode particularly knotty or ‘out-of control’ passages in mega-novels. Coover’s The Public Burning is a book that, for Letzler, contains “stranger and more disturbing” imagery and “grotesque incongruities” than conventional satires. In times of social, cultural, and political tumult, some novelists respond by overriding our senses with aesthetically extravagant presentations and performances.
Such matters revolve around how conscious we are—the science referred to in the subtitle—and on this Letzler writes: “How we process and compress such an excess of narrative possibilities has significant cognitive implications.” Following the thinking of others, he believes that consciousness operates on “multiple levels” rather than any other model (such as a movie, a theatre stage with one spotlight picking out this or that moment or sensation, and as a discontinuous set of perceptions that allow an illusion of continuity in our thinking). This impacts what writers write (stream-of-consciousness, for example) and how readers read. Depending on the kind of model one believes in, there will be advocates of every type for “divergent prose styles.” Each example offered (works by Proust, Joyce, Woolf, and Richardson, among others) relies on the inessential—cruft—to convince a reader that what is presented is true to life. That there are so many paths taken underscores how impossible it is to reach a consensus on what constitutes the real.
To underpin his argument about consciousness and how it is represented in stream-of-consciousness writing, as well as showing how cruft can appear in various guises, Letzler brings in: Proust’s madeleine triggering memories that come out phrased in finely balanced sentences of great length and clarity; Joyce’s Leopold Bloom’s associative thinking that lurches from one item to another in fragments; and Woolf’s Peter Walsh who combines the previous two approaches while also allowing the narrative to flit between multiple characters. All pretend or assert that they accurately depict how consciousness works. Stream-of-consciousness is never pure, however, since it “requires heavy authorial selection” of details. Writers do not adhere to a neurological rulebook on how to create the illusion that they’ve captured how characters think, but whatever method they use is not haphazard, to them. Any instance of stream-of-consciousness must persuade an audience through its art and craft; the first draft may be raw, but the revision demands fine-tuning to ensure its credibility. The audience either accepts the conceit behind Molly Bloom’s extensive, excessive soliloquy or denies its validity. In the end, the question of consciousness applies to writer and reader.
Similarly, other methods, such as run-on sentences, fragmented discourse, and a wealth of historical (or quasi-historical) data can disorient the reader and alter the consciousness and the awareness of the effort it takes to read a flow of seemingly unrelated words.
Citing three instances of cruft that Letzler discusses may be useful. In the first, he takes Bolaño’s novel 2666 and subjects a portion of it, “The Part about the Crimes,” to a statistical analysis of investigations into the murders of 110 women. Using the details provided—and the information ranges from sketchy to full—he divides that number into groups and patterns, or as near to patterns as he can get. Societal elements might explain some deaths, the activities of a serial killer another, and so on. Here his action mirrors the investigations Bolaño is providing. We may not, as readers, invest the same energy as Letzler in poring over each murder report. We may become numbed by their sheer quantity and tune out, potentially inflicting a further “injustice” on the dead. In 2666 we are swamped with cruft—statistics, in this case—and even if we extract information from it we may not ever possess full knowledge, placing us in the same position as the investigators, but we have to try.
Cruft occurs in what may be the most popular example of writing that seems to contain no reason for its existence, the “Cetology” chapter in Herman Melville’s Moby-Dick; or, The Whale. “What should we do when faced with this pointless encyclopedia?” Letzler asks:
“I am not sure that it contains any text worth deeply processing. It does, however, provoke a kind of boredom antithetical to that of the boring productivity required on land, one that consequently reorients Ishmael’s and the readers’ modes of attention. Only by establishing this opposed pole of cruft can the novel slow down and alter its readers’ perceptions so that they are prepared for the ruminating, philosophical essays that make up much of the novel’s middle.”
That may be a charitable interpretation, but it is one worth entertaining and exploring.
When speaking of Richardson’s Pilgrimage, Letzler refers to early critical commentary on it that, “while granting the innovative style, typically claimed it was used to excess,” and cites Katharine Mansfield and Virginia Woolf as opponents of its techniques. “What is it,” he asks, “within Pilgrimage’s style that so frustrates its critics?” Over the course of several pages he address that question by placing critical responses against each other and, through frequent quotations from this multi-volume novel, occasionally dwelling on passages like the “astonishing forty-three-page chapter that exhaustively details the daily work of a dental assistant” that would try most people’s patience. “The value of Richardson’s technique… comes in the occasional surprise of the unexpected within material that might otherwise be quite boring.” For readers, there is the lesson, albeit one that may not be immediately noticeable, that “raised consciousness can reflect on and break routine, then send whatever positive results that have been created back to be habituated again…. The work is frequently a tiresome process, and each success will work only for a while, after which we must rattle our habits up, expand our consciousness, then compress again.” It’s far from assured that most readers will assume there is definitely something to be touched on, if fleetingly, in a welter of words; it may be a mark of faith in those who persist in believing that Richardson is trying to communicate an essential ineffable. (Though Letzler doesn’t address this, off-putting obstacles posed by cruft in mega-novels would seem to indicate that novelists don’t pay much attention to the notion that they’re co-creating with even their most diehard adherents, else why design such “grueling”§ works?)
III
In his final pages Letzler merges the scientific and the literary aspects of his book with pragmatic reasons for studying mega-novels (distinguished from simply long books like Vanity Fair): “literary education has long been principally concerned with the training of attention… and while other literary genres have their own unusual relationships to that crucial element of cognition, the mega-novel uniquely pressures its nuances.” Teaching an entire course on Ulysses may be workable, as he suggests, but most professors I know would say that such an emphasis on one book—outside of a special course at graduate level—would take up space that several shorter novels, exposing students to multiple literary approaches, ethnic and gender backgrounds, could occupy. Letzler offers a more realizable goal when offering reasons why foregrounding the challenges of mega-novels—the “frustration and boredom” they bring out—could be integrated and highlighted in the study process as “the most vital effect mega-novels produce.” In using the “Cetology” chapter as an example, Letzler makes the point that skipping that portion both makes sense due to its purposelessness and that passing over such content means a reader will “miss how important [it is] to shaping attention.” By studying Ulysses, House of Leaves, 2666, and many other mega-novels—the type of novel that “uniquely” demands the most from readers—“students’ cognitive processes” can be examined and changed “so that they can better attend the passages that warrant attention and read other passages with less investment.”
David Letzler closes his book with the issue of interpreting the cataract of material that organizations and governments are collecting from and on everyone. The figure whose mind is best equipped to “isolate and prioritize” is the one who can spot cruft through training done by attentively reading mega-novels. It’s not that fiction will necessarily grow to look like metadata—though no possibility should be ruled out—but that society will, evidently, need minds that discern the essential from the non-essential. This is an honest admission of hope, though it seems unlikely to budge either pedagogically conservative professors who hang on to their threatened tenure or the cautious adjunct professors who more desperately agonize over the need to be included in a health plan. But these are minor quibbles. The Cruft of Fiction contains many ideas worth exploring and arguing with for writers and readers, and may come to be seen as an essential resource for personal and public libraries. - Jeff Bursey
https://bigother.com/2018/02/06/on-cruft/#more-33705

Javíer Pedro Zabala is the greatest Latin American writer you’ve never heard of, and his magnum opus The Mad Patagonian is the greatest novel in Spanish of the 21st century that you’ve never read

$
0
0
Javíer Pedro Zabala, The Mad Patagonian, Trans. by Tomás García Guerrero, River Boat Books, 2018.

excerpt


The Mad Patagonian is a multi-generational epic spanning three centuries and five continents in which members of the Escoraz family are looking to find true love (and some version of paradise) in a world that has been torn apart by the random even bestial violence of Fascism in all its forms. So what does Zabala’s novel have to do with Roberto Bolaño? According to Tomás García Guerrero, the translator, The Mad Patagonian provides a competing vision, a stark counterpoint to the darker vision of much of Bolaño’s work. Guerrero believes that the novel is an effort on the part of Zabala to engage his friend Bolaño in a metaliterary conversation about the true nature of the world. Guerrero also suggests that the subtextual interplay between Zabala’s vision and Bolaño’s is crucial to understanding the novel.
The nine interconnected novellas that make up The Mad Patagonian take the reader backwards through time and history, a journey which begins in that sunny paradise we call Florida and the familiar urban/suburban American landscape of both Jacksonville and Miami in the 1990s. From Florida we then travel to the historical melting pot of Logroño, Spain during the latter part of the nineteenth century (1870-1899), where the mythic stories of two pyschics, Escolástica and Isabel Escoraz Vda De Miranda, unfold. From Spain we then head to Santiago, Cuba, circa 1900-1907, a tumultuous period in Cuban history when forgotten poets lingered in the shadows before descending into oblivion, the determined followers of José Martí were still seeking liberty and equality for every Cuban citizen, and brujería magic was a force to be reckoned with.
Next we travel to a film nourish 1950s Havana, with swanky, exclusive nightclubs overflowing with the sounds of sultry danzón singers; a world in which corrupt government officials and remorseless gangsters who read Pirandello find themselves in a battle to the death with a mysterious group of German anarchists and ex-spies who believe they are working for a sinister, alien (as in outer space) race intent on subjugating the Earth; and then we find ourselves in a contemporary parallel universe America (with one Kafkaesque detour thru parts of France, Germany, and the city of Prague) where an aging Basque immigrant who fought Franco, a World War One tank commander, Latin-American revolutionaries, CIA operatives, FBI agents, ex-poets, ex-priests, atheists, an internationally acclaimed porn star, an expert on Nazi mysticism and the occult, a modern-day saint, a Hollywood movie director who was nominated for an Academy Award, and a hairdresser from Buenos Aires who once cut the hair of Jorge Borges in a hotel room in New York City, all take their turn on center stage, and the hope of finding paradise takes on profoundly spiritual dimensions.




Cuban writer Javier Pedro Zabala and Chilean writer Roberto Bolaño first crossed paths in Mexico City in the mid-seventies. Their very first meeting, recounted at some length in Zabala’s diary, occurred in April of 1975. The meeting did not take place in Librería Gandhi or any other bookstore. It did not take place in that mysterious Mexican hangout known as Café La Habana, although that venue would have been appropriate on many levels, certainly because it was the haunt of writers and artists for generations, but also because it is supposedly the spot where Fidel Castro and Che Guevara drew up their plans for overthrowing the Batista regime and taking control of Cuba. No, the first meeting between Zabala and Bolaño was not imbued with such a heavy-handed sense of history and timing. Instead, the two writers, both young men who had not yet made a dent in the literary world, met by accident in a greasy spoon of a café called El Abrevadero on Calle de Tacuba, a few blocks east of the Palace of Fine Arts. It is now a McDonald’s, but back then it was the kind of place where you could get a beer at any hour of the day or night. Bolaño was capping a thirty-six-hour stint of walking and writing by eating a large, overcooked breakfast before he went to bed. He was sitting alone, with his back to the window. ‘He was a brightly shining shadow sitting in a pool of dark sunlight,’ Zabala later wrote. Zabala was with a young woman, Blanca Barutti, a recent graduate of the Facultad de Medicina UNAM, who would later become Zabala’s wife. She was originally from Santiago, Cuba, from the wealthy Vista Alegre neighborhood, but her family had left when Castro came to power. She was extraordinarily beautiful and was often mistaken for a movie star. She also had a reputation for a razor sharp wit. Both qualities caught Bolaño’s attention.

In his diary, which Zabala kept with religious diligence, he recorded that he and Bolaño soon struck up an uneasy conversation, precipitated by the presence of Blanca.

'We spent half an hour sparring politely, an imaginary war between two young lions pacing back and forth in the same cage. Blanca was the prize. And then we forgot all about Blanca and talked about everything except the preposterous art of writing. Bolaño said Mexican politics was disheartening. Echeverría had only made things worse. Then he said Echeverría was why he had left Mexico in ’72 and spent some time with leftist guerillas in El Salvador. He said he had been a counter-revolutionary, a spy. He said he had then gone back to Chile to give his heart and soul to Allende’s noble struggle to build a socialist state, but then Pinochet seized control. Pinochet is worse than Echeverría, he said. Didn’t you know that Echeverría supported Allende? I asked him. How can you be against Echeverría and Pinochet both? But he seemed not to hear me. Of course I was only half serious. I mean who was I to comment on the labyrinthine complexities of Latin American politics? But I thought Bolaño was full of shit, to be frank. He sounded like a wannabe Trotskyist who knew nothing about the deprivations and personal sacrifice that go along with revolution. Besides, he was too skinny for even the most resolute revolutionary. He seemed more like a refugee. Then he said when he had gone back to Chile the police picked him up because of his odd-sounding accent and tossed him in jail. Everyone around him was smeared with blood. Everyone was suffering from contagious amnesia. He said he spent nine days in a rat infested swamp of a prison cell, waiting to be tortured like the other prisoners, before a guard he knew from high school recognized him, so they released him. It was at that point I knew he was a writer more than anything else, and I said so, and he laughed. He told me about a new poetry movement he had founded that would pick up the torch lit by Rimbaud. We ordered some beers. Then he said the oddest thing. He said he hoped one day to win the Casa de las Américas Award for a book of poetry. I think he said this to see if I was paying attention. Or maybe to irritate me. Or maybe he was back to flirting with Blanca and wanted to impress her. I looked at him over my glass of beer. What was the use of a literary award to a poet like Rimbaud, who abandoned poetry for a mercantile career in Africa? I asked him. He put his finger to his mouth to shush me, as if we were both collaborators on the verge of discovery, and then he started laughing and disappeared into his own beer, the morning light refracting through the dirty glass containing his amber colored ambrosia, producing a soft golden halo effect above his head.'
Zabala later told his daughter, Cecilia, that he and Bolaño got along well enough. They met now and then over the course of the summer of 1975 and talked about poetry and what it meant to be a writer and whether or not you could call yourself a writer if you didn’t write a single word. They talked about their disappointment with establishment writers like Octavio Paz and Juan Rulfo (though Zabala confesses at one point in his diary that their reasons were childish and more a reflection of their own as yet untested literary ambitions than anything else). They were both moved by the surrealistic impulses of Alfonso Reyes. They didn’t bother to discuss Carlos Fuentes, except Zabala said he had enjoyed La muerte de Artemio Cruz immensely. They agreed about Cuban writer Norberto Fuentes. They disagreed about Gabriel García Marquez. On the whole they liked Mario Vargas Llosa’s books. They could not praise enough the literary efforts of Miguel Ángel Asturias and Rómulo Gallegos and, of course, Borges. They tossed around the names of all sorts of eccentric poets. They joked about Carlos Pellicer, who looked like a butcher or a tenor in a barbershop quartet, according to Bolaño. They agreed it was easy to masturbate after reading the erotic poetry of Pierre Louÿs and next to impossible to masturbate after reading the sublime poetry of Sor Juana Inés de la Cruz. Zabala dismissed Luis Cernuda outright. He thought Cernuda would have been nothing at all if he hadn’t flung open the doors of his homosexuality for the whole outraged world to see. Bolaño disagreed. Bolaño asked if Zabala had read the Chilean poet Carlos de Rokha and Zabala said he hadn’t heard of him and Bolaño said he wasn’t surprised because even the Chileans he grew up with hadn’t heard of de Rokha. Zabala asked Bolaño if he had read the Mexican poet Sageuo Ruedas but Bolaño had not. Then Zabala asked if Bolaño had heard of the Peruvian activist and poet Eduardo de Jesús Montoyo, who ran in the same circle as the writer José Carlos Mariátegui before they had a falling out, but Bolaño said that except for Adán and Vallejo and Emilio Westphalen, and also Jorge Pimentel, the founder of Movimiento Hora Zero, who had discovered a way to evoke the natural beauty of everyday Peruvian life in his poetry, like in a ballad, and Tulio Moro and Juan Ramírez Ruis, who followed Pimentel down Quilca street, and then there was César Moro, whose real name was Alfredo Quíspez Asín but he thought he would have better success if he hid his true identity so he used the name of a character by the writer Ramón Gómez de la Serna, but aside from all that the only thing he really knew about Peru was they made pretty good Pisco Sours there, but not as good as in Chile. They both respected the lyrical beauty of Emilio Ballagas. They talked intense trash about all sorts of sycophants and university snobs, the vultures waiting in the wings. ‘Our opinions contained a great deal of adolescent posturing even though we were both in our twenties,’ Zabala later wrote, ‘but we had one hell of a time getting drunk.’-  Translator’s Introductory Remarks.




The Mad Patagonian is a very intelligent novel, enviably so, which will leave you wondering where reality ends and fiction begins. Indeed, it is precisely this question that leads the reader, at least this reader, into the book, into its layered complexity and variously fascinating and conflicted characters. The Mad Patagonian is a crazy, fun, profound, brilliant book.”- Pablo F. Medina


It’s probably fair to say that Javier Pedro Zabala is the greatest Latin American writer you’ve never heard of, and his magnum opus The Mad Patagonian is the greatest novel in Spanish of the 21st century that you’ve never read.
Zabala was born in the US in 1950, but lived most of his life in Cuba. Apart from two life-marking meetings with Roberto Bolano in 1975 and 1989 in Mexico City and Caracas respectively, Zabala seems to have passed under the radar as a writer. Largely unpublished during his life, he seems to have spent his time doing odd jobs and writing in his diary, and working on his huge novel. Written between 1983 and 2002, Zabala died two months after its completion. His daughter, ignoring her father’s last wish to have all his writings destroyed, passed on the manuscript to a publisher in Caracas, which soon after went out of business, leaving the novel unpublished. After many vicissitudes, the novel will finally be brought out in English in 2018 by Riverboat Books.
The facts of Zabala’s life and the creation and publication of his only novel read like the typical fantasy of those marginal types who spend years secretly slaving away on a book that they keep in the bottom drawer and which is only published after their death, finally vindicating all their years of unregarded effort and neglect with worldwide fame and recognition of genius, the familiar story arc of a Pessoa, a Kafka, an Emily Dickinson. What’s unusual in this case, though, is that the work in question had to be published in a translation in order for it to reach the light of day. It remains unpublished in Spanish and is presented to us in a miraculous translation by Tomas Garcia Guerrero.
The novel consists of nine interlocking novellas which together tell the story of two interrelated families over several generations, how they left the Old World and came to the New, chiefly to Cuba, and then to Miami. Each family has a clairvoyant sister, and this device allows the narrative to be aware of what is happening to both families. This device is obviously a nod to the multi-generational magical realism of One Hundred Years of Solitude, but the novel is more than a magical realistic romp through the history of Cuba, although magical realism does get a look in as being part of that history.
The nine novellas are related to each other in various ways: they grow out of each other, with a peripheral character in one becoming a central character in another; or the same event is viewed from different perspectives; or there might only be a tenuous relation that becomes clear when you have read another novella. This method allows for tales within tales, digressions within digressions and a great deal of sophisticated structural irony in which insignificant events appear later as much more significant, and vice versa. There is a great deal of anachronistic jumping around. Reality is always under threat of being replaced by just another version of reality, dreams, or yet another narrative, puppet show, slide show, family history, anecdote or memory, a letter, a postcard or a pornographic movie. Each novella is told in a different style, with nods (at least in this English translation) to Hemingway, Carver and other practitioners of the I’m-not-writing school of writing, Joyce, Borges, Bolano, film noir, an actual movie script, Andre Breton and the Surrealists, and a whole host of references to poets and philosophers, both in English and in Spanish.
The novel is fiercely erudite and thick with ideas discussed by the characters, or by the narrative voice, about history versus the fictionalization of history (Zabala seems to have lived his life through his diary, writing events as they should have happened, rather than as they did), the search for happiness, the eternal fight against Fascism, the Church, international crime, conspiracy theories, Communism, UFOs, Latin American politics and Latin American literature, The Struggle. Ultimately, these ideas crystalise into an epic enquiry into the nature of reality, and about the uses and inadequacies of language itself in creating, transcribing and fixing that reality. Zabala is acutely aware of the limitations of language, as aware as no other writer of his generation, except perhaps David Foster Wallace. He knows that language describes what is not as much as it describes what is: gun delineates a specific object as much as it rules out the possibility that the object is not something else, like nun or gum.  Zabala knows that when a writer writes something as apparently innocuous as a description of the night, he is also drawing a line through other possibilities: Outside the moon has set. can also just as well refuse to be: Outside the moon is glowing in the night sky. or even Outside it is twilight and the birds have stopped calling to each other. Zabala gives us all three descriptions, as if asking us to choose, or to understand them as a radically telescoped sequence, or to consider their possibilities as palimpsest. Either way, he is drawing attention to the very process of writing.
The prose itself acts as a vehicle for that enquiry, ranging from rapturously inspired word painting to the most coldly clinical, specs laden passages. At times, Zabala’s experiments threaten to topple over, but he always manages to pull it off by the sheer audacity of the undertaking. In one of the last novellas, it appears as if Zabala has simply taken advantage of his computer’s highlight-copy-and-paste functions to reproduce whole paragraphs and reassemble them in different orders. The repetitions, and juxtapositions of large chunks of text not only summons up a musical analogy, but on further reflection also seems to be making something quite concrete out of language, like bits of coloured glass arranged into a mosaic, or collage. The language has become so foregrounded through repetition that it becomes quite physical, which is something that one usually forgets in reading, as the eye flows across the page devouring meaning. 
At almost 1250 pages, the book is a daunting read. However Zabala’s imagination is a fount of fecundity; a multitudinous world envelopes the reader, crowded with vivid characters and events, a great deal of salt, genuine feeling, irony and humour, and a kind of unstoppable energy. Mahler said of the symphony that it should embrace the world, and the really great novels of the 20th/21st centuries: Gravity’s Rainbow, Infinite Jest, Underworld, 2666, seem to have also embraced this view. Zabala’s novel should rightfully take its place alongside them. - Tom Murr


“The color of that strange light that morning was the color of burnt hair or skin (but not a surface burning, it burned much deeper than that, a burning away of everything down to the waxen core) and eyeballs dripping with mascara and Kabuki ink stains of rouge eating like a cancer into the flesh of soft, white cheeks as white as the underbelly of dead fish or ribbon eels, but it wasn’t just the color of the visible world, it was also the color of sounds and smells and passing thoughts; it was the color of the musty, mustardy smell of freshly plowed, rumpled earth; it was the color of the incurable seeping paranoia (insanity?) that accompanies chronic betrayal, that bohemia of a thirsty soul; it was the color of the sea salt smell of toilet soap and the convulsive withering noises of trampled insects with wings like cellophane beating frantically for a few seconds and then disintegrating as easily as if life were just a cruel trick invented by a deranged mechanic or a demented Syrian demigod, a brusque, godless demise; it was the color of the penetrating acrid, cleansing smell of midnight jazz, even though it was the middle of the morning; it was the color of dark, smoldering thighs wrapped in lace lingerie wound a tad too tight and the crystalline purity of love’s deceptions and the raw, overwhelming, incomprehensible sadness of inaction, a paralyzing, blinding flash: it was the color of disordered silence, yes, disordered silence is so accurate; it was the color of the geranium pots that had been placed on steps and in courtyards all over the city, dripping with dew or droplets from an overnight shower like so many tiny mirrors reflecting (refracting?) the trauma of earlier days (though to some I am sure those droplets looked like hippie strings of metallic beads crisscrossing the cosmos, each bead containing within its sphere a miniature replica of this bubble we call the Earth): it was the color of the traffic whizzing by on NW 36th Street; it was the color of those excitable birds that one could only hear from the steps of La Campana, what were they? warbling warblers? or mutinous martins? or a covey of covetous chickadees? or yellow-billed cuckoos? or furious swallows? or is it infuriated? or were they neurotic parrots or parakeets, those lucky birds that are the augurs of life and death? or a flock of chachalaca originally imported from Central America or Mexico or even Texas for hunting club purposes but then they escaped? ‘shut up ¡chachalaca!’ you might hear someone say while listening to those birds, and then others might say, as if in response, ‘boom Shaka-laka-laka! boom Shaka-laka-laka!’ and then they would laugh and prance about to their booming boom boxes and vanish into the glare at the end of the street and the sly sky would break into a harmonica solo, or perhaps those elusive feathered creatures were the physical manifestation of the birds that sleep in all good wines, as the poet says, but whatever genus and species (Setophaga coronate coronate, Dendroica coronate, Progne elgans, Poecile carolinensis, Coccyzus americanus, Stelgidopteryx serripennis, Tachycineta bicolor, Melopsittacus undulates, Amazon tucumana, Amazona collaria, Alipiopsitta xanthops, Ortalis ruficauda, Ortalis vetula) those invisible birds on that particular morning were roosting and chattering away across the street from La Campana like paranoid idiot savants or drunken game show hosts in the limelight of a few lime trees or a few transplanted Paraiso trees (also called Cape Lilac or Persian Lilac) with their purple gleaming blossoms like baubles for a queen and their poisonous even deadly yellow fruit that falls to the sidewalk without warning.
That is a fairly accurate description of what the color of the light was like.”

So that’s what the color of one morning was like according to one character/narrator in the novel The Mad Patagonian by Javier Pedro Zabala, a February morning in Miami in 1977, witnessed at around 10 a.m. after the ‘sun had already crashed through the dark portals of the petrified pre-Adamite sky.’
There is much to say about this particular passage. For one, it is one of the few particular places in the novel where the author (or author and translator) use alliteration, that enemy of translation. More importantly, the paragraph is quite representative of the author’s digressive habit and indicative of his enormous authority, or confidence. For this passage takes place on the day Oscar and Isidora are finally going to get married, two-thirds through the second longest chapter of the book, when a full novel’s worth of promise is about to break forth into inspired action (we think), on pages 878 and 879 of probably the longest novel we are ever going to read (depending on how you tally up Musil); that is to say: this is not the time for fucking poetry! Except it’s a lovely passage and it is not mere poetry, it is the book itself being itself and it contains within it all the book would like us to know one way or another, this beautifully synesthetic, lapidarian, scumbled, bestilled, trembling, precise, multifarious, sweet, vicious, promising, discouraging, argumentative, soothing, striving, effortless, philosophical, teleological, raucous, bucolic, scatological or peschaetological, illogical, realistic tour the stars and the mud, azure paints of empty swimming pools and the bloodied skies of eternal love.
I am intent on lambasting this particular passage for its floral irritants for a number of reasons. I mentioned that this chapter was a novel’s worth—in more ways than one. This is a paperback and it was here, finally, after months of hard usage, that the book yielded—where page 772 meets 773, where Book Six (I have been calling them chapters because as this is a book itself, it must be comprised of chapters—see comparisons to Bolaño below) The Glory Days of La Campana begins—the spine had to give at some point, as I often read even a seven-kilo book in one hand, the book folded back on itself, the spine had to give eventually, and it finally did, but…IT HELD! There is a permanent gap here so that the book naturally falls open to these pages, but no actual damage was done. See the publisher about his printer if you’re looking for one.
So I open the book to page 773 and begin paging through for what I marked while reading and come to:
‘…dazzling white wedding dresses that surely cost an eye from a face…’ a brutal metaphor; and then a particular favorite of mine ‘…she was capable of biting the ghosts of broken days.’ Page 812 a cigarette burn in the upper left corner (I guess it’s on page 811 as well, in the upper right corner) (which is interesting in that this accident elicits perhaps the most important tactic of the writing of this book: not very much is what it is, or if it is, that is only because we have decided between the many other things it may be: throughout the book we are offered such choices as (chosen randomly, by turning randomly to page 404) ‘…like a nymph from the forgotten pages of mythology or an alien queen from a spaceship…’ The effect of this is hypnotic at first, regardless of the author’s skills with language, but I’m sure it would rapidly become a bore if the language were not perpetually surprising, the metaphorical world as rich as the world it describes…and vice versa, come to think of it. I come to ‘Heliodoro Jabuco Hidalgo, a hero of Cuban baseball from the early nineteen hundreds’, that extraordinary name suggesting that perhaps the Glory of Latin American Literature is something innate to the language, that those bastards got a leg up on the rest of us, probably due to a particular tragic combination of historical horrors that were just Spanish and Portuguese enough, just Incan enough, that somehow their linguistic heritage became richer than ours (exhibit #19 Archimedes Caminero, former pitcher for the Pittsburgh Pirates, born Santo Domingo, Dominican Republic)—I think I could prove this if I were young enough to be embarking on a thesis, but I would also be inclined to point to the rare moments when our own wealth of linguistic poverty could be overcome, as in, for instance, the last three—relatively short!—chapters of The Mad Patagonian, in which Javier Pedro Zabala is writing more as a central continental European than a Latin American. And still further into this subnovel (Book 6): ‘All of which is to say that they were not stringent or resolute in their hypocrisy. I think my dead relatives just wanted to raise their voices to the tornadic winds that obliterate
all earthly desires and lay waste cities that have stood for a thousand years and send futuristic spaceships hurtling through the dark tunnel that we call the void, and when they (the occupants within those shiny, elliptical vehicles from the future) reach the other side, they find they have crash landed in the frozen snow-covered Andes of centuries ago, so they flee the scene like cannibals on the verge or starvation, or detectives in search of a high profile crime, or young, restless, relentless lovers who have suddenly and irrevocably gone blind, all in a mad dash to speak their minds before God claims the right of final judgment. This is why I think my dead relatives spoke as they did.’ And here the very words of a dead relative: ‘Yes, I can see all this in the mirror as well. But what of the deception that is unforgivable? Your beloved has lied to you through his extended silences and his mysterious disappearances. He is trying to whitewash his depravity with words, which only God has the power to do.’ And still no goddamn wedding. But, okay, I am patient, and the book is pleasing me, I can wait, and for a reader like me sometimes only one moment can make an entire universe worth the wait, or the life, or the deaths, or maybe not the deaths—we will see about that if the wedding takes place so the action can proceed and we can get out of this mid-section of the book and get to the central continental European chapters—but anyway, the moment that makes it all worthwhile for me comes on page 848 (848: a good year for Vikings and Saracens alike, if I am not wrong) after some fishermen have realized that they were overly brutal to an unlucky woman they found naked on the shore and they ask for forgiveness: ‘We are brainless, as you have surely guessed. Our heads are no bigger than the heads of falcons or ferrets.’ So finally, the morning of the wedding is nigh…but Zabala is not finished with me: ‘One cannot appreciate how utterly your life, with the diabolical cunning of the insanely jealous, can abandon you until it does so. And so it was with my grandmother. After my grandfather vanished, she became a pilgrim unto herself. Confounded by the chaste symmetries of the universe, she avoided the bright spaces that represent the unfolding of our lives and became a creature of plummeting darkness.’ That is a brilliant paragraph, poetic and philosophical, jettisoning the last clinging falsities of the readers’ bad habits before getting on with the wedding Zabala is not yet ready to present, for an event so important as a wedding gives birth to prematures before the wedding and fat ones after, which is to say a proper wedding, however improper, must have its strands twisted into a knot that cannot be cut with a chainsaw: for instance, maybe the mother of the bride has something to say to the groom-to-be before the wedding, before she approves, and in her state of high temper cares not who witnesses, and so there may be many witnesses and so many witnesses as happens in moments of heat and temper have such divergent views of a brief instance, we cannot truly grasp what happened without that we listen to the testimony of all the witnesses, be they coat-check girls or taxi drivers, delivery boys, bartenders, electricians, guests, or whatnot until we finally must come to agree that we can never know what was said or that we know precisely what we know was said but don’t know which precisely we know we know. One thing is sure, and that is that we must know that the mother ‘was trapped in the cephalic bubble of a thirsty purpose,’ which is particularly important here, in a review, because that is not a clause that Gabriel García Márquez would ever have written—Arlt maybe, or Onetti, but not García Márquez—see below near Bolaño. So that finally when the wedding comes off we are not only prepared for anything, we expect that whatever it is we get will not be what we expect. That’s what this book does to our minds…or what can do if we don’t mind, for it is also an optional trip, reading the book is like taking mushrooms with a ticket back to whatever particular reality we choose as part of the deal. There are no hangovers, that is to say, only different spaces, different ways of thinking, or, merely, an accumulation of different stories.
This finally delivers me from the trap of color of the sky on the day of the wedding of Oscar and Isidora, but lands me in that worst of places for me the reviewer: where the events of the book must be described, summarized, hinted at, judiciously set out, elided but for reason!
Not to make it hard on myself let me begin by saying that these thousands of pages of the most Iberian/Latin American of books begins with a short section featuring the protagonist Travis Lauterbach. Travis Lauterbach from Illinois. And he’s going to northern Florida, not Miami. So the action of the book’s first chapter, which is where the reader should leave off if a more or less conventional—if unresolved as yet—plot is what is desired. But that’s bullshit and I am sorry, because I already know that anyone who is interested in this book is not going to be put off by a degree of experimentation. The problem could be, though, that the first book is not experimental enough, not wild enough, too ordinary—though it is the only book I re-read once I finished the whole and I found it was quite perfect as it was for what the book needed it to be, and it was not the one sin that would shrink this book like a giant snail under a lemon shower if committed, it was not boring. And this book goes on for 1200 pages without ever being unsurprising.
So what does happen? Well, the cover is a mural and reading Zabala is like looking at an endless mural through a kaleidoscope, an imperfect image, but the best I can do, as at no point was I lost despite generations of stories of endless migration, zestful loving, the comic and the saintly, the comic saintly…and those who come across doors behind which they can ‘hear quite distinctly strange gurgling sounds, as if someone were drowning, or perhaps conducting arcane experiments to determine the electromagnetic capabilities of dolphins confined in saltwater tanks’, which is my way of saying allow me to fail in the simple task of describing the action, the guy who gets tossed into an empty swimming pool, the best female fucker in the world, the hilarious robotic gentleman in the closed tavern and the simple technique of eluding them, the other reason a fellow might need a word with a porn queen, what happens when the world of wealth and logic meets the world of truculent illogic, how many woman and men Oscar bedded, what drove Tika?, who sent the messages of doom over the ship’s radio, all that, all 1200 pages of that, is too much for me to explicate here. But I will say that things take a turn after about 1000 pages (p.979), that the collage chapter about Father Anton Kreutner of Metz, a tour de force of a kind, is as entertaining a chapter about competing philosophies of life and afterlife as one is likely to read, and that as much as I would guess that Zabala himself would be pleased to know that he pulled off that Chapter 7 all right—I did say tour de force, I myself prefer chapter 8 for the way the prose puts into play the ideas of the previous chapter. And while I find myself here at the end, let me say that, to be fair, Chapter 9, necessary as it is by laws of three, serves primarily as epilogue.
I have read but one other review of The Mad Patagonian, and as all reviews do, that review, quite favorable by the way, compared the author to other authors, particularly Bolaño of 2666 and Vargas Llosa of Conversation in the Cathedral. The book is nothing at all like Conversation in the Cathedral, which is a closed universe, nor anything like Bolaño’s 2666, being far more discursive even though Bolaño’s novel was really five novels. The Mad Patagonian, then, is borderless unlike Vargas Llosa’s masterpiece, and at the same time more contained than Bolaño’s false epic. But as the book must be discussed, at least to some degree, in terms of Spanish language literature, I suggest that it does bear comparison to the Garcia García Márquez of One Hundred Years of Solitude—though that is only perhaps the dominant voice in the book, or the one granted the most pages, for there are many, many voices, often distinct, often bleeding together. A dissertational read would be required to investigate whether or not that is a fault, though I assure you it is not, but on first read the author seems a worthy heir to James Joyce, writing each passage according to the dictates of the content.
The other comparison is to Borges, for the book’s wealth of intricate, labyrinthine arcania—it is brimming with such…to the point that the reader no longer cares in the least what is true and what is not. We do know that there were Merovingian Kings, but was Diego Penalosa governor of Cuba in 1746? There are dozens of such details, all of which are available in the sweep of the language, none of which require a pause—though during my second read, which may not occur this year, I intend to do a great deal more digging, as the book is an extremely learned text that wears its genius lightly.
In other words, The Mad Patagonian is very much like the very best of the writing it is heir to, yes, but it is also so many books in one, comparisons don’t bear much fruit.
Finally, there is a simple question that any pre-reader may fairly ask: So who is the Mad Patagonian? Well, by virtue of the Patagonian content, it is Mick, truly a mad Patagonian, who features in chapter one and less so in chapters two and three, returning to play a fairly large role in chapter 8, but not a definitive role. If he is the Mad Patagonian, the book is resting to heavily on his shoulders. That may leave our lovelorn Travis Lauterbach, yet another Anglo option. And the case may be made, but not without spoiling the book, except perhaps to come near to spoiling it by saying that some conventions of literature are indeed yielded to. Still, though the importance of the story of Travis Lauterbach is central to the philosophical core of the book, so is that of Mick, and as there is only one Mad Patagonian according to the title, unless it is meant as perhaps a condition, or a philosophical state. And I accept that either could be the case. I am certain, in fact, that I am a mad Patagonian. But to answer the question asked by our pre-reader and to get it over with so the book can be read, my answer is that Javier Pedro Zabala is the one, he is the mad Patagonian. - RickHarsch
I'll start by saying that I think it's unfortunate that Javier Pedro Zabala never had a chance to see his work published. The Mad Patagonian (apparently his one and only work) is a massive and extraordinary 1210 pages of great literature that spans over centuries, continents and cultures yet seemingly effortlessly manages to link them all together seamlessly. It's one of the rare works of literature that has multiple philosophical, political and narrative and historical dimensions that are all powerfully and equally matched.
Stylistically Zabala's writing is a composite of multiple influences... whether reminding of specific writers or particular genres but always maintaining an utterly modern tone. From book to book (and there are 9 books of varying lengths that make up the text of the Mad Patagonian) these influences come out one right after another. For me it looked like this:
1. Roberto Bolano--which shouldn't surprise anyone who reads the 52 page introduction as Bolano and Zabala corresponded in writing often and met up on at least two occasions. Bolano's influence is particularly strong for the first several hundred pages.
2. Louis Ferdinand Céline kind of makes an appearance in book 4 with an Admiral Bragueton (Journey to the end of the night) like episode but...
3. Alvaro Mutis is the writer that book 4 reminds me most of.
4. Roberto Arlt--there are some almost eerie textual similarities in the noir-ish like 5th book to the author of The Seven Madmen/Flamethrowers. Set in pre-revolutionary Cuba I might add that
5. Rachel Kushner's Telex from Cuba would almost make the perfect companion piece though Kushner's book came out well after Zabala's death.
6. Alain Robbe-Grillet--the last 3 books all have a kind of a nouveau roman edge very reminiscent of that French writer.
Others----> 7. Don Delillo 8. Paul Auster 9. Albert Camus 10. Jorge Luis Borges.
A bit on characterization that I hope will be helpful for anyone who reads the book:
There are two genealogies of the Escoraz family that go back to 19th century Spain at the beginning of the text--one for the family tree of Andres and Ana and the other the family tree of Arturo and Verona. These are very useful to check back on from time to time. There are a lot of characters in the 9 books and two of the three main characters Escolastica Escoraz Vda de Miranda (otherwise known by her nickname Tika) and Isidora Escoraz Calzada (who IMO is the most central of all figures--appearing in all parts of the book) will be found in these family trees--one to each. The third central figure is of the on again off again college teacher Travis Lauterbach who is a main character in parts 1 and 3. It also helps to keep track of names if only because some of the more important ones help to link from one book to another. I made notes as I went along because when you're reading 1210 pages and there are a lot of different characters it is handy to be able to look back and say 'oh-okay--that's.....blah, blah, blah'. IMO unless you have a really prodigious memory--keeping notes will really enhance this work for you.
On the plotting--the book starts kind of in present (or not that long ago) time in Part 1--then in Part 2 goes back to 19th century Spain--moving into the 20th century and in Book 5 it's like late 50's very early 60's pre-Revolutionary Cuba and then 60's-70's-early 80--ish Florida. In Part 3 we're pretty much back to present time. Some characters cross over and some don't but the ones who do are the keys to how the parts intersect. To me in it's own way the Mad Patagonian reminds me a bit of Perec's 'Life: A User's manual' in how Zabala accomplishes all the intersecting that he does.
Which is to say that reading the Mad Patagonian was for me like capturing lightning in a bottle. It is a book that I'd want on whatever desert island I would be shipwrecked on and to my mind easily comparable in range, multi-dimensionality and execution to my two favorite epics of Latin American fiction---Bolano's 2666 and Mario Vargas Llosa's Conversation in the Cathedral. IMO it is a flat out masterpiece and I would encourage anyone at all interested in reading great literature to go out and get him/herself a copy. 
Larry Riley




Javíer Pedro Zabala was a product of the multicultural forces that have been shaping the Americas for over five-hundred years. His father, Miguel Octavio Cercas, was born in Matamoros, a border town in northeastern Mexico.  His mother, Anabelle Elizabeth Zabala, whose surname he ultimately kept, was from Miami, Florida.  Zabala was born in Miami in 1950 but moved to Mexico with his father in 1964.  In 1976, while living in Mexico City, he married Blanca Barutti, a recent graduate of the Facultad de Medicina UNAM.  Blanca was originally from Santiago, Cuba.  After a short honeymoon, the couple moved to Cuba and took up residence in a tiny cinder block house with a tin roof and a view of the Caribbean Sea in La Boca, Cuba, a small seaside village in Sancti Spíritus province.  He lived in La Boca for the last twenty-six years of his life.  He was unknown as a writer during his lifetime and died in June 2002 at the age of fifty-two of an aneurysm, two months after he had completed his novel, without fanfare, unnoticed by anyone save his daughter.
  

Tropic of Ideas - a volume of book reviews written by people from around the world. These reviews, of loved books, some classics, others obscure, form a record of a new type of community,

$
0
0

Tropic of Ideas, A Fabulous Opera,Running Girl Press, 2015.


A Fabulous Opera is a volume of book reviews written by people from around the world, Belgium, Australia, the U.S., Taiwan, Canada, who come together in a virtual space, the Tropic of Ideas. This group is one of many nourished by the online book site, LibraryThing. These reviews, of loved books, some classics, others obscure, form a record of a new type of community, built not by geography but by a shared passions for books and ideas.


"Here is a book that makes you feel like you've stumbled into exactly the right party for a change, where the guests are all interesting, and some are obviously brilliant, and some are hilarious, and they're all talking enthusiastically about books they love, from classic novels to edgy work by writers you didn't know about. It will make you like people you've never met, love books you've never read. The concept alone is so heartening, people who care about literature should be glad that this book exists-even more so that it's this great." -Trenton Lee Stewart


"Realizing that one is of an age when one cannot possibly read all the "must-reads" in the years left is a disappointment-every novel given up, a little death-and so I was delighted to see this handy guide to many of the classics that still languish, alas, on my bedside bucket list. I can now cheerfully knock off the 2666 that squats fatly on my bookshelf. Pffft, Mr. Bolaño. Thank you, Rick Harsch. Conversely, reading the three reviews of Middlemarch convinces me to move it to the top of my list. Thank you, Korrick, Medellia, and ChocolateMuse. And that's the genius of this Fabulous Opera: multiple viewpoints allow you to triangulate a book's fitness for your reading regimen. Better yet, the reviews are by readers-for-pleasure: little or no academese or critspeak here, thank you very much. A fine democracy, this, treating the gods as fully equal to themselves." - Prasenjit Gupta


What could the following ninety-six titles listed below -- novels mostly, some poetry, memoirs, a how-to manual on caring for goats, treatises on linguistics and literary criticism, as well as other unclassifiable, though delightful, oddities and arcana (including one movie review) -- possibly have in common? . . .  Go ahead, peruse the eclectic list.  Take your time.  Say to yourself, "I've never heard of that." I insist.  Some of the titles you're sure to recognize.  How many have you already read? Me?  I've finished twenty-four of them. Began and abandoned another quarter of that. Five of the twenty-four I've read shook me up enough that I was prompted; no, compelled to scribble my inmost thoughts about them.  But, damn, I've digressed.  What do the books below have in common?--that was the question! . . .

2666 (2004) by Roberto Bolano,
A Book of Common Prayer (1977) by Joan Didion
A Drink Called Paradise (1999) by Terese Svoboda,
A Passage to India (1924) by E.M. Forster,
A Small Yes and a Big No (1923) by George Grosz,
A Voice from the Attic (1960) by Robertson Davies,
Adam Bede (1859) by George Eliot,
Arjun and the Good Snake (2011) by Rick Harsch,
Black Light: A Novel (1966) by Galway Kinnell,
Calling Mr. King (2011) by Ronald De Feo,
Chateau d'Argol (1938) by Julien Gracq,
Children of Violence Series (1952-69) by Doris Lessing,
Clarel (1876) by Herman Melville,
Complete Plays (2001, posthumous) by Sarah Kane,
Confessions (398AD) by Saint Augustine of Hippo,
Contraptions (2007, posthumous) by W. Heath Robinson,
Darconville's Cat (1981) by Alexander Theroux,
Decadence Mandchoue (2011, posthumous) by Sir Edmund Trelawny Backhouse,
Delinquent Days (1967) by John A. Lee
Digging Deeper--A Memoir of the Seventies (2011) by Peter Weissman,
Dracula (1897) by Bram Stoker,
East of Eden (1952) by John Steinbeck,
Eugene Onegin (1825) by Alexander Pushkin,
Finnegans Wake (1939) by James Joyce,
Frankenstein (1818) by Mary Shelley,
Ghost Rider: Travels on the Healing Road (2002) by Neil Peart,
Have You Seen Me (2011) by Katherine Scott Nelson,
Hector (2009) by K.I. Hope,
High Albania (1909) by Edith Durham,
History: A Novel (1974) by Elsa Morante,
"I Am": The Selected Poetry of John Clare (2003, posthumous) by John Clare,
Independent People (1934) by Halldor Laxness,
Infinite Jest (1996) by David Foster Wallace,
Jennie (1950) by Paul Gallico,
Johnson's Dictionary: A Modern Selection (1755) by Samuel Johnson,
Kettle Bottom (2004) by Diane Gilliam Fisher,
Lady Chatterley's Lover (1928) by D.H. Lawrence,
La-bas (1891) by Joris-Karl Huysmans,
Last Train from Gun Hill (1959) by John Sturges,
Les Miserables (1862) by Victor Hugo,
Let the Great World Spin (2009) by Colum McCann,
Magnus (2005) by Sylvie Germain,
Man in the Holocene (1979) by Max Frisch,
Memoirs of Hadrian (1951) by Marguerite Yourcenar,
Middlemarch (1874) by George Eliot,
Miss Lonelyhearts (1933) by Nathanael West,
Moby-Dick (1851) by Herman Melville,
My First Two Thousand Years (1928) by George Sylvester Viereck,
Nadja (1928) by Andre Breton,
Neighbors at War: The Creepy Case Against Your Homeowner's Association (2013) by Ward Lucas,
Nightwood (1936) by Djuna Barnes,
Of Human Bondage (1915) by W. Somerset Maugham,
Owen Wister Out West: His Journals and Letters (1958, posthumous) by Owen Wister,
Pincher Martin (1956) by William Golding,
Play It As It Lays (1970) by Joan Didion,
Published Poems: The Writing of Herman Melville, Volume 11 (2002, posthumous) by Herman Melville,
Sheep and Goat Medicine (2001) by D.G. Pugh, DVM, MS,
Star Maker (1937) by Olaf Stapledon,
Stranger in a Strange Land (1961) by Robert Heinlein,
Suite Francaise (2004, posthumous) by Irene Nemirovsky,  
Tess of the D'Urbervilles (1891) by Thomas Hardy,
The Anatomy of Melancholy (1621) by Robert Burton,
The Arabic Role in Medieval Literary History (1987) by Maria Rosa Menocal,
The Arcades Project (1927-40) by Walter Benjamin,
The Brothers Karamazov (1880) by Fyodor Dostoevsky,
The Double Tongue (1995) by William Golding,
The Expulsion of the Triumphant Beast (2009) by Scott Coffel,
The Golden Notebook (1962) by Doris Lessing,
The Green Child (1935) by Herbert Read,
The High Life (1979) by Jean-Pierre Martinet,
The Hour of the Star (1977) by Clarice Lispector,
The Inarticulate Society: Eloquence and Culture in America (1995) by Tom Shachtman,
The Life and Opinions of the Tomcat Murr (1819-21) by E.T.A. Hoffmann,
The Magic Mountain (1924) by Thomas Mann,
The Magus (1965, rev. 1977) by John Fowles,
The Master and Margarita (1966, posthumous) by Mikhail Bulgakov,
The Moonstone (1868) by Wilkie Collins,
The Odd Women (1893) by George Gissing,
The Poetics of Space (1958) by Gaston Bachelard,
The Poor Mouth (1941) by Flann O'Brien,
The Rebel Angels (1981) by Robertson Davies,
The Recognitions (1955) by William Gaddis,
The Sea (2005) by John Banville,
The Secret Agent (1907) by Joseph Conrad,
The Strange Case of Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde (1886) by Robert Louis Stevenson,
The Things That Always Were (2013) by Solla Carrock,
The Things They Carried (1990) by Tim O'Brien,
The Virginian (1902) by Owen Wister,
Things Fall Apart (1958) by Chinua Achebe,
To the Lighthouse (1927) by Virginia Woolf,
Trainspotting (1993) by Irvine Welsh,
Treatise on the Origin of Language (1772) by Johann Gottfried Herder,
Tropical Fish: Tales from Entebbe (2005) by Doreen Baingana,
Ulysses (1922) by James Joyce,
Ursule Mirouet (1841) by Honore De Balzac,
We (1924) by Yevgeny Zamyatin.
What connects each book to the next are the readers who read and reviewed them. Readers like me, perhaps you, who've met other readers online and got down to discussing and dissecting (not out of some empty dissertational duty, but because they had to, for love) what they'd read and were inspired to write about in forum posts and threads. The best of what they'd read and reviewed were selected for publication in a fabulous book about fabulous books: A Fabulous Opera.  A Fabulous Opera was collectively authored, edited, and produced by a group of obsessed readers known as Tropic of Ideas, reader's whose mutually shared fervent mantra might be, "Give me literature, or give me death!" Most of these readers, I might add, had never (and probably will never) meet together face to face, which only amplifies how deep their emotional bond over books goes.  You can buy their book (of which I contributed the preface and five of the more than 100 reviews) here at CreateSpace or wherever fine and/or fabulous books are sold.
So that's A Fabulous Opera, but Who or What is Tropic of Ideas?
Tropic of Ideas is any place, from any time, where memory or imagination or a combination of both have combusted and erupted out from under and become material mass. A Fabulous Opera is one such place happening right now.  The very writers whose brilliant books are reviewed in AFabulous Opera, however, describe the idea of Tropic of Ideas with more eloquence:

"I dream about living on a beautiful tropical island that I have made out of nothing, as advertised." ~ Terese Svoboda, A Drink Called Paradise

"...do not weep, life is paradise, and we are all in paradise, but we refuse to see it. If we would, we should have heaven on Earth tomorrow." ~ Fyodor Dostoevsky, The Brothers Karamazov

"Ideas are like rabbits. You get a couple and learn how to handle them, and pretty soon you have a dozen." ~ Steinbeck, from this interview.

"Broad sun-stoned beaches.

White heat.
A green river.

A bridge,
scorched yellow palms

from the summer-sleeping house
drowsing through August.

Days I have held,
days I have lost,

days that outgrow, like daughters,
my harbouring arms." ~ Derek Walcott, Midsummer, Tobago
There are many many beaches, in fact, many bridges, virgin bays and busy harbours, as many islands and archipelagoes as there are days in the Tropics. Some are famous: Tahiti, Bora Bora, Peter Matthiessen's Grand Cayman, the mythological seascape for "Far Tortuga,"Barbados, Fiji, Martinique. . . Days there last forever. Exquisite destinations, all. Other tropic enclaves remain unknown, elusive as pirate's sunken gold. . .  Sao Tome & Principe, for instance, rarely receive 100 visitors in a year. Not many more travelers frequent the forgotten and exotic isles of Ascencion, Tuvalu, and Chuuk.
The diverse myriad of tropical islands comprising Books and Literature are much the same. Great Expectations, War and Peace, Remembrance of Things Past, Wuthering Heights or, any novel by, say, Jane Austen or Henry James, might as well be ... Waikiki. Arguably the Tropics' most classic destination: Heavily trodden but lush and revered. And rightly not to be missed by anyone who wishes to experience those popular pages.
 While always amenable to Waikiki and other Hawaiian Islands of World Literature, Tropic of Ideas prefers those keys and hideout-reefs not already shipwrecked by Hyatts and Hiltons, tempting though they be. Tropic of Ideas' citizens prefer survivor-type atolls unlisted in travel guides, Carnival Cruises, or Google; but instead, chooses sandbars happened upon by pure chance -- by the sea's serendipity -- rather than current itineraries; books for intrepid, eccentric Readers, for Certifiable Bibliophiles (even sultry BiblioBimbos) committed in their "gentle madness" not merely to asylums, but to salvaging and restoring rare tomes into a dialogue with popular culture.
Welcome to the solitude and simplicity of lapping wavelets and trade winds. Recline with that book or breeze in our scattered hammocks hung from palms. Sip a fresh coconut spiked with rum. Regardless what shackle, imagined or real, has perchance immobilized you in this or that cage the great Gaddis called a cubicle, may Books and Literature release your liberation even while you're chained.  - Enrique Freeque
http://enriquefreequesreads.blogspot.hr/2015/10/a-fabulous-opera-by-tropic-of-ideas.html

David Bowman - this madcap odyssey tells of a hitchhiker of strange origin and a frenetic red-headed Detroit housewife as they experience it all--from tainted hallucinatory cacti in Texas to gunplay with Iranian terrorists in Coney Island. A freewheeling tale with sharp-edged wit and brilliantly chaotic style.

$
0
0
Image result for David Bowman, Let the Dog Drive,
David Bowman, Let the Dog Drive, New York University Press, 1992.


It's 1975. Bud Salem, 18-years-old, is fleeing his mother's TV church and meets a woman pitching oranges in the Mojave. She's Sylvia Cushman, a 45-year-old housewife, who loves driving alone through the desert. They odyssey through western motels and Apache gas stations where Sylvia gives long lectures about Emily Dickinson and drags Bud up into the mesas to search for petroglyphs. After sharing adventures in Detroit, New York, and Amherst, the travelers part...
In many ways Let the Dog Drive is an askew detective novel— when a character dies under strange circumstances in Texas, Bud goes to the panhandle to uncover what happened. His strange narration does contain pleasures of the genre: a shootout inside an aquarium; a faked death; another shootout on a chicken farm in Texas... But Let the Dog Drive is also a freewheeling merging of many other genres and concerns-- Hollywood, hardboiled novels of the 1930s, Emily Dickinson's white dress, hallucinatory cacti, The Book of Luke... And dogs.


"You'd think nothing would live up to this title, but the book, being more generous as well as witty, more than tops it... incandescent.”—The New Yorker


   Bowman's picaresque first novel, winner of the publisher's 1992 Elmer Holmes Bobst Award for Emerging Writers, follows the wildly unlikely love affair of the hitchhiking young son of a TV evangelist with a middle-aged Detroit housewife: playful if insubstantial fare in the Tom Robbins tradition. It's the mid-70's and 18-year-old Bud Salem--a weak-chinned boy whose obese mother leads prayer sessions on TV, whose dead father was a Hollywood private eye, and whose major talent is his ability to read hard-boiled detective novels while driving--takes his hitching thumb to the highway in an attempt to escape his horrific California past. He's soon picked up by another lost soul on the lam: Sylvia Cushman, the fast-talking, red-haired wife of an auto-specialist who regularly abandons her home in Detroit to go on unrestrained cross-country driving sprees. An Emily Dickinson freak who likes to dress in 40's evening wear and pitch oranges out her car window, Sylvia takes Bud on the ride of his sheltered life before abruptly dumping him outside of Toledo when it's time to go home. Forsaken but not helpless, Bud tracks Sylvia down in the suburbs of Detroit--only to find that her life is devoted all too unromantically to her massively allergic younger son, her master's thesis on Dickinson, and her dour, unresponsive husband, whose job description includes crashing test cars that have live dogs as passengers. Appalled, Bud longs to set Sylvia free--but after many a mind-boggling encounter with Iranian terrorism, religious conversion, suicide, and castration threats, it's writing, rather than living, that Bud learns to love. A garish, thrill-a-minute roller-coaster ride, always bold if not particularly inspiring. - Kirkus Reviews


The outside of this book is beautiful; the title is a knockout, and the author, David Bowman, is "currently working" on a biography of Paul Cain, one of the most elusive and seductive hard-boiled novelists of the '30s.
So you get out your dog-eared copy of Paul Cain's "The Fast One," open its grubby pages and read: "Kells walked north on Spring. At Fifth he turned west, walked two blocks, turned into a small cigar store."
Ah! The simplicity, and the promise of violence to come: the dozens of bullets that Kells will soon take--with equanimity--and the ice pick stab to his ribs. If David Bowman loves Paul Cain, what can go wrong?
But the difference between "The Fast One" and "Let the Dog Drive" is the difference between a pound cake and a fruitcake. In one, everything extraneous has been taken out. In the other, everything extraneous has been thrown in.
In 1976, Bud Salem--son of an obese and totally crazy woman television evangelist--wanders in the Western American desert and meets an attractive, 40ish matron, Sylvia Cushman. She drives around in a futile attempt to escape from her sociopathic husband, pitching oranges from her car at passersby. She picks up Bud, and takes to calling him "Orange Boy."
The young lad has myriad problems. Beyond his evangel-mother, he is also burdened with an eccentric grandfather who wrote many hard-boiled novels (his protagonist was named Tim Fontanel). His father really was a detective but a villainous one--an amoral Peeping Tom snoop who roamed Hollywood in the '40s taking pictures of celebrities in compromising positions.
Together, Bud and Sylvia go on an odyssey of sorts, sleeping in motels, making their way east, "looking for the plastic heart of America." Sylvia has her own worries. She has an older son, Ben, an extremely troubled musician, a younger son, Lester, who's riddled with mysterious allergies, and a husband who has suffered an almost indescribable affliction (he can't stand sound ).
This husband is lower than a toad. He works for the American car industry. When Bud shows up as a house guest, Cushman treats him like a Japanese sedan. He takes "Orange Boy" out to a testing ground where he straps four sweet dogs into a big American car and sends the car careening full blast into a wall.
Bud picks up the narrative here: "The Dalmatian dips his head again and slides out of the car. And then I see what can't be right--because the dog that slides out of the driver's seat is only the front of the dog--the front of the dog still alive. . . ." Well, there's hard-boiled, and there's really gross . As a foil to all this American-made violence, Sylvia is writing her thesis on Emily Dickinson; is obsessed with the number of poems that spinster wrote, and the smoldering passions she nourished. "Orange Boy" sharing Sylvia's obsession with Dickinson, is concerned that as the poet got older, she gained weight, becoming almost as thick through the middle as his own mother.
It's not unfair to say that this book smacks of pastiche. It's not only full of allusions to made-up hard-boiled novels like "Hot Guns Don't Lie," and to real artifacts like "The Black Mask," the great periodical of the hard-boiled genre, but it also takes as its subject film noir, debased American Christianity and debased American industry.
If that isn't enough, there are overcooked references to the aforementioned Emily Dickinson, Edgar Allan Poe, Marcel Proust, and to that form of erotica which pairs beautiful women and handsome dogs. The narration takes on the character of all these subjects. It's jumpy and jerky and self-conscious and clever. It's either way-hip and trendy, or already passe beyond words, and the final word on that probably depends on the particular person who reads it.
One wonders what Paul Cain, that wonderful hard-boiled novelist, would have thought of this book. His own detective, Kells, is evoked here, as is Sam Spade, Lew Archer, and many many other fictional private eyes.
When "Orange Boy" decides to write a hard-boiled novel of his own, he invents "Bud Crowley"--which reminds me that "Bud," as the narrator's name, is only mentioned--that I could see--on the book jacket.
It takes all kinds of people to make a world, and all kinds of writers to make a literature. Many people will love "Let the Dog Drive." But I turned with relief to Paul Cain's honest prose and Detective Kells, as he roamed the mean streets of Los Angeles, who took his three dozen bullets and his ice pick thrust, drove for miles up PCH, turned into a dark canyon where " . . . After a little while, life went away from him."
Pound cake or fruitcake. Pay your money, and take your choice. - CAROLYN SEE
http://articles.latimes.com/1993-03-02/news/vw-27_1_david-bowman


  Image result for David Bowman, Bunny Modern
David Bowman, Bunny Modern,Back Bay Books, 1999.
excerpt


The trade paperback edition of David Bowman's prizewinning first novel, Let the Dog Drive, has developed a cult following. Now Bowman's exuberantly praised second novel -- a hard-boiled comedy about love, abduction, and child care, set in a future where electricity has disappeared and fertility is on the wane, but human passions are as messy as ever --


Imagine killer nannies patrolling the streets of New York, their baby carriages bristling with automatic weapons, even as prowling, infertile parent-wannabes make desperate grabs at the carriages' precious cargo.... This is the premise of David Bowman's novel, Bunny Modern, an apocalyptic millenarian view of New York in the 21st century. The city is without electricity, a phenomenon some attribute to electrons flying backward in time to that day when Bob Dylan went electric at the 1965 Newport Jazz Festival. This unfortunate reversal in the electrical current also seems to have affected sperm production, which accounts for the plummeting birthrate in New York and, in turn, the gun-toting nannies. Bowman laid claim to this sort of manic, hallucinatory fiction in his first novel, Let the Dog Drive, and Bunny Modern takes it to dizzying new heights. Sex, drugs, and appliance worship--dystopia never looked so intriguing.


In the postmillennial world of this work, electricity has disappeared, taking with it love and fertility and creating a society where armed, drug-taking nannies guard the few remaining children from babynappers. Here, former child actor Dylan becomes fixated on Clare, a young nanny caring for Soda, the oddly named, oddly affecting infant son of elderly New Jersey parents. Fusing the hard-boiled thriller with the literary novel and blending in references to everything from silent films to old Bob Dylan songs, Bowman creates a parallel universe where people wear clothes named for 19th-century authors and build shrines to their appliances. While this work is undeniably an imaginative tour de force, readers may be left feeling a bit in the dark about what Bowman is ultimately up to here. Shortlisted in the Granta "Best American Novelists Under Forty," issue, Bowman won New York University's Elmer Holmes Bobst Award for Let the Dog Die in 1994. - Lawrence Rungren
For a review of David Bowman’s Bunny Modern (Little, Brown; $21.95) to avoid the words pistol-packing nanny would be an insult to the spirit of Bowman’s futuristic farce. His nannies pack Glocks, Colts, even sawed-off shotguns, all in the name of baby protection. Conception has become so rare, in the book’s darkened America, that the few babies there are squall under constant threat of kidnapping. The hardened child-care providers snort Vengeance, a drug designed to produce tough-love schizophrenia: While they will lay down their lives for their charges, these nannies hate the sight of a nappy. It gets zanier, and more cutting, from there, as Bowman introduces Lit Wear (best garment: an “I Could Not Stop for Death” blouse); the dancing Lindy family; and a mind-meld technique known as sheldraking. Like Mark Leyner without the dirty jokes, or Mark O’Donnell without the camp, Bowman is spinning a future out of our worst nightmares of pretension. - Alexandra Lange
http://nymag.com/nymag/critics/books/2148/


A guy could go crazy stating the plot to "Bunny Modern." The narrator, Dylan Carlyle, was a child TV star. Then a private eye. Now he reads women's minds. He's just fallen for a gun-toting nanny named Clare -- artillery and nannies not an unusual combo in Manhattan circa 2020, where fertility is waning and kidnapping rampant. There's also no electricity as Con Ed's juice is flowing backwards in time to Newport, R.I., circa 1966, when Bob Dylan first went publicly electric.
Whew! What a story. Let me say up front that I found "Bunny Modern" a terrific second novel: funny, smart and boisterous. My judgment is suspect, I know. Not because I wrote "Bunny Modern," but because this novel is fashionably reckless while I myself am obsessed with 19th century literature. I mean, just look at my bookcase: One shelf devoted to Emily Dickinson. Two rows for Melville. And every book Thomas Carlyle wrote, including all nine volumes of "Frederick the Great." How could I enjoy reading something so "postmodern"?
Well, why not call "Bunny Modern""post-rabbit" as well? The book just seems modern (i.e. "trendy") because of its self-conscious narrator, yet that narrative technique is as old as "Tristram Shandy." Bowman's sentences themselves are as flamboyant as Laurence Sterne's, while also resembling Amy Hempel's or Mark Richard's -- the three moderns all former students of Gordon Lish, i.e., the 1980s "Captain Fiction" (although privately Bowman refers to the former Knopf editor as "King Lear"). Bowman only took the man's notoriously expensive workshop for six months, which was long enough to learn Lish's secret formula: The second sentence comes out of the first sentence. The third sentence comes out of the second sentence. And the fourth comes out of the third. And so on.
This technique sounds deceptively simple, but it allowed Bowman to flourish because his simple talent is comparing apples to oranges, comparisons made more palatable when the sentences bob along like gentle waves in a pond. A duck pond. For example, in "Bunny Modern" Bowman compares Fred Astaire's dancing to the state of redemption, and Alexander Graham Bell to endless love, comparisons made successful because (for example) the sentence concerning "Endless Love" comes out of the previous sentence concerning the inventor of the telephone. (Hear Bowman's ducks go, "Quack! Quack! Quack!")
The one flaw in "Bunny Modern" is that the book has an open ending, much like the author's first novel, "Let the Dog Drive." The ending of "Bunny" may confuse some readers as to Bowman's ultimate intentions. Let me clear things up. Originally "Bunny Modern" was 400 pages, not 200. A long book. And long books benefit from open endings. Then Bowman cut the manuscript in half, but kept the original ending -- which might now seem too opaque for some readers.
Not that this should put anyone off from "Bunny Modern." As it's always a good idea to end a review by comparing the novelist to a well-known writer, let me say that David Bowman is a mongrel Richard Brautigan and Dashiell Hammett. Or maybe a mix of Brautigan and Hammett and Thomas Merton (because Bowman has this Christ thing going on). On the other hand, it may be easier to think of Bowman as a painter -- Hieronymus Bosch merged with Mary Cassatt. If Bowman were Bob Dylan, he'd write songs that were crosses between "Visions of Joanna" and "Wiggle, Wiggle." If Bowman were Bill Clinton, he'd go dancing on the beach with the ghost of Lillian Gish instead of scoring deep throat from some dopey intern. But Bowman is Bowman. And "Bunny Modern" is a book that is as wild and spooky as these wild, spooky days we're living through. - David Bowman
https://www.salon.com/1998/02/09/09review/



 


Our civilization is suddenly bereft of electric current. Skyscrapers are reduced to dark hulks; radios and TV sets go mute; the phone system becomes a useless cobweb strung out across a continent that plunges at every sunset into old-fashioned, gaslit gloom. That's the premise of this freewheeling second novel from Bowman (Let the Dog Drive), one of Granta's ""Best American Novelists Under 40."" In Bowman's near-future dystopia (circa 2017), appliances aren't all that's on the fritz; fertility (and love) are also in a sad state of disrepair. Apparently the old glow is gone, allegorically and for real. The few babies who are produced are rarities, tempting legions of babynappers, which in turn spawns an industry of violent, usually unloving nanny-bodyguards. The narrative follows the wooing of Clare--a sharpshooting nanny who experiences inexplicable flashes of tenderness for her latest charge--by a middle-aged former child star named Dylan. Although it never becomes clear what the electrical blackout has to do with the erotic brownout, Bowman almost makes up for this lack of causality with wonderful, rather Zen comic passages on Bob Dylan, fashion, Fred Astaire and what baby talk is really about. Even readers who feel that his provocations lack novelistic depth may admire Bowman for his millennial chutzpah. - Publishers Weekly


A near-future romantic fantasy in which electricity has vanished and most couples are infertile--creating the need for gun- toting warrior-nannies to protect the few infants still being born: a second novel no less wacky and wired than its predecessor (Let the Dog Drive, 1993). In Manhattan's Washington Square Park, a chance encounter brings narrator Dylan across the path of nanny Clare just as she foils a babynapping with a neat trick shot that blows away the wife of the childless couple attempting the abduction. It is, of course, love at first sight. Dylan uses his mysterious powers to read Clare's mind and learns that their fates are to be entwined through her next assignment: a job in Jersey with a singing and dancing elderly couple and their six-month-old son, Soda. Though Clare, like all nannies, is addicted to Vengeance, a drug that makes her trigger-happy while deadening her bonding instincts, she still falls for Soda, who proves to be most unusual. Dylan inserts himself in Clare's life at this point, since he has an interest in Soda's parents as well, and the two begin working as a team. They break into the headquarters of the nanny service in search of information, learning the full story--that Soda has been the same age for 40 years--and in the process making themselves likely candidates for assassination. But, wonder of wonders, electricity returns in the nick of time, bringing chaos but allowing Clare and Dylan to escape. After making certain that the unique Soda is safe, the two go back to Clare's place in the bright, shining city to make sparks of their own--until a knock at her door heralds yet another change in plans. Being out on the edge, as this one is, has its appeal, but with the tale's wild windings comes a large dose of gimmickry and calculation, rendering the whole hard to follow and harder to swallow. - Kirkus Reviews


t'S the 21st century and there have been a few changes in New York City as we know it. Electricity is a thing of the past, thanks to the catastrophic Millennial Blackout. There are those who insist that all electrical current is now flowing backward through time to the day Bob Dylan went electric at Newport. With electrons hurtling backward, the theory goes, sperm are now following suit, backstroking away from eggs, which explains why Manhattan's birth rate is down to two a day. Babies are in such short supply that the streets are filled with nannies who carry major firearms and shoot to kill. Mankind, it seems, is experiencing ''a brownout of the heart.''
The mysterious connection between sex and electricity is more or less the subject of ''Bunny Modern,'' David Bowman's feverish new novel, a disturbing book-length hallucination crammed with toxic babies, pay-phone shrines and the occasional stripper in a monster mask. If all this sounds preposterously twisted, keep in mind that Bowman is just getting started. The author made a name for himself with his first novel, ''Let the Dog Drive,'' a manic tour de force that earned him New York University's Elmer Holmes Bobst Award in 1992. In ''Bunny Modern,'' he pushes his take-no-prisoners narrative style to new heights of logorrheic overdrive. Readers who get the feeling they've bought a nonrefundable ticket on a runaway bullet train to nowhere are best advised to strap themselves in and hang on for dear life: once the train has left the station, there's no turning back. The drastic baby shortage means that ninja nannies like Clare, the book's antiheroine, spend their days protecting coveted infants from infertile babynappers. To keep themselves on their toes, nannies sniff lines of Vengeance, a narcotic that sharpens their appetite for murder but prevents them from bonding with their little bundles of joy. As Clare puts it, ''We're simple homicidal child-care workers.'' The hard-boiled Clare is being stalked by Dylan, a former child actor who can intuit the experiences and memories of women, a handy talent for a narrator. Fueled by the mounting tension between Clare and Dylan, ''Bunny Modern'' charges along at full speed through an increasingly dystopian landscape. Here's an all-night appliance store ''where the faithful kneel in front of the big stuff like refrigerators and pray.'' There's Rockefeller Center, now ''strictly Frankenstein's castle,'' with raw cedar pikes burning in the plaza from dusk to dawn to keep wild animals at bay. Animal passion, meanwhile, is just a flip of a switch away -- if only the electric current would return. Flashlights (powered by compost batteries) are aphrodisiacs; the beauty of real electric light is arousing beyond belief. Bowman writes as if he were being chased by a mob, and his po-mo prose style is perfectly matched to his nihilistic narrative. The problem is, how much is too much? As the absurdities pile higher and higher and the violent death toll rises, this bitter little tale gets harder and harder to swallow. No matter how inventive his language, Bowman and his hyperbolic imagination end up presiding over a strangely pointless exercise in perversion. Maybe it's a case of sophomore slump. Or maybe he just needs to recharge his batteries. - SARAH FERGUSON
http://www.nytimes.com/books/98/01/11/reviews/980111.11fergust.html


In 1997, having little experience with contemporary fiction and not much idea where to start, I found the finalists for Granta’s 20 Best Young American Novelists. Fifty-two writers. It seemed like as good a place as any to find out what was going on in American fiction. So I proceeded to read a book by every writer on the list, which meant I was lucky enough to discover work by writers such as Edwidge Danticat, Jeffrey Eugenides, Jonathan Franzen, Randall Kenan, Joanna Scott, Lorrie Moore, Tony Earley, Ann Patchett, Sherman Alexie and Antonya Nelson. It’s especially interesting to think of that list now that these writers have gone on to win major awards and become best-selling authors. On that same list, there is David Bowman, author of Let the Dog Drive (1994; out of print) and Bunny Modern (1998), whose writing is original and bizarre and stylistically reminiscent of some of our finest writers, and yet I can’t find out anything about him, rarely encounter other readers who have heard of his work.
Let the Dog Drive gives us glimpses of Bowman’s wonderful imagination. The genre-melding novel focuses on a road trip between the narrator, a strange, eighteen-year-old boy named Bud Salem, and a strange, forty-five-year-old housewife, Sylvia Cushman. Bud is running away from his mother, an unhinged televangelist (“My mother told her congregation that the face of an angel named Mupiel had appeared in the window of our dryer one morning.”), and Sylvia is obsessed with Emily Dickinson (“Emily Dickinson was a frail weed. A plain woman. The only beauty among the kangaroos”). It’s impossible to provide a synopsis of the novel without getting dizzy; within the first ten pages of the novel, when Bud discovers Sylvia on the side of the highway, pitching oranges into the desert, we learn that Bud has just shot a man, that his mother “proclaimed that God’s supplement to the Bible — The Third Testament — had been placed in our Mercury’s glove compartment,” and that his father was “killed by a hippopotamus.” So, yes, it gets a little weird. And while there is a kitchen-sink approach to the weirdness that sometimes gets in the way of the narrative, it’s an entertaining read and serves as a primer for the even stranger book that would follow, Bunny Modern.
The jacket copy for the novel calls Bunny Modern“a hard-boiled comedy about love, abduction, and child-care set in a future where electricity has disappeared and fertility is on the wane.” This, strangely enough, does not even begin to accurately describe the book. The main character is a former child star turned private eye who is able to read women’s minds. He is in love with a woman named Claire, a nanny who, because of the low birth rate, is forced to carry a Glock to protect the baby from kidnappers. She snorts lines of Vengeance, a drug that simulates the mother-animal instinct, in order to recover the kidnapped baby by any means necessary. Crazy, crazy shit happens. And it is so much fun to read.
If I had to compare Bowman to other contemporary writers, it’s easy enough to draw connections between the sci-fi/pulp-detective genre mashing of Bunny Modern with Jonathan Lethem’s Gun with Occasional Music, and Bowman’s strange, dystopian future with David Foster Wallace’s Organization of North American Nations in Infinite Jest. And while I don’t think Bunny Modern is as good as the best of Lethem and Wallace, I certainly think it’s close enough that I want more people to read Bowman’s work. There’s something to be said for the strange thrill of having absolutely no idea where you’re going, understanding that the author might not have any idea as well, and not caring.
Since Bunny Modern in 1998, Bowman has yet to publish another novel, though he did write a book about the Talking Heads. A 2007 contributor’s bio for the New York Times Book Review stated that he had “recently completed his third novel, The History of Naked Women.” I’m waiting. - Kevin Wilson
http://maudnewton.com/blog/overlooked-writers-kevin-wilson-on-david-bowman/


David Bowman, a novelist and cultural critic whose first two books, “Let the Dog Drive” and “Bunny Modern,” received wide praise in the 1990s for their satirical voice, died in Manhattan on Feb. 27. He was 54.




His wife, Chloe Wing, did not announce his death until Tuesday. She said the cause was a cerebral hemorrhage.
Mr. Bowman’s books — which almost never came to be after he was hit by a car in 1989 and suffered a brain injury — achieved a devoted following among readers who love highly allusive literary fiction in which plot, character and landscape are subordinated to the narrator’s absolute freedom of movement. (In “Let the Dog Drive,” characters are killed off and reappear without explanation.) Some of Mr. Bowman’s most avid readers were fellow writers.
The novelist Jonathan Lethem, a friend, called Mr. Bowman “a writer of voice” whose work often evinced “a mordantly urgent investigation into the collapse of some piece of the American dream.”
Mr. Bowman’s work was often compared to the early work of Philip Roth, Raymond Chandler and Henry Miller. But Mr. Lethem said the most fitting comparison was to another short-lived satirist and writer’s favorite, Nathanael West (1903-1940), the author of “Miss Lonelyhearts” and “The Day of the Locust.”
“Let the Dog Drive” (1992) is a satirical blend of detective fiction and buddy-movie in which a hyperarticulate 18-year-old narrator hitchhikes across the United States and Mexico with a Detroit housewife who introduces him to Emily Dickinson, hallucinogenic cactuses, the pleasure of standing six inches from speeding trains, and her husband, a safety engineer who conducts crash tests on dogs. The book’s reviewer in The New York Times, Tim Sandlin, called it a highly promising first novel of “unstructured, unrepentant energy.”
“Bunny Modern” (1997), which played on both the detective and science-fiction genres, received mixed reviews. Writing in The New York Times Book Review, Sarah Ferguson said its dystopian tale of a near future of no electricity, plummeting fertility and nannies armed with Glock handguns to stave off child abductors put Mr. Bowman’s literary powers in the service of “a strangely pointless exercise in perversion.” The Seattle Times described it as a work by “one of the most assured voices in contemporary American fiction.”
David Anthony Bowman was born on Dec. 8, 1957, in Racine, Wis., one of two children of Daniel and Phylys Bowman. His father was a technical writer.
Mr. Bowman studied music at the Interlochen Arts Academy High School in Interlochen, Mich., where his interest in writing first emerged, his wife said. He briefly attended Putney College in Vermont, since closed, before settling in New York to write while working as a bartender and as a clerk at the Strand bookstore. Ms. Wing, a performing-arts coach who married Mr. Bowman in 1989, said he was a committed autodidact. “He read like a forest fire,” she said.
Besides his wife and his parents, Mr. Bowman is survived by a sister, Danielle.
While working on his third novel, Mr. Bowman published “This Must Be the Place,” the authorized band biography of Talking Heads. At his death he had just completed a novel based on the assassination of President John F. Kennedy.
Mr. Bowman had substantially finished writing his first book in the summer of 1989 when he was struck by a car while walking in Montauk, on Long Island, during a vacation. He was in a coma for a month. When he regained consciousness, he had near-total amnesia, said Dr. Eric Schneider, a longtime friend and professor at Harvard Medical School. He met Mr. Bowman when they were students at Interlochen.
“When David first read his manuscript, he didn’t recognize a word of it,” Dr. Schneider said. “It was as if someone else had written it.”
But during a long recovery, he said, Mr. Bowman reread the unfinished “Let the Dog Drive” many times. As he did, he began recalling details of the long writing process from which it had been born. Then, from the words on the page, he began reconstructing the identity of the writer. He finished the book in 1990.
“I always thought the book was what helped him recover so remarkably,” Dr. Schneider said. “It helped him remember who he was.” -
http://www.nytimes.com/2012/05/04/books/david-bowman-author-of-let-the-dog-drive-dies-at-54.html




David Bowman— the writer, not the character in 2001: A Space Odyssey— died on February 27.  He was 54.  His obituary ran in this past Sunday’s Times.  He and I have had an on-and-off correspondence since the fall of 2000.  Upon reading his obituary, I realized (guiltily) that I’d failed to answer his last email (from November 2011).  It was a brief query, sent without much context.  I’m tempted to say that its pithy, unexpected appearance is representative of his work, but I may be oversimplifying.  He wrote:
Dear Phil,
Do you have kids?
I write to you to inquire about an experience that many children crave:
Being re-read the same story.
Have you ever come across a writer, esp. a child psychologist, who has explained just ‘why’ a child would want to hear the same story over & over?
Much thanks!
yrs. David Bowman, Manhattan
I’m not sure if he was just curious or whether this was for an article he was writing. I know that my delay in responding stemmed from needing to think about the question: had I come across such a piece?  Where would I look to find that information?
My David Bowman email folder has other queries, most of them similarly brief & thought-provoking.  He once said he would send me chapters of a novel-in-progress he was writing.  That never came to pass, but he did send me a description of the planned book — a detective novel told by an ex-KGB Russian defector named Simon Odarchenko who now works for Yoko Ono, cataloguing John Lennon’s thousands of hours of studio tapes.  And he sent me the table of contents for Why Don’t We Do It in The Road?: Encounters with the Notorious & Renown, a book that (as far as I know) was never published.  He also sent occasional verse, and brief observations, such as this one, from a 28 May 2007 email:
A. I am finally reading Proust.
B. Last week a New Yorker named Harvey Weinstein died at age 82. In 1993 Weinstein was kidnapped & kept for 12 days in a “barrel-shaped” pit near the Hudson river. He appears to had a little water & some crackers, but that was it. He had no light.
C. His obituary quotes his son as saying, “Dad said he maintained his composure during those 12 days in the pit by writing what he called the ‘greatest autobiography NEVER written.’ Every day he took a year in his life & recounted it out loud.”
Was Weinstein not the reincarnation of Proust minus the cork-lined walls?
That, I think, is more representative of David Bowman: Insight drawn from absurdity.  Succinct, strange, and true.
We “met” via email, and apart from one or two phone conversations, always communicated via email.  I taught his Bunny Modern (1998), a dystopian satire featuring gun-toting nannies and dwindling fertility rates, in my Fall 2000 “Readings in Contemporary American Novels” class.  He came across my syllabus on the web, and sent me an email:
Dear Prof. Nel,
I am honored to discover that you are including my novel BUNNY MODERN as reading material in one of your English classes. Will students be tested on BUNNY MODERN? Will they have to write papers? If I can do anything to help you present my novel to your students, please let me know.
All the best,
David Bowman
I asked him if we might send him some questions.  He very graciously supplied detailed answers — he was quite expansive, and the email must have taken him a long while to compose.  Also, it was really cool.  Here I was, my first semester on the tenure-track, corresponding with a contemporary novelist.  Wow!
Since I was then a DeLillo scholar, one topic of conversation was DeLillo’s work.  Indeed, prior to The Body Artist‘s publication, he sent me bound galleys c/o “the Mystik Brotherhood of Don DeLillo” at my office address.  I sent him photocopies of the Uncollected Short Fiction of Don DeLillo (some of which were collected last year in The Angel Esmerelda: Nine Stories, but many of which haven’t been collected).
A couple of years later, when I was writing Dr. Seuss: American Icon, I asked him about Bunny Modern‘s dedication to “Dr. Spock, Dr. Seuss, and Jonathan Lethem, M.D.” because I was (and am) interested in how Seuss circulates in popular culture: When people talk about Seuss, what do they mean?  He responded:
As for Dr. Seuss–– I knew that I was going to dedicate the book to Lethem. And I do not know anything about children, so I was referring to baby books––including Dr. Spock. Lethem and I took drugs one night and decided that everything we saw was going to be from Dr. Seuss. Later on, I just thought about the “Dr.” bit––Dr. Spock and Dr. Seuss. Then I decided to dedicate the book to Dr. Spock, Dr. Seuss and Jonathan Lethem MD.
In the book, I connected his response to the tendency to associate Seuss with mind-altering drugs, and then to Seuss’s own many jokes about same (mostly booze, for Seuss).
David Bowman was an original, a unique voice in American letters.  In the Times‘ obituary, Jonathan Lethem wisely cites Nathanael West as Bowman’s closest literary kin.  That’s an apt comparison: both have a fondness for odd juxtapositions and surreal imagery.  I’m sure West influenced Bowman, but what’s striking is how he absorbed and transformed so many very different influences: West, Richard Brautigan, Emily Dickinson, Dashiell Hammett.  That such different people could have such a deep influence on one creative mind is key to what made Bowman’s work so compelling and unusual.
Is that unusualness, then, why the third Bowman novel has yet to arrive?  After Let the Dog Drive (1992) and Bunny Modern (1998), he published a non-fiction title: This Must Be the Place: The Adventures of Talking Heads in the Twentieth Century (2001).  The British title, his preferred title, is even better: Fa Fa Fa Fa Fa Fa: The Adventures of Talking Heads in the Twentieth Century. (His U.S. publisher scotched that idea, fearing it was too absurdist, and thus un-marketable.)  He did a lot of journalism, publishing pieces in Salon, the New York Times, the Village Voice, and elsewhere.  But no other books appeared. Were his book-length works too absurdist for mainstream publishing?  Will they published posthumously?  Also, will there be an archive of his papers?  I’d be glad to donate our email correspondence.  (To whom should one pose these questions?)
To conclude, a brief response to Mr. Bowman’s last email to me.
Dear David,
Apologies for the delay in my reply.  Busy-ness has made me a delinquent correspondent. I’m sorry about that. I’m especially sorry that this reply is so late that I’m sending it when you yourself are “late” — though I expect you’d appreciate the irony.
To answer your question: no, I do not have children. I think child psychology is a place to seek the answer to your query. I also think that childhood studies might be a route to pursue. Is this question for an article or book you’re writing? I’d be glad, on your behalf, to make some queries to friends who work in childhood studies.  Just say the word!
Finally, thanks for our epistolary acquaintance. Your emails arrived in my inbox as welcome bursts of surreality and insight. I’m tempted to ask you whether (as David Byrne sings) the band in Heaven is playing your favorite song, playing it once again, playing it all night long.  But, then, if Byrne is right: “Heaven is a place where nothing ever happens.”  I’ve never been sure quite what that line means — Heaven as solitude, Heaven as imaginary, or Heaven as boring.  Any hints?
Thanks & godspeed,
Phil
- Philip Nel   http://www.philnel.com/2012/05/08/david-bowman/





Galway Kinnell combines his gift for precise imagery with a storyteller’s skill in this journey across the Iranian desert—away from the fragile self-righteous virtues of adopted moral tradition, into the disorder and sexual confusion of agonizing self-knowledge

$
0
0
Image result for Galway Kinnell, Black Light:
Galway Kinnell, Black Light: A Novel, Counterpoint; Revised ed., 2015. [1966.]         
read it at Google Books
www.galwaykinnell.com/




Black Light is a voyage of discovery and transformation. Set in Iran, it tells the story of Jamshid, a quiet simple carpet mender, who one day suddenly commits a murder and is forced to flee. With this violent act his old life ends and a strange new existence begins.
Galway Kinnell combines his gift for precise imagery with a storyteller’s skill in this journey across the Iranian desert—away from the fragile self-righteous virtues of adopted moral tradition, into the disorder and sexual confusion of agonizing self-knowledge. First published in 1966 by Houghton Mifflin, this extensively revised paperback edition of Black Light brings a distinguished novel back into print.



"The writing is condensed, austere and effective . . . “ –The Atlantic

"[Black Light] is poetic in its pared down language and precise sensuous imagery.” –Times Literary Supplement

"Black Light shows that more poets should write novels... Running throughout the short novel is a landscape that feels both unforgiving and comforting that is mitigated by a quick moving and devastating tale of man trying to find peace in any form it will present itself in."—Spectrum Culture



This is the story of Jamshid, the carpet-mender of Meshed, who was an upright man, and who murdered the Mullah who told him that his motherless daughter was a slut. The book tells of his reverse pilgrimage in search of sanctuary after that deed. He first tries to give himself up, but the policemen will not listen. By the time they have learned of his act, he has taken to the desert, where the old murderer Ali finds him and befriends him. They move toward Shiraz with Hassan the camel, but before they reach their goal, Ali is dead, his heart pierced by the same shears that killed the Mullah, although Jamshid is not to blame, and the camel too has succumbed. According to Ali's wishes, Jamshid tries to bear the body to his wife at Shiraz but is forced to leave it in a cave; when he brings news of Ali's death he finds love waiting, but the law still pursues him and he flees to Tehran, where a brothel becomes his refuge until a final horror drives him further... Poet Kinnell is merciless in his evocation of the stark, surreal desert with its Zoroastrian death middens and haunted ruins, noncommittal toward the pitiful men making their way across it. His Black Light casts no shadow; it burns with a hard flame that masks compassion. Limited. - Kirkus Reviews


In 1959, Galway Kinnell, an American poet from Providence, traveled to Tehran to teach as a Fulbright Scholar. He spent six months teaching and another six working as a journalist for an English-language newspaper where he wrote short articles on the culture of his new home. Though he spent only a year in Iran, the impression it made on him was deep and the beauty, the landscapes, peoples and customs shape his fable-inspired novel Black Light.
The novel opens with Jamshid, the main-protagonist who is more Raskolnikov than Meursault, steadily at work restoring the head of a bird of paradise in a rug. He is a seemingly patient, hardworking man though he has an air of religious superiority. But his pious nature is overcome when he stabs a religious leader, Mullah Torbati, over attempting to extort him over the chastity of his daughter. From this seemingly senseless murder the story spirals into a travel narrative with Jamshid attempting to atone for his sin by running.
He takes to the desert and there he finds a cast of sordid characters. In the desert, he meets Ali, a notorious murderer who falls victim to murder himself. After Ali’s death, he vows to return his body to his widow in Shiraz. In the city he first meets an old-man smoking opium at the tomb of Hafez. Finally, through the old man, he meets Ali’s widow. Soon Jamshid’s luck runs out and he must flee the town. He decides to return to home to finally confess to the murder. However, he finds himself in the redlight district of Tehran, what Kinnell call’s New City, and there he meets a young prostitute, Goli and her caretaker/pimp the old “hag” Effat.
The novel ends so unlike a fable, however. There seems to be no moralizing conclusion; only a final scene of Jamshid fleeing once again. In this way, Black Light–which Kinnell firmly announces as a fable in the 1980 afterword–takes a more modern, absurdist turn. The action of the story is seen not as a man trying to find redemption but a story of the impossibility of atonement in life. In fact, Kinnell more or less spells this out in an exchange between Effat and Jamshid in the closing pages: “‘Jamshid,’ she said at the foot of the stairs, ‘I’ve only learned one this in my life.” Jamshid turned. ‘It’s that nothing matters.’” So, after all this travel, this heartache and destruction we are left with this moral.
For a novel about a very religious society, sex seems to be a driving force in the work. The catalyst to the murder of Torbati is his daughter’s sex. In Shiraz, he has sex with Ali’s widow then in the morning decides he must repent and go back to Tehran. In the last chapters, he is literally surrounded by sex workers. And finally, as he mental state breaks down, he breaks out in a rash all over his crotch and inner-thighs. More and more in the novel Jamshid is confronted with his inability to control the sex of others and throughout he is constantly thinking of his daughter’s sex drives and desires. It is a subtle undercurrent of the book, but one that leaves the impression that this novel is more than just a sophomoric aping of Camus’ existential absurdism.
Finally, Black Light shows that more poets should write novels. Kinnell, who passed away in 2014, was an important force in American poetry and his command of imagery and his patience for describing the bleak Irian desert and rough streets is obvious. As Jamshid wanders Kinnell renders the beauty and desolation, the stark contrasts and the ever-present brightness of the sun and sand into beautiful prose. Running throughout the short novel is a landscape that feels both unforgiving and comforting that is mitigated by a quick moving and devastating tale of man trying to find peace in any form it will present itself in. -
http://spectrumculture.com/2016/01/24/black-light-by-galway-kinnell/


Like the mythological Persian king he's named after, Jamshid, the carpet repairer, restoring the burned rug fibers of the head of a bird of paradise when we meet him on his knees working, thinks he's better and more brilliant than everybody else.  It's not pure diabolical arrogance per se, but pride the murky result of his unprocessed pain (his wife is recently deceased and his daughter, Leyla — unmarried and without a single suitor at the age of sixteen! — might as well be deceased) has made him bitter to the point of apostasy.  As his faith fades, he comes dangerously close to losing everything, not unlike his unfaithful namesake from the Persian epic, Shahnameh:
Jamshid surveyed the world, and saw none there
Whose greatness or whose splendor could compare
With his: and he who had known God became
Ungrateful, proud, forgetful of God's name
 

Even before we meet Jamshid in Galway Kinnell's novella, we know from the opening line — "Jamshid kept sliding forward as he worked, so that the patch of sunlight would remain just ahead of him, lighting up the motion of his hands"— that light and what light signifies in Kinnell's context — heaven's wisdom, favor, and rewards — will probably elude Jamshid, yet remain close, all too visible, on the edge of his grasp, as if he were in Hell gazing at Paradise, imploring Abraham with outstretched arm for a drop of water.  Black Light's opening serves as fitting foreshadowing for this fable riffing off the downslide of Persia's once omnipotent king, Jamshid.  Jamshid, the poor but not so humble man of Meshen, Iran, only feels "a little ashamed that he had never made a pilgrimage to Mecca or for that matter to the Shrine of Fatima at Qum." On the precipice of his spiritual abyss, so far gone in his rage over his life that didn't turn out right, Jamshid internally snubs those journeying to Mecca, the Hajis, and can barely stomach their contemptuous, Afghani glances cast his way.  As if they're so self-controlled, so holy, "getting married for the few weeks of their sojourn," in order to make easier the supposed "spiritual rigors" required in their once-in-a-lifetime quest.  Their false piety makes Jamshid laugh.  Maybe his last.  For in an impulsive instant, in a furious fit of pent up pique upon hearing the news that his daughter's rumoured "indiscretions" have made her unfit for marriage — unfit unless Jamshid agrees to the local mullah's assistance in the delicate matter (a bribe veiled in the white robes of religious duty), Jamshid lashes out with all the force in him at Mullah Torbati.  Suddenly, inexplicably, Jamshid's carpet shears that just moments before moved in mindless attendance upon a charred rug, trimming the kaleidoscopic plumage of a bird of paradise, now lie next to a sacred corpse, bloodied.
And so begins Jamshid's anti-pilgrimage whose terminus is destitution, whose life sentence might be despair. Roaming a hard desert road as far removed from Mecca as the crescent from the cross, haunts the frail figure of Jamshid through his nomad existence.  His destination is nowhere.  Transformed into a tramp like so many infidels before him, he seeks he knows not what, maybe an oasis, anyplace he can create some purpose out of killing more time.  He meets Ali out in the endless sands somewhere, a grizzled old man who's traveled back and forth himself for decades on the run, or in circles, from one fringe settlement to another, selling trinkets from whatever weathered sacks his decrepit camel still manages to haul, in exchange for bare necessities.  But the supplies and the shelter and the sex never last.  Nor do Ali's and Jamshid's doomed partnership.
What is Jamshid to do with the constant eclipse that's become of his tortured past, his very life?  How can he forget when his past bleeds darkness out of deep wounds into every successive step, and the steps he'll trudge tomorrow? How can he see where he's heading, or from what or whom he must flee; how will he ever chance upon potential refuge with his eyes smothered by black light?  Is redemption even possible for a man as accursed as Jamshid, who "could always sense the blackness of vultures in the sky.  Never visible ... a constant presence."?  One may wonder, too, whatever became of Persia's ancient king, their legendary Jamshid?

Galway Kinnell spent a year in Iran during 1959 and 1960, half the time as a lecturer at the University of Tehran, the other as a journalist for an English language newspaper, exploring as much as he could every corner of the country he'd come to love.  In Black Light's mid-section, with its vast outdoor scenery set under stars, "an ultimate landscape of desolation," we get a glimpse of how the ruggedness and isolation of Iran's arid geography impacted Kinnell's imagination.  We get a sense too that maybe Kinnell got lost in the mountains and deserts of Iran often, as in his narrative there's an unspoken feeling in Jamshid that he likes being lost, enjoys the spontaneity of adventure and perceived freedom his "lostness" inspires, the adrenaline rush he gets never knowing one night to the next what cave or ancient ruin he'll lay his weary head in.  If Jamshid embraces though never accepts being lost, his process of self-discovery makes the bleak existentialism of Black Light all the more fascinating.
Escape with Jamshid from the many consequences of his crime like some vicarious Persian Raskolnikov along for the camel ride, outpost to outpost, palm grove to palm grove, swathed in the paradox that is Black Light's luminescence.  It's a reading experience at times reminiscent of what The Sheltering Sky invoked. Mystery.  Meaning.  Wondering.  Why?
While Kinnell is better known as a poet (The Book of Nightmares) and translator (The Poems ofFrançois Villon), his rare digression into prose in Black Light is certainly one to savor and reflect upon repeatedly, like enjoying time and again the myriad gradations of illumination in a radiant poem. - Enrique Freeque
http://enriquefreequesreads.blogspot.hr/2012/09/black-light-novel-by-galway-kinnell.html



In 1959, the American poet Galway Kinnell won a Fulbright fellowship to live and teach for a year in Iran. Although he did not learn more than ‘500 or so words’ of Persian during his stay, he acknowledged the impact his fellowship year had on him, and set his only novel, Black Light (1966. Boston, MA: Houghton Mifflin), in Iran. In story and content, Black Light is almost certainly an imitation of Sadeq Hedayat’s The Blind Owl (1957. New York: John Calder), although the poet has no memory of reading Hedayat’s masterwork, and indeed maintains that he never read it at all. The history of American practices of translation assumes new significance when considering the products of Kinnell’s time in Iran. This essay focuses on Black Light and Kinnell’s ethnographic travel writing, which appeared under the title ‘Persian Journals’ in a series in the Tehran Journal magazine, arguing that each of these texts is a translation into an American idiom of the different encounters Kinnell was having with Iran. - Amy Motlagh
Image result for Galway Kinnell, Collected Poems,
Galway Kinnell, Collected Poems, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt, 2017.
read itat Google Books

The definitive collection of poems from Pulitzer Prize winner, MacArthur Fellow, and National Book Award winner Galway Kinnell. 

“It’s the poet’s job to figure out what’s happening within oneself, to figure out the connection between the self and the world, and to get it down in words that have a certain shape, that have a chance of lasting.” —Galway Kinnell 




This long-awaited volume brings together for the first time the life’s work of a major American voice.
In a remarkable generation of poets, Galway Kinnell was an acknowledged, true master. From the book-length poem memorializing the grit, beauty, and swarming assertion of immigrant life along a lower Manhattan avenue, to searing poems of human conflict and war, to incandescent reflections on love, family, and the natural world—including "Blackberry Eating,” "St. Francis and the Sow," and “After Making Love We Hear Footsteps” — to the unflinchingly introspective poems of his later life, Kinnell’s work lastingly shaped the consciousness of his age.

Spanning 65 years of intense, inspired creativity, this volume, with its inclusion of previously uncollected poems, is the essential collection for old and new devotees of a “poet of the rarest ability... who can flesh out music, raise the spirits, and break the heart.” - Boston Globe


The Collected Poems of Galway Kinnell by Galway Kinnell is a collection of sixty-five years of writing. Kinnell, a Navy veteran, experienced Europe and the Middle East while serving. He was also involved in the civil rights movement. Kinnell was awarded the Pulitzer Prize and a National Book Award for Selected Poems and he studied at Princeton and earned his Master’s degree from the University of Rochester.
The tome of the work is presented in several sections reflecting publications and time. His earlier work takes the form of more traditional poetry with sights and feelings of his ports of call in the navy, particularly France and India.
What storms have blown me, and from where,
What dreams have drowned, or half dead, here

Each year I lived I watched the fissure
Between what was and what I wished for
Widen, until there was nothing left
But the gulf of emptiness.
The traditional form is partly owed to his admiration of Walt Whitman. He then moves to more of a “Beat” type of poetry. His work seems influenced by the movement even though he was not an active participant. His work in the late 1960s and 1970s moves much more into nature poems:
On the tidal mud just before sunset, 
dozens of starfishes
were creeping. It was
as though themud were a sky
and enormous, imperfect stars
moved across it slowly
as the actual stars cross heaven
In the 1980s through the 2000s Kinnell finds himself writing as an experienced sage.  He relies on his personal experience and knowledge to create his mature works.  Here, the poems reflect on aging and the death of those who were close and the lives of his children. Kinnell also speaks frequently of religion, but not in the most positive sense. His short poem “Prayer”:
Whatever happens. Whatever
what is is is what
I want. Only that. But that.
He had a strong dislike for Christianity.  Some of that can be seen in the long poem, written in the early 1960s, “The Avenue Bearing the Initial of Christ into the New World”:
A roadway of refuse from the teeming shores and ghettos
And the Caribbean Paradise, into the new ghetto and new paradise,
This God-forsaken Avenue bearing the initial of Christ.
Before reading this collected works, I had not read any Kinnell poetry.  Although I was impressed with several poems his two most anthologized poems slipped by me– “St. Francis and the Sow” and “After Making Love We Hear Footsteps”.  His poems from the from the 1970s and later poems appealed the most to me.  The widespread of his poetry and the evolving topics will sure to find favor with other readers with different tastes than my own.  As a collected work, Kinnell’s poems, show his growth and refinement as a poet.  The introduction by Edward Hirsch will give the reader ample information and background on the poet and his poems.  A well-done collection that will allow the reader to pick and choose his or her favorite topics or simply give the reader something to pick up and randomly read. - evilcyclist.wordpress.com/2017/09/25/poetry-review-the-collected-poems-of-galway-kinnell/

Galway Kinnell was often compared to his favorite poet, Walt Whitman, whose "Crossing Brooklyn Ferry" Kinnell movingly read aloud every year on the far side of the Brooklyn Bridge at a benefit for the New York poetry library Poets House. Like Whitman, Kinnell — who died in 2014 having won the Pulitzer, the National Book Award and a MacArthur, among other honors for books published between the 1960 and 2006 — was a poet of capacious interest in the natural world, profound commitment to social justice, and deep sympathy for the people he saw.
He was a poet of his time, meaning both that he depicts the world, concerns and values of the last third of the 20th century, and that his poems are like those of many of his peers born at the end of the 1920s — A.R. Ammons, Philip Levine, W.S. Merwin and Adrienne Rich— who broke free of the strict formalism of 1950s American poetry to create the more impressionistic, sometimes surreal, nature-focused poetry of the late 1960s and 1970s. For many, Kinnell’s poems are exactly what one thinks of when one thinks of contemporary poetry. All of his books are collected here, along with a handful of late poems. It is impossible to consider the landscape of the last 50 years of American poetry without Kinnell.
Kinnell was inarguably a great poet. Among the subjects he was best at were steadfastness in marriage and parenthood. In his famous poem "After Making Love We Hear Footsteps," Kinnell's young son Fergus wanders into his parents' room when "we lie together, / after making love, quiet, touching along the length of our bodes, / familiar touch of the long-married." Then Fergus "flops down between us and hugs us and snuggles himself to sleep, / his face gleaming with satisfaction at being this very child." There is no ball and chain here, no ambitions crushed beneath the weight of child-rearing. Kinnell's world is enlarged and infinitely specified by his love for his family.
Specificity itself — the great bounty of attending intimately to life's minutia — is another of Kinnell's great subjects and poetic practices. Like many of his generation, whose faith was shattered by the Vietnam war, Nixon, the struggles of the civil rights movement and the turmoil of the late '60s, Kinnell turned to the secular spirituality of nature for his religion, as he does in the much anthologized "Blackberry Eating":
I love to go out in late September

among the fat, overripe, icy, black blackberries
to eat blackberries for breakfast,
the stalks very prickly, a penalty

they earn for knowing the black art
of blackberry-making; and as I stand among them
lifting the stalks to my mouth, the ripest berries
fall almost unbidden to my tongue,
as words sometimes do ...
Kinnell's readers are granted constant and intimate access to his body, to his sensations, to what it feels like to taste and touch and see and hear and think as him. This was a profound priority, an invitation to empathy, to communion, that was essential to Kinnell's sense of what poetry could, and should, do. For him, the poet's work is to come as close to the world as possible with words, to express its contradictions and complexities in literally breathtaking detail, looking
until the other is utterly other, and then,
with hard effort, probably with tongue sticking out,
going over each difference again and this time
canceling it, until nothing is left but likeness
and suddenly oneness
At his best — and he is very often at his best — Kinnell is capable of transforming the world at hand — in both urban and country settings, for he split much of his life between New York and Vermont — into a grammar that can point us toward, be our access to, profundity, to truths, and what often feels like Truth itself.
Nonetheless, it is hard, with all that is happening in the world and especially in America this past year, to say that this is the top book of poetry I'd recommend reading right now. Contemporary readers, especially younger ones, may have a hard time swallowing optimistic secular spiritualisms like the notion that "everything flowers, from within, of self-blessing." Perhaps not enough room is left in these poems for another kind of wisdom: the ambiguity and uncertainty that newer poetry has become very adept at conveying.
Among Kinnell's most important late works is "When the Towers Fell," a long poem written after 9/11, which feels deeply prescient right now. Of the fallen towers, Kinnell says, "often we didn't see them, and now/ not seeing them, we see them." The truth of this applies to so much we'd taken for granted, the loss of which now overruns our news feeds. This poem represents a very personal working through of a very public tragedy by a deep and earthbound mind. Kinnell here trains his considerable descriptive powers on imagining what it was like to be in the towers when the planes struck: "Some let themselves fall, begging gravity to speed them to the ground. / Some leapt hand in hand that their fall down the sky might happen more lightly."
We need this poem again, and more poems like it, which ache to understand others' suffering, which suffer over a suddenly dashed dream of what could and should have been, what should be. Kinnell teaches that kind of attentiveness. - Craig Morgan Teicher
http://www.latimes.com/books/jacketcopy/la-ca-jc-galway-kinnell-20171201-story.html


Galway Kinnell was an award-winning poet best known for poetry that connects the experiences of daily life to much larger poetic, spiritual, and cultural forces. Often focusing on the claims of nature and society on the individual, Kinnell’s poems explore psychological states in precise and sonorous free verse. Critic Morris Dickstein called Kinnell “one of the true master poets of his generation.” Dickstein added, “there are few others writing today in whose work we feel so strongly the full human presence.” Robert Langbaum observed in the American Poetry Review that “at a time when so many poets are content to be skillful and trivial, [Kinnell] speaks with a big voice about the whole of life.” Marked by his early experiences as a Civil Rights and anti-war activist, Kinnell’s socially-engaged verse broadened in his later years to seek the essential in human nature, often by engaging the natural and animal worlds. With a remarkable career spanning many decades, Kinnell’s Selected Poems (1980) won both a Pulitzer Prize and a National Book Award.
Kinnell was born in 1927 in Providence, Rhode Island and grew up in Pawtucket. A self-described introvert as a child, he grew up reading reclusive American writers such as Edgar Allan Poe and Emily Dickinson. After two years of service in the U.S. Navy, he earned a BA with highest honors from Princeton University—where he was classmates with poet W.S. Merwin—in 1948. He earned an MA from the University of Rochester a year later. Kinnell then spent many years abroad, including a Fulbright Fellowship in Paris and extended stays in Europe and the Middle East. Returning to the United States in the 1960s, Kinnell joined the Congress for Racial Equality (CORE), registering African American voters in the South. Many of his experiences—world travel, city life, harassment as a member of CORE and an anti-Vietnam war demonstrator—eventually found expression in his poetry. One of the first voices to mark the change in American poetry from the cerebral wit of the 1950s to the more liberated, political work of the ‘60s, Kinnell “is a poet of the landscape, a poet of soliloquy, a poet of the city’s underside and a poet who speaks for thieves, pushcart vendors and lumberjacks with an unforced simulation of the vernacular,” noted the Hudson Review contributor Vernon Young.
Of his first books, What a Kingdom it Was (1960), Flower Herding on Mount Monadnock (1964) and Body Rags (1968), Body Rags contains the bulk of Kinnell’s most praised and anthologized poems. Using animal experiences to explore human consciousness, Kinnell poems such as “The Bear” feature frank and often unlovely images. Kinnell’s embrace of the ugly is well-considered, though. As the author told the Los Angeles Times, “I’ve tried to carry my poetry as far as I could, to dwell on the ugly as fully, as far, and as long, as I could stomach it. Probably more than most poets I have included in my work the unpleasant because I think if you are ever going to find any kind of truth to poetry it has to be based on all of experience rather than on a narrow segment of cheerful events.” Though his poetry is rife with earthy images like animals, fire, blood, stars and insects, Kinnell does not consider himself to be a “nature poet.” In an interview with Daniela Gioseffi for Hayden’s Ferry Review, Kinnell noted, “I don’t recognize the distinction between nature poetry and, what would be the other thing? Human civilization poetry? We are creatures of the earth who build our elaborate cities and beavers are creatures of the earth who build their elaborate lodges and canal operations and dams, just as we do … Poems about other creatures may have political and social implications for us.”
Though obsessed with a personal set of concerns and mythologies, Kinnell does draw on the tradition of both his contemporaries and predecessors. Studying the work of Theodore Roethke and Robert Lowell, Kinnell’s innovations have “avoided studied ambiguity, and he has risked directness of address, precision of imagery, and experiments with surrealistic situations and images” according to a contributor for Contemporary Poetry. Critics most often compare Kinnell’s work to that of Walt Whitman, however, because of its transcendental philosophy and personal intensity; Kinnell himself edited The Essential Whitman (1987). As Robert Langbaum observed in American Poetry Review, “like the romantic poets to whose tradition he belongs, Kinnell tries to pull an immortality out of our mortality.”
Other well-known Kinnell works include The Book of Nightmares (1971) and The Avenue Bearing the Initial of Christ into the New World: Poems 1946-1964 (1974). The latter’s eponymous poem explores life on Avenue C in New York City’s Lower East Side, drawing inspiration from T.S. Eliot’s “The Waste Land.” A book-length poem that draws heavily on Rainer Maria Rilke’s Duino Elegies, the ten parts of The Book of Nightmares revolve around two autobiographical moments—the births of Kinnell’s daughter and son—while examining the relationship between society and community through a symbolic system that draws on cosmic metaphors. The book is one of Kinnell’s most highly praised. Rilke was a particularly important poet for Kinnell and among his many acts as a translator, he would later co-translate The Essential Rilke (1999), with Hannah Liebmann.

Selected Poems (1982), for which Kinnell won the Pulitzer Prize and was co-winner of the National Book Award in 1983, contains works from every period in the poet’s career and was released just shortly before he won a prestigious MacArthur Foundation grant. Almost twenty years after his Selected Poems, Kinnell released the retrospective collection, A New Selected Poems (2001), focusing on Kinnell’s poetry of the 1960s and 1970s. His poetry from this period features a fierce surrealism that also grapples with large questions of the human, the social and the natural. In the Boston Review, Richard Tillinghast commented that Kinnell’s work “is proof that poems can still be written, and written movingly and convincingly, on those subjects that in any age fascinate, quicken, disturb, confound, and sadden the hearts of men and women: eros, the family, mortality, the life of the spirit, war, the life of nations … [Kinnell] always meets existence head-on, without evasion or wishful thinking. When Kinnell is at the top of his form, there is no better poet writing in America.”
Kinnell’s last book, Strong is Your Hold (2006) was released the year before his 80th birthday. The book, which continues the more genial, meditative stance Kinnell has developed over the years, also includes the long poem “When the Towers Fell,” written about September 11, 2001. In an interview with Elizabeth Lund for the Christian Science Monitor Online, Kinnell declared, “It’s the poet’s job to figure out what’s happening within oneself, to figure out the connection between the self and the world, and to get it down in words that have a certain shape, that have a chance of lasting.” Lund noted that “Kinnell never seems to lose his center, or his compassion. He can make almost any situation, any loss, resonate. Indeed, much of his work leaves the reader with a delicious ache, a sense of wanting to look once more at whatever scene is passing.”
Kinnell lived in Vermont for many years, and he died in 2014 at the age of 87. - https://www.poetryfoundation.org/poets/galway-kinnell
                   


Lya Luft - In the casket between his parents, in the light, Camilo's face showed surprise, astonishment, as it had since the moment of death. He hid behind this mask in order to die better, undisturbed, and to learn the gesture, the face, the voice, the role he was to play in his new existence

$
0
0
Image result for Lya Luft, The Island of the Dead,
Lya Luft, The Island of the Dead, Trans. by Carmen Chaves McClendon and Betty Jean Craige, University of Georgia Press, 1986.


A grieving family, father, mother, sisters, and grandmother, each try to understand why young Camilo killed himself




An 18-year-old boy, Camilo, is dead, his youthful body prepared and confined forever in a coffin that now sits in a living room, attended by his estranged parents on either side. Through the course of the inaugural night that marks his sudden, violent passing, his surviving family members will reveal painful memories, distressing experiences, buried emotions, and devastating secrets. Amidst the grieving, Swiss artist Arnold Böcklin‘s painting “The Isle of the Dead” (referred to in the novel as having been “painted many years ago by a friend of [Renata’s] father’s, a copy of an original that no one had seen”) both haunts and guides the narrative.
Camilo’s businessman father Martin and concert pianist mother Renata blame each other for their miserable lives. His twin sister Carolina lies upstairs drugged, but aware her symbiotic world is now shattered. His paternal aunt Clara awaits her ghost lover alone. His adopted grandmother whom everyone calls “Mother” busies herself caring for others. Mother’s daughter Ella – an enormous, mysterious mass of crippled humanity – looms in darkness.
A bestseller in its native Brazil, Island is novelist/poet/critic/translator Lya Luft’s first title available in English. The book’s original Portuguese title, O Quarto Fechado – literally, The Closed Room, surely a more apt description of the choking claustrophobia that stifles this house of mourning – is not the only detail lost in translation. The “Translators’ Preface” duly warns that “the two languages embody two distinct ways of constructing reality” and notes the difficulties in “mak[ing] the American reader aware of the strangeness of the original text and to bring across some of its ‘secret meanings.'” In that attempt to illuminate, the translators reveal far too much before even getting to the novel’s first page. One easy fix: read that preface only after the novel itself, and then you can see if your own secret-sleuthing was accurate.
Translation challenges aside, Luft clearly knows how to unsettle readers with disturbing glimpses of murder, rape, priestly abuse and other bewildering moments of evil. Then near book’s end, Luft unexpectedly, subtly pinpoints the single moment when all the action contained in the pages before could be, if not changed, then negated: “To forbid love was to forbid life … Was that it?”
When the morning finally comes, you’re faced with quite a readerly conundrum … about the story, about fiction, about writing: just how will you react? -smithsonianapa.org/bookdragon/the-island-of-the-dead-by-lya-luft-translated-by-carmen-chaves-mcclendon-and-betty-jean-craige/


Only the shadowsknow
the secrets
of closed houses,
only the forbidden wind
and the moon that shines
on the roof
~ Pablo Neruda
 Camilo, who has just committed suicide within the last twenty-four hours prior to The Island of the Dead's abrupt but artful opening — and it was a strange suicide involving an unbroken mare at that — lies exposed in the living room of his grandmother's home for his wake when we meet him:
"He had the face of an adolescent, delicate, almost the face of a woman.  But dusted lightly with gold, its youth lost and replaced by that solemn mask of wax, ice, and new knowledge . . . In the casket between his parents, in the light, Camilo's face showed surprise, astonishment, as it had since the moment of death. He hid behind this mask in order to die better, undisturbed, and to learn the gesture, the face, the voice, the role he was to play in his new existence. 
The wake was his opening night."
In life, Camilo was the fraternal twin of Carolina, son and daughter of their respective, separated parents, Renata and Martin, and the grandchildren of the family's matriarch known only as "Mother". Camilo and Carolina shared a secret obsession that consumed them (and it directly led to Camilo's death): They longed to be identical twins, sister and brother, boy and girl.  "They practiced being identical with the same tenacity with which she" [their mother] "had prepared herself for her piano in days gone by.  And they acquired, one from the other, the same posture, the same manner of turning their heads, of holding a book, of walking."
The twins' father, Martin, wanted nothing of what he deemed his children's despicable identical desires.  He resorted to even physically separating them, with force, so that one would live on his farm and the other in Mother's house.  He particularly loathed how effeminate his son Camilo was becoming, looking more, sounding more, what little he spoke, and even dressing more and more like his silly sister — the disgrace! Martin tried "curing" Camilo, "manning him up," if you will, with hard and filthy farm labor. After all, he reasoned, "A boy who is always with his sister will turn into a queer." Little could we know when Martin reasoned so about his son, of his own secret hypocrisy in the delicate matter, considering how close — certainly much too close for Mother's comfort (Love had been forbidden, because for Mother, for relatives and friends, the two were siblings")  — he once, well, more than once, actually; many more times than merely "once" if Mother and Martin's remembrance is right, had been with his full-figured stepsister as a teen. "A girl with black hair and sensual mouth, a beautiful mouth.  A beautiful woman full of the juices of life. . ."
With so much distasteful family history to conceal, it's easy to see why Mother ran her nuclear household the way she did, closed to all except family.  The title of Lya Luft's novella is translated literally as "The Closed Room" (O Cuarto Fechado).  So many enclosures within enclosures. Closed house. Closed room. Closed lives. The effect is suffocating, claustrophobic. If ever a book could make its readers struggle to breathe just by its sheer reading (and this is not a criticism or complaint, far from it!) The Island of the Dead is it.  Not only is the un-oxygenated air as stale as it is emotionally stultifying to those who live there, there's that inexplicable, overripe, fetid odor wafting out of the closed room whenever Mother exits or enters.  What is the source of this  secret reek, this shadow rot. Why does Mother insist that the door to the closed room remain always locked?  What are the noises (or are they voices), "Ela, ela," sometimes whispered up there?  Why has Mother devoted herself to the room religiously, every day, devout as a nun, for thirty years? Ela, I should add, is understood best in the context of the original Portuguese, which the translators took pains to acknowledge in their preface, describing how the double implications of ela's meaning would have been obvious to Luft's Brazilian readers, but lost in translation.  Ela in Portuguese became "Ella" in English.  To say anymore might spoil the future reader's own discovery. . .
I do not know if Lya Luft was cognizant of, if not as outright inspired by, Pablo Neruda's excerpted poem above when she crafted her own "closed house"The Island of the Dead in 1984, as we obviously know she was by Arnold Böcklin's painting of the same name; the sepulchral painting that Renata has hung on the living room wall, not far from Camilo in his coffin, in her mesmerizing novella.  A novella haunted more by the living than the dead.  Interesting, too, how a real painting from real life (Arnold Böcklin was, after all, a real person) is transfigured inside fiction into impermanence through another work of art.  This evocative painting of Böcklin's (Isle of the Dead, 1880), is also pictured on the striking black-and-white cover of the University of Georgia Press' 1986 edition of the novella that I read, translated by Carmen Chaves McClendon and Betty Jean Craige.  So inspired was Sergei Rachmaninov by this black-and-white version of Böcklin's painting that, in 1909, he paid it the highest homage and wrote his own symphonic poem to it, The Isle of the Dead.
Pablo Neruda's famous aphorism quoted at the outset reads like a perfect abstract of Lya Luft's novella.  The eerie similarity of themes and imagery, in fact, and of the understated moods and atmospherics between the two, are uncanny.  Böcklin's painting, moreover, hung innocently enough on the wall of the so-called living room of Mother's house, elicited in Renata her own abiding obsession, prompted by Camilo's death, and oddly energized by the ensuing listlessness of her loss, devastation, and grief.  Renata is a shattered person.  She broods.  She ruminates.  Why did she abandon her early passion for the piano, her fledgling career as a gifted concert pianist, to marry a man she never loved? "I betrayed myself when I abandoned music to be unhappy in love." What can Renata envision, I wonder, regarding her son (assuming she envisions anything anymore), when she daily meditates upon Böcklin's desolate phantasmal painting?  Is that herself there in the boat she sees, standing at the prow, delivering her son unto death as she likewise once did, into life, a lifetime ago?
Even shadows intently scrutinized by mourning mothers reveal no answers. Nor the moon.
"If he could speak the dead boy would say: 'At the bottom of the well I found united Life and Death, masculine and feminine, the I and the Other, devouring each other like the serpent that swallows his own tail.  From darkness and insanity Death leaped out, opening her arms wide — prostitute, damsel, promise, damnation.  Drunk with mystery, she called me, and I had to know: Whose bosom awaits me?  What silence?  What new language?'"
Absence is a house so vast
that inside you will pass through its walls
and hang pictures on the air. 
~ Pablo Neruda
- enriquefreequesreads.blogspot.hr/2016/07/the-island-of-dead-by-lya-fett-luft.html




Lya Fett Luft (born September 15, 1938) is a Brazilian writer and a prolific translator, working mostly in the English-Portuguese and the German-Portuguese language combinations

Leena Krohn - From cities of giant insects to a mysterious woman claiming to be the female Don Quixote, a pelican that can talk and a city of gold. You will find yourself exploring a future of intelligence both artificial and biotech, along with a mysterious plant that induces strange visions

$
0
0
Image result for Leena Krohn, The Collected Fiction,
Leena Krohn, The Collected Fiction, Trans. by Eva Buckwald, Bethany Fox, Hildi Hawkins, Anselm Hollo, Vivii Hyvönen, Leena Likitalo, Herbert Lomas, J. Robert Tupasela, and Anna Volmari. Nonfiction by Minna Jerrman, Desirina Boskovich, Matthew Cheney. Cheeky Frawg Books, 2015.
                  
Electric Literature showcases an excerpt from Collected Fiction.
Electric Literatureinterviews Leena Krohn.


A celebration of a legendary Finnish author, with several novels, stories, and appreciations. For readers of Ursula K. Le Guin, Milan Kundera, Virginia Woolf, Tove Jansson, and Italo Calvino. Over 800 pages covering Leena Krohn's entire career.




“One of the most important books published in the U.S. this year. [Leena Krohn’s Collected Fiction] is as important a publishing event in its own way as New Directions’ release... of Clarice Lispector’s Complete Stories.” - The Mumpsimus




There’s been a big push over the past few years to better recognize the contributions of international authors to the canon of speculative fiction—and when it comes to Finnish spec-fic, Leena Krohn reigns. In Collected Fiction, a massive hardcover anthology of her work (assembled by the renowned editing team of Ann and Jeff VanderMeer), the acclaimed and award-winning author is given a lavish introduction to American readers. Populated by sentient insects, an archivist of paradoxes, and the surveyor of an imaginary city—reminiscent of everyone from Jorge Luis Borges to Italo Calvino to Margaret Atwood—the stories and short novels contained in this volume layer language, consciousness, and morality in a dreamlike fugue that captivates as it transcends. - Jason Heller
 https://www.avclub.com/our-favorite-books-of-the-year-1798287125


From cities of giant insects to a mysterious woman claiming to be the female Don Quixote, Leena Krohn’s fiction has fascinated and intrigued readers for over forty years. Within these covers you will discover a pelican that can talk and a city of gold. You will find yourself exploring a future of intelligence both artificial and biotech, along with a mysterious plant that induces strange visions. Krohn writes eloquently, passionately, about the nature of reality, the nature of Nature, and what it means to be human. One of Finland’s most iconic writers, translated into many languages, and winner of the prestigious Finlandia Prize, Krohn has had an incredibly distinguished career. Collected Fiction provides readers with a rich, thick omnibus of the best of her work. This collection includes several previously unpublished English translations, foremost among them the novels Pereat Mundus and The Pelican's New Clothes. Other novels included are: Tainaron, Dona Quixote, Ophir City of Gold, and Datura.


Leena Krohn: Collected Fiction is a massive omnibus that we feel is a landmark publishing event, collecting novels, novellas, and short stories from one of Finland’s most iconic and beloved fiction writers. In her critically acclaimed fiction, Krohn has distinguished herself as a forward-thinking writer, often tackling themes related to the nature of reality, the environment, the internet, and artificial intelligence well before fashionable. A major advocate for feminism and social justice in Finland, she has been compared to Ursula K. Le Guin and Virginia Woolf, among others. Krohn’s fiction has been translated into dozens of languages and received several awards, including the Finlandia Prize.
Leena Krohn: Collected Fiction allows English-language readers to experience the full range of this remarkable writer’s talent. Within its pages, you will find not just new short story translations but the first English-language translation of Pereat Mundus, a mind-bending novel of philosophy, science, and the future—as well as first publication of the playful but pointed children’s fantasy novel The Pelican’s New Clothes (made into a movie in Finland), which explored, in prophetic fashion, our relationship to animals. Krohn’s classic Tainaron: Mail From Another City is also included, along with several essays and appreciations of her work. Finally, we have brought back into print after long absence novels like the impressionistic Doña Quixote and Other Citizens: A Portrait, about a mysterious woman in an unnamed city, and Gold of Ophir, set in the same city as Doña Quixote.
On a personal note, we should add that we are passionate advocates for Leena Krohn: Collected Fiction. Krohn’s work is deeply relevant to the times we live in, the perspective always thoughtful and lively and deep. You will find in her work ideas, situations, and characters that are unique in literature.
Sincerely,
Ann & Jeff VanderMeer


A welcome gathering of works by Finnish writer Krohn, a brilliant conjurer of possible worlds.
The narrator of Krohn’s early novel Doña Quixote and Other Citizens: A Portrait, a lovely reimagining of Cervantes, is a world-weary stranger in a strange land of rough stone and crowded towers who cannot bear the thought of living “on this rubbish-heap of a star for another thirty or forty or fifty years.” Doña Quixote, seer more than dreamer, becomes her Virgil in a place whose inhabitants bear names such as The Wader, The Looking-Glass Boy, and The Incurable One. In such a place, Doña Quixote sagely observes, “everyone has to be Hamlet.” Krohn’s imagined, ghostly worlds form the setting of other books gathered here, including Tainaron: Mail from Another City (1985) and Gold of Ophir (1987); these unfold in brief episodes, some just a few paragraphs long, that embrace improbable geometries and physics, worlds of “insignificant protuberances that were at first hardly distinguishable from the surrounding sandy plain,” say, that conjure up the hallucinatory closing pages of Poe’s tale of Arthur Pym. Krohn’s work has been likened to Ursula LeGuin’s, though often it is more reminiscent of Calvino, Borges, and Lem, layered in with foreboding bits of Lovecraft. Not exactly science fiction, not exactly fantasy, but some hybrid of those genres blended with literary fiction, Krohn’s tales often involve the exploration of consciousness both human and animal—and, at times, that of machines—against myth-tinged backgrounds, as with one story whose protagonist is the offspring of a human mother and “one of the first multi-species hybrids.” Philosophically nimble, those stories trade in wonderment: here time twists so that a figure “no longer owned anything, not even her own past,” while there a character comes to each word in her native language as if encountering it for the first time—though that may just be the effects of a dose of datura.
An extraordinary writer who deserves to be better known to readers in English—which, thanks to this excellent collection, is now possible. - Kirkus Reviews


This ambitious collection of short and long fiction is a delightful feast of the finest SF. Krohn's creations are crisp and concise, using precision of language to convey tales frightening and fantastical. The enchanting and challenging "Tainaron: Mail from Another City" evokes the enthusiasm of a tourist's reports, which describe an alien city full of horrors made more shocking by their familiarity. Its meditation on individuality is echoed in "Pereat Mundus: a Novel of Sorts." In "Datura: or a Figment Seen by Everyone," the style is tender and romantic as it conveys the protagonist's courtship of the supernatural even at the risk of her own life. The inclusion of essays, an appendix, and a philosophical poem supports and enhances the reading. The most haunting moments are to be found among the short fiction and novel excerpts. An author's palpable disappointment gives "Final Appearance," an unforgettable, heartbreaking symmetry, and the excerpt from Dreamdeath has a cold inevitability as dreamers select their own fates. Fans of strange and wonderful ficiton will relish the opportunity to appreciate the scope of Krohn's vision as it develops with her unique and confident voice. - Publishers Weekly


In the 11th century, the German historian Adam of Bremen wrote that the Finns "are to this day so superior in the magic arts or incantations that they profess to know what everyone is doing the world over.... All this is easy for them through practice." Their command of words and sorcery is so legendary that modern Swedes who consult a fortuneteller say that they are "paying a visit to the Finns."
Yet why is it that only a few Finnish writers — among them Tove Jansson, Elias Lönnrot (compiler of the "Kalevala"), Johanna Sinissalo and the Estonian Finnish Sofi Oksanen — are known to American readers?
The challenge of translation is one reason — Finnish is a notoriously difficult language for nonnative speakers to learn, with gender-neutral pronouns and grammar. The Finns' often unconventional way of looking at the world may be another — think of Sibelius' yearning symphonies, the quirky films of Aki Kaurismäki, Alvar Aalto's undulating buildings, Jansson's endearingly amorphous Moomins.
Cheeky Frawg, a small press specializing in the literature of the fantastic, often in translation, is publishing an omnibus volume of the brilliant, visionary modernist Leena Krohn — think Jorge Luis Borges intersecting with Isak Dinesen, Flann O'Brien, Milan Kundera and Italo Calvino.
The comparisons help put Krohn's body of work into context but do nothing to capture the ineffable, melancholy strangeness and beauty of her writing. This is great literature: Shame on us for only now discovering it.
Krohn has written more than 30 books for adults and young readers. A variety of works published between 1976 and 2009 are collected here, including six short novels and novellas, short stories, critical essays and novel excerpts, some of which have been difficult to find in the U.S.
The volume opens with "Dona Quixote and Other Citizens. Portrait (Tales of the Citizens of an Unusual City)." The book consists of a series of chapters, most only a page or two in length, which can also be read as individual stories — a technique similar to that of Lydia Davis and a hallmark of nearly all of Krohn's fiction here. The "unusual city," never named, is recognizable as modern Helsinki but a Helsinki at once as commonplace and marvelous as Gabriel García-Marquez's Macondo. Here is the narrator's first meeting with the eponymous protagonist:
"I was sitting on the pedestal of a statue when something passed me by. It was as long and thin as a piece of straw, and it moved so lightly that it seemed to slip along above the dust of the road. It had a pair of binoculars at its neck and it stopped by the railing and began to look out at the sea."
The piece of straw is an old woman known as Dona Quixote, and so odd yet acute are Krohn's descriptions of the city and its denizens that a reader is at first not quite certain whether the story is set on Earth or indeed if the narrator (or Dona Quixote) is human. It's as though the story was told by a member of another species, amazed by even the most mundane things.
This sense of mingled strangeness and recognition reverberates through all of Krohn's work, most clearly in "Tainaron: Mail From Another City." The narrative is framed as a series of letters, never answered, written by an unnamed woman to her distant lover, describing the city where she now lives — where the residents are insects.
Many of them are human-sized and possessed of human speech, their behavior a distorted mirror held up to that of Homo sapiens. In a vast, teeming beehive, the narrator has an audience with the immense queen, who, ceaselessly giving birth to her offspring, shrieks, "But what is a mother? … She from whom everything flows is not a someone …"
Later, at a funeral parlor, the narrator is shown the exquisite coffins that hold only "a single organ, often an eye or antenna [or] part of a wing, a part with a beautiful pattern." Told that there is no crematorium in Tainaron, she insists on knowing what happens to the rest of the bodies. The funeral director takes her to an underground chamber, where she is at first sickened and then exalted by the sight of dung beetles devouring the dead. "And here, then, was their work: to distill pure nectar from such filth, to extract from the slimy liquid of death health, strength and new life."
This singular vision of a transcendent connection between species also shines in "Datura," where ingesting the seeds of the titular poisonous plant subtly changes the way a woman perceives the world, and "The Pelican's New Clothes," in which a pelican befriends a lonely boy named Emil. Only children recognize him as a pelican: dressed in human clothing, the pelican calls himself Mr. Henderson. He gets a job taking tickets at the opera and is enthralled by "The Magic Flute." (He especially likes the birdcatcher, Papageno.) Reminiscent of Roald Dahl's work, it's a book that deserves to be called a classic.
As do nearly all of the extraordinary tales collected here. "Beauty is the universe's most enduring quality," Krohn, now 68, states in her afterword, "it is repeated in atoms and galaxies, numbers and relations and the way a tree grows." This is a writer whose work can rewire your brain, leaving you with an enhanced, near-hallucinatory apprehension of our fragile planet, and of all the beings that inhabit it. - Elizabeth Hand
http://www.latimes.com/books/la-ca-jc-leena-krohn-20151227-story.html


Likewise, Leena Krohn’sCOLLECTED FICTION is inherently indulgent: It’s massive, as befits the encapsulation of a prolific (Finnish) writer’s life work, and it’s multifaceted, deploying varied formats and lenses, including multiple translators, to present a complete picture. Within are short stories, several short novels, poetry, and essays about Krohn, including one by the author herself.
Since most English-language readers will have encountered Krohn’s work only via her epistolic novel “Tainaron: Mail From Another City” (translated in the United States in 2004), if at all, probably the most useful thing this collection does is put that novel into its proper context. It becomes rapidly clear that Krohn’s work is not meant to stand alone. Creatures and characters string together in a constantly self-referential loop that’s mostly lacking in plot or narrative — but there’s significance to which characters reappear, and which themes Krohn addresses again and again. The doctor in the excerpted novel “Umbra,” who confronts his own fears while ostensibly examining a neurotic sentient computer, might as well have worked at the old hospital in the excerpt from “The Bee Pavilion”; what seems to interest Krohn more than artificial intelligence are the struggles of the mind, and the struggles of individuals and groups to define it.
It’s debatable whether Krohn’s works qualify as science fiction or fantasy, not that it matters. Missing is the “sensawunda” said to characterize the genre; Krohn’s settings are fantastical and deeply weird, but they’re mostly secondary to the people — or philosophy, or sociology — she really wants to explore. Even in a story like “Tainaron,” in which the narrator writes letters describing a city populated by insects, Krohn focuses primarily on meta­phors for the human condition. “Never trust a flower,” the narrator’s guide says, upon rescuing a citizen from a giant carnivorous plant. “Next time, think where you put your head.” A caution relevant to any dweller in any city, ­insect-inhabited or not. This is a haunting, lovely book. - N. K. Jemisin
www.nytimes.com/2016/02/28/books/review/on-the-edge-of-gone-by-corinne-duyvis-and-more.html?_r=0


In Leena Krohn’s novella “Datura, or A Figment Seen by Everyone,” the narrator, who works for a paranormal-news magazine, transcribes the inscrutable fifteenth-century text known as the Voynich manuscript while slowly poisoning herself with the seeds from a datura plant. Datura is known to cause delirium and dissociation, but it may also ease the symptoms of asthma, which the narrator has. Though she is skeptical of supernatural phenomena, the datura slowly undermines that skepticism; each day seems to bring one serendipitous event after another, not to mention mild hallucinations. The narrator describes feeling as though meaning is floating on the surface of things, untethered from their physical reality. “What does the word refer to,” she asks, in a deconstructionist turn, “does it really signify anything at all?” But it’s not that meaning is absent; rather, it is hidden in layers of signification. Like the manuscript she is working on, all books are “ciphers, cryptographies, beyond all interpretation.” A friend urges the narrator to stop eating the seeds, but the damage is done: the hallucinations persist, and in the end she succumbs to the visionary reality of the plant, which she says “took me towards the ultimate secret of existence,” so that she was “willing to trade all that had come before in exchange for it.”
“Datura, or A Delusion We All See” is one of the standout stories in “Leena Krohn: Collected Fiction,” published late last year by Cheeky Frawg Books. The collection is the most extensive English translation yet of work by the celebrated Finnish writer, who has been a finalist for the prestigious World Fantasy Award and is a winner of the Finlandia Prize, the country’s most important literary honor. The novels, novellas, excerpts, and short stories included in the Cheeky Frawg collection are not narratives in the traditional sense so much as a series of contextualized impressions. Plot is hard to come by. Instead, Krohn offers up the narrated inner lives of characters trying to make sense of their environments, and of the other people whom they encounter. Many of the works are set in cities, but the worlds that Krohn’s characters inhabit never feel concrete: everything is mediated through particular characters’ perceptions. The reader is left with the sense of having intruded on someone’s dream, in which symbols are revelations of intimate details.
“Absolute reality is and always will be unknowable to us,” Krohn wrote to me recently, in an e-mail. (Her responses to my questions were translated from the Finnish by J. Robert Tupasela, one more layer of decoding.) “Dream images and delusions throw up information, often metaphorical or allegorical,” she added. “In my books, I try to use every channel of information possible, keeping in mind that information is not what is most important in literature, meaning is.” Krohn was born in Helsinki in 1947. Her childhood was full of books and art—her father, Alf Krohn, was a journalist and the editor-in-chief of a Finnish art magazine called Taide—and she picked up an interest in spiritual matters from her paternal grandparents, who were theosophists. Krohn read the “Kalevala” and “Kanteletar,” the mythopoetic epics of Finland, but it was writers like the early twentieth-century poet Eino Leino who affected her most. Leino, in Krohn’s words, “renewed the language of Finnish folkloric poems. The collection ‘Helkavirsiä’ in particular,” she added, “still sings in my memory.” Krohn describes having “ecstatic experiences” while reading poetry at a young age. She studied theoretical philosophy, general psychology, and art history at the University of Helsinki in the late sixties and decided early on that writing was the way to marry her varied interests.
Krohn’s work is often categorized as science fiction or fantasy. While her stories do tend toward the speculative—artificial intelligence, transhumanism, otherworldly metropolises—Krohn doesn’t see herself as a genre writer. There “are elements of science fiction and dystopia in my work,” she acknowledged, but in addition to the lyric poetry that influenced her when she was young, today she finds herself influenced by “all prose that is also poetry and philosophy.” Nevertheless, Krohn recognizes the value of science fiction and fantasy to her creative process: she compares such works to the daemon-like entities of Finnish folklore called etiäinen. “They are phantom doubles that precede a person—in that they can anticipate, predict and warn,” she explained. “They are tools with which to poke small peepholes into the mist shrouding the future.”
Krohn is fascinated and troubled by the ways that we comprehend reality, and the ways that we fail to do so. “Every computer is now like a neuron in a neural network encompassing the globe,” she wrote in one of her emails. “At best, it will be the next leap in evolution. At worst, it will combine the various absurdities of artificial and human intelligence.” The risk, as Krohn sees it, is that we will lose control of our creation and it will become a tool of “subjugation.” Krohn’s skepticism toward official accounts of reality extends to some serious specifics: in a piece published on the website kaapeli.fi, and dated September 11, 2005, Krohn questions “The 9/11 Commission Report” and cites the work of David Ray Griffin, whose books on the subject are popular with 9/11 truthers. “I do not nominate myself for a truth movement activist,” Krohn told me; still, she is doubtful that the media has accurately portrayed what really happened to the World Trade Center towers, and why. “The media picks a reality for us and hypnotizes us into believing it," Krohn said. “We have to use both our sense and sensibility, when we choose in what we trust.”
Even when working with fantastical elements, Krohn is perpetually attentive to what different forms of information—intuitions, the Internet, the inner lives of other creatures—can reveal to us about ourselves. To this end, the consciousnesses of non-human species figure prominently in her work. One of the most moving passages in the “Collected Fiction” concerns the inner lives of dogs, and in particular the inner life of an old dog named Faith. “Their lives are balancing acts between a humanized being and an older, wilder nature,” Krohn writes. “Dogs are interstitial beings, not yet human, but no longer wolves. That is the unresolved paradox of doghood.”
In the short, lyrical story “Tainaron,” another unnamed narrator wanders through the eponymous city, which is populated by insects. The narrator is guided by a friend, whom she knows as Longhorn, and as she encounters the city’s various denizens, she begins to reminisce about her life before she came to Tainaron. At one point, she watches a cult of self-immolating insects try to cleanse the sins of the world by throwing themselves on a bonfire. Krohn’s narrator is horrified, at first, but she continues to watch: “Last night was calm, the sacrifice burned evenly. It was a candle on the table, the night’s focus and its terrible purifier. Who was he who was burning with such a high and unwavering flame.… And I had gazed on the blaze as if it were a midnight flower, rejoicing!”
I asked Krohn what the lives of insects could teach us about ourselves. “One of humankind’s great illusions is the belief in the total superiority of Homo sapiens over other species,” she replied. “Humans aren’t the only ones with language. In an anthill, information necessary for the existence of the colony reaches all of the inhabitants with unbelievable speed.… An ant colony can be seen as a kind of superorganism, like a data network. There is nothing more important to humans than our own consciousness,” Krohn continued. “It is our only tool for interpreting and studying reality. However, I think that consciousness is spread throughout space-time, varying in density and depth, and that it will possibly develop in computers and new generations of robots.”
The robot that wants to attain personhood is one of science fiction’s most persistent tropes. In many such stories, humans push robots toward self-actualization. Krohn gives us a different version. In “Gorgonoids,” a scientist becomes infatuated with insect-like computer-generated life forms. The gorgonoids “always stay in their own world,” she marvels. “They cannot approach us, and we cannot approach them.” She begins to identify with them. “My life began to thin out strangely, to empty as if from the inside. I began to become detached, abstracted. I still had a body, and my body had mass, but I was conscious of its existence only momentarily.”
Krohn herself sometimes sees self-awareness as a kind of affliction. The title character of the novel “Umbra” is a doctor who one day receives a strange request from a married couple. Their home robot, it appears, has started to experience fear. Like the scientist in “Gorgonoids,” Umbra is not certain that being more human is something the android should evolve toward. “Stay in the kingdom of pure abstraction,” he implores. - Peter Bebergal

Leena Krohn: Collected Fiction is a collection that introduces a wide range of English-language readers to the author for the first time. The collection contains a range of her works, from novels such as Pereat Mundus, The Pelican’s New Clothes, Tainaron: Mail From Another City and a number of short stories, as well as some critical essays.
We had a chance to chat with Jeff Vandermeer, who oversaw the editing and translation of Collected Fiction.
When did you first read Leena Krohn’s fiction, and what about her writing style appealed to you?
Advertisement

I first read Tainaron as a stand-alone book back in 2003, now included in Collected Fiction. It’s about a nameless narrator writing home while living in a foreign city populated by giant, intelligent insects. Each of the letters is a gem of compressed storytelling and not only works as a stand-alone but has an underlying symbolism. What I loved about Tainaron was this mosaic way of putting a novel together, but even more so how Krohn manages to make the most surreal concept pragmatic and tactile. She makes the impossible believable, and often in a way that’s both direct and poetic. I also loved—and love in her other work—how she deals with the natural world.
What distinguishes Krohn’s stories, and by extension, the larger body of Finnish speculative fiction from what else is out there?
Finnish writers typically have a good eye for nature and write in an interesting way about the natural world. I don’t mean that they write nature narratives, but that in their stories there’s an awareness of ecology and of nature that is very sophisticated and interesting. This isn’t true of all Finnish writers, but several have told me it is a major theme. Some of Johanna Sinisalo’s novels share this propensity, and I think it’s a timely focus, given the uncertainties of climate change and our need to redefine our relationship to our environment. And certainly Nordic fiction in general seems of use in this sense—look at the work of Swedish sensation Karin Tidbeck or the poetry of Aase Berg. You can also see this in Finnish Weird, which readers can sample in two lovely downloads. Hopefully with the World SF Convention being hosted by Helsinki in 2017, more English-language readers will encounter the wealth of great Finnish writing out there.
Advertisement

What is it about the natural world appeals to you? It’s certainly prevalent in your own fiction.
I grew up in Fiji, surrounded by a very complex ecosystem, and everywhere I’ve been I’ve found a great deal of solace and reflection in the natural world. It is, in fact, the world we live in, even as we’ve transformed so much. When we forget that—and we forget too much, too many times—we lose a pretty vital connection. It’s not a fluke that research says going for a walk or hike in nature is soothing and settling. We also share this world with so many creatures more sophisticated than we are…and that is their world. Understanding this is now vital to our own survival on this planet.
Cheeky Frawg Books has published several translations recently: Karin Tidbeck’s Jagganath comes to mind. What goes into translating these works?
Sometimes it is a matter of the author translating their own work into English or writing some fiction in English directly, as with Tidbeck. Sometimes, as with the Leena Krohn Collected Fiction, we acquire rights to existing out-of-print translations and supplement that with new translations by a variety of translators. Collected Fiction has 8 or 9 translators, and we enlisted the help of Finnish fiction writers like Viivi Hyvonen and Leena Likitalo, who we felt would bring their writerly sensibilities to the job. J. Robert Tupasela provided additional translations and served as a consulting editor. And Hildi Hawkins was a stalwart—in that most existing translations of Krohn’s work had been by her. Then, of course, you check your work with the writer. So the larger projects it’s more like editing an anthology—a lot of moving parts and decisions to make.
What role do you see translated speculative fiction playing the larger genre pool?
What translations do you have coming up that you’re particularly excited for?
The Krohn project, all 850 pages of it, has taken up so much of our time that I can’t even think ahead that far. But I would point readers to both Pasi Jääskeläinen’s recent Rabbit Back Literature Society and Johanna Sinisalo’s forthcoming The Core of the Sun (Grove Press).
Not to mention these remarkable fantastical works in translation published by mainstream literary houses in 2015. All of these books are amazing and entertaining.
The Musical Brain by Cesar Aira, translated by Chris Andres (New Directions)
The Librarian by Mikhail Elizarov translated by Andrew Bromfield (Pushkin Press)
Beauty is a Wound by Eka Kurniawan, translated by Annie Tucker (New Directions)
War, So Much War by Merce Rodoreda, translated by Maruxa Relano & Martha Tennent (Open Letter)
Cat Country by Lao She, translated by William A. Lyell (Penguin Modern Classics)

Leena_krohn_part_2_cover_final
Leena Krohn, Collected Fiction Part 2: Stories and Appreciations

Iconic Finnish writer Leena Krohn Krohn writes eloquently, passionately, about the nature of reality, the nature of Nature, and what it means to be human. One of Finland's most iconic writers, translated into many languages, and winner of the prestigious Finlandia Prize, Krohn has had an incredibly distinguished career. Collected Fiction: Part 2 provides readers with a rich sampling of short stories and novel excerpts. Appreciations of Krohn's work by Desirina Boskovich, Matthew Cheney, and Minna Jerrman are also included—as is Krohn's own afterword. For readers of Ursula K. Le Guin, Milan Kundera, Virginia Woolf, Tove Jansson, and Italo Calvino.

Adam of Bremen - His History vividly reflects the firsthand accounts he received from travelers, traders, and missionaries on the peripheries of medieval Europe

$
0
0
History of the Archbishops of Hamburg-Bremen
Adam of Bremen, History of the Archbishops of Hamburg-Bremen, Trans. by Francis J. Tschan, Columbia University Press, 2002.
read itat Google Books
www.jstor.org/stable/10.7312/adam12574


Adam of Bremen's history of the see of Hamburg and of Christian missions in northern Europe from the late eighth to the late eleventh century is the primary source of our knowledge of the history, geography, and ethnography of the Scandinavian and Baltic regions and their peoples before the thirteenth century. Arriving in Bremen in 1066 and soon falling under the tutelage of Archbishop Adalbert, who figures prominently in the narrative, Adam recorded the centuries-long campaign by his church to convert Slavic and Scandinavian peoples. His History vividly reflects the firsthand accounts he received from travelers, traders, and missionaries on the peripheries of medieval Europe.


Adam Of Bremen, (flourished 11th century), German historian whose work on the archbishops of Hamburg-Bremen provides valuable information on German politics under the Salian emperors and is also one of the great books of medieval geography.
Of Franconian origin, he was probably educated at the cathedral school in Bamberg but was introduced in 1066 or 1067 into the cathedral chapter at Bremen by Archbishop Adalbert. In 1069 Adam was head of the Bremen cathedral school.
Adam began his Gesta Hammaburgensis ecclesiae pontificum (History of the Archbishops of Hamburg-Bremen), comprising four books, after Adalbert’s death (1072). In Book III a candid and vivid description of the archbishop’s personality and activities leads to an account of the German political affairs of the time. Book IV gives a “description of the islands of the north,” and besides dealing with Russia, the countries of the Baltic peoples, Scandinavia, Iceland, and Greenland, Adam makes the earliest known reference to Vinland, that part of North America reached by Leif Eriksson.
- www.britannica.com/biography/Adam-of-Bremen#ref191702

Michel Déon - Although the novel is highly original and brilliantly crafted, its philosophical meanderings, pseudo-intellectual discoveries, and literary reflections mark it as a distinctively French piece that will not be embraced by American readers

$
0
0
Image result for Michel Déon, Where are you dying tonight?,
Michel Déon, Where are you dying tonight?, Trans. by Julian Evans, Atlantic Monthly Press, 1989.


Many of the requisite ingredients for metafiction are here: the mysterious appearance of an orphaned boy at a middle - class lycee , speaking not a word of French, with "blond hair falling onto his shoulders like a young girl's," hailing, rumor has it, from Latvia, and for unknown reasons a protectorate of the State. The boy accepts the name Stanislaus; of a sudden, he masters a perfect Gallic tongue and grows up to scandalize and amaze his countrymen with novels and romans a clef about women of every stripe. His best friend from the lycee is his publisher and his brother-in-law, whose son serves as the book's narrator. Despite this postmodernist cast, the novel, published in France in 1981, neither rises above the conceits of fiction nor questions them, even though the narrative is obsessed with what is fiction, what is real. Instead, the reader is dragged through the narrator's excessive fawning upon the thoughts, works and boorish affairs of Stanislaus. Most incomprehensible, though, is why the narrator, who inherits the publishing house and the task of tending to Stanislaus's debatable genius, remains a cipher. Though at first readers may see obvious parallels with Nabokov's Pale Fire , they will shortly be disabused by Deon's leaden touch. - Publishers Weekly


HERE ARE YOU DYING TONIGHT? By Michel Deon. Translated by Julian Evans. (Atlantic Monthly, $16.95.) The death of the protagonist in too many modern novels leaves the reader merely eager to move on to the next book, but by the time Stanislas Beren departs from Michel Deon's ''Where Are You Dying Tonight?'' we have learned (and come to admire) so much about him that his end provokes real regret. In this highly literate novel, the French author's first work to be published in English, a young man of unknown origins arrives at a ''rather snobbish lycee'' in Paris, is taken up and ''civilized'' by a fellow student's well-to-do family and eventually becomes a celebrated novelist. The story, which begins in 1925 and ends in 1977, is a delicious merging of narrative passages with excerpts from Stanislas' writings (footnotes included) and flashbacks to the events of his life that inspired those writings, not to mention numerous references to actual books, poems, paintings and people. Stanislas marries his best friend's aunt Felicite, with whom for nearly 40 years he enjoys a perfectly complicitous understanding and mutual respect, although he has many liaisons and a couple of great loves along the way. The novel's citations of authors from Rimbaud to Maugham, descriptive phrases about paintings by artists from Giorgione to Picasso and mentions of real people from the period in which the book takes place are not only fun but also make one want to follow the Berens' trail through London and Paris to the art museums and trattorias of Venice. And the felicitous translation by Julian Evans never stumbles. - G. S. BOURDAIN
http://www.nytimes.com/1989/10/08/books/in-short-fiction-199489.html


Where Are You Dying Tonight? is the first English translation from the works of Michel Deon, a member of the Academie Franc aise since 1978. A purported biography of the late Stanislas Beren, it portrays a man of letters who cultivates a mystique throughout a career spanning four decades. The biographer is the son of his best friend, Andre Garrett, whom Beren met when he was "really born," that is, upon setting foot in a Parisian school in 1925. Fate being kind, Garrett inherited a publishing house that he passed onto his son. And the rest is literary history. Fans of story-telling magicians such as Calvino, Borges and Nabokov will begin this novel with great anticipation. A fictional publisher writing a fictional biography of a fictional author who composes fictions! We have all the elements for a dazzling display of postmodern pyrotechnics. But page after page we are met with a rather conventional pastiche. The novel is strewn with journal entries, passages from Beren's novels, letters and even poems, all skillfully rendered in this fine translation. The biographer is aware that the relation between a writer's works and his experience is often elusive, but he is mainly concerned with clearing up truths about Beren's life. Deon has a far too pat, academic sense of the difference between life and literature to get down to some hard entertaining play. He seems to be at a loss as to where to find the fuse that might light up these explosive elements. At any rate, his narrator shows up without matches. Such a smug and fatuous man of letters served as a wonderful foil for Nabokov in Pale Fire, and it's a cause for deep regret that Deon did not similarly mine the full comic potential of his character's limitations. Where Are You Dying Tonight? is Evelyn Waugh's pun on Beren's greatest commercial success, a novel titled in English "Where are You Dining Tonight?" (Waugh's quip is the epigraph to the original French "Dejeuner de Soleil.") Beren meets Waugh in Hyde Park; Waugh produces his pun. Period. This lack of resonance is typical of the novel's many literary details, witty, well-researched yet one-dimensional. There is also unwitting damage: Beren's best-selling story of an old European rake's love affair with a much younger New England blond beauty was already told for laughs by Nabokov. After Lolita, it's impossible to read the following without howling: "She explored love with an enthusiasm whose innocence and purity still scare me when I think about it." YET BEREN is a dark multi-faceted character. Promiscuous, elusive, he plays the people in his life for patsies, including his devoted publisher (at least in this reader's opinion). "The only truth which mattered to him was his own," the biographer tells us. Beren may well have been insufferable, a demanding, devouring presence. We begin to suspect an entirely different version of this great writer's life. Escaping political turmoil in Serbia, he reaches France, marries rich (the narrator's aunt), has a burst of creativity in the '30s, but mostly writes rather vacuous society novels inspired by his sexual conquests. Even his dense biographer can't help but note: "I sometimes suspected in him a great weariness with the life he led ordinarily, with the whole social parade . . . even though he was so much at his ease in it that he would never give it up." Deon's talent is such that he makes us long for the unauthorized biography. Although Deon is no postmodernist, at his best he concocts inventive fictions for Veren. There is the intriguing "Countdown" in which a Sorbonne lecturer meets himself as an old man (what a fertile metaphor for a biographer, utterly wasted); "Cryptogram," a vicious intrigue of seduction in the spirit of "Dangerous Liaisons"; and the wonderful "L is for London," a collection of stories beginning with an inspired tale of an English banker so enamored of Giorgione's painting "The Tempest" that he becomes a character in it. Would that Deon had written any of these books! Deon is also a gifted miniaturist; the novel is studded with numerous vividly drawn minor characters. The best is Mario Mendosa, the Portuguese criminal and crime writer who produces several successful novels for the Crime Pays series that keeps Beren's artsy publisher in the black. Not only is this one of the best jokes in the book, it is also another example of how Deon fails to make full use of such potentially rich material. Where Are You Dying Tonight? is not all that it might have been, but it is entertaining and suggestive. Its promise makes us eagerly await further translations of this prolific writer's fiction. Dominic Di Bernardi regularly translates contemporary French fiction. - Dominic Di Bernardi
www.washingtonpost.com/archive/entertainment/books/1989/09/17/the-novelist-who-wasnt-there/514625f6-1db6-490d-bf2c-f661efccd2b6/?utm_term=.6a3411e25351


This excellent translation of Deon's Un dejeuner de soleil (1981) recounts the life of Stanislas Beren from adolescence to his accidental death in 1977. Beren is a somewhat eccentric novelist whose works are a fusion of reality and fiction. With its contemporary references and allusions, the novel itself contributes artfully to this interaction between fiction and reality (its title is that of Beren's last unpublished novel, destroyed by his own hand prior to his death). Although the novel is highly original and brilliantly crafted, its philosophical meanderings, pseudo-intellectual discoveries, and literary reflections mark it as a distinctively French piece that will not be embraced by American readers. - Anthony Caprio

Luis Rafael Sánchez blends the music of puns, fantastic wordplay, advertising slogans, and pop-culture references with the rhythm of the guaracha to satirize the invasive "Americanization" of the island and the way in which a momentary fad impacts the culture at large

$
0
0

Luis Rafael Sánchez,Macho Camacho's Beat, Random House, 1980./ Dalkey Archive Press, 2001.

Over the course of a single afternoon, Macho Camacho's hit song 'Life Is A Phenomenal Thing' blares out of every radio in San Juan and connects the lives of Senator Vicente Reinosa, his poor mistress, his neurotic, aristocratic wife and his fascist son. Full of puns, fantastic wordplay, advertising slogans, and pop-culture references, Macho Camacho's Beat is a grimly funny satire on the Americanization of Puerto Rico.


“Life is a phenomenal thing, frontwards or backwards, however you swing.”
Infinitely multiplied by the blare of radios, TVs and record players in San Juan, Macho Camacho’s guaracha weaves its way across the city and through the lives of one family on a single day: Senator Vicente Reinosa, a crooked politician stuck in a gargantuan traffic jam; his neurotic, aristocratic wife; their son Benny, a fascist who is quite literally in love with his Ferrari; and the Senator’s mistress, who inhabits a poorer world with her idiot child, her cousins (Hughie, Louie, and Dewey) and her friend Doña Chon.

Macho Camacho’s Beat blends the music of puns, fantastic wordplay, advertising slogans, and pop-culture references with the rhythm of the guaracha to satirize the invasive Americanization of the island and the way in which a momentary fad impacts the culture at large.



Originally published in English in 1980, S nchez's comic novel is told in snippets as it follows the lives of several inhabitants of San Juan, Puerto Rico: a crooked senator, his mistress, and his idiot child; the senator's wife; and a son in love with his car. The text is presented as verbal wordplay replete with advertising slogans, puns, and pop culture references, which the author uses to show the influence a large country (the United States) can have on a small one (Puerto Rico) and how a fad in one can alter the culture of the other. - Library Journal


The beat of a song, a guaracha sung by Macho Camacho (it's called ""Life Is a Phenomenal Thing""), streams out from every radio in San Juan and acts as the string for this necklace-like novel--a jaunty, contemporary Puerto Rican book that jumps from one character to another on a single San Juan day. A fat-cat conservative legislator, Senator Vicente Reinosa (""Vince is a prince and his guts never wince,"" goes one of his innumerable inane campaign slogans), hears the song in his car as he waits in a traffic jam--which is the result, though the senator doesn't know it, of a bomb-blast set off by his own puerile, Ferrari-owning terrorist son, Benny. The senator's black mistress hears it as she waits patiently for him in the condo that he's bought for her. The senator's rich, snobbish, delicately nerved wife hears it coming from out in the street as she waits in her psychiatrist's waiting room. And the song drives them all substantially crazy, weaving together the sinuous contradictions of modern Puerto Rican life: false rich and real poor, Americans who aren't really Americans, lusts hidden with phony demeanors. Sanchez fragments all this into percussive, alliterative, stanza-like sections, full of knowing cultural and literary allusions. Sometimes reminiscent of Cabriera-lnfante's Three Trapped Tigers (though less outrageous) and another opportunity for a tour-de-force translation by el Magnifico, Gregory Rabassa--an attractive, small-scale entertainment with special socio-cultural interest. - Kirkus Reviews


One of Puerto Rico's outstanding literary figures, Luis Rafael Sanchez is renowned for his plays, short stories, essays and poems, as well as his novels. He currently teaches at the University of Puerto Rico.

Patricia Eakins - A stunning mixture of mythology, surrealism, anthropology and nature. These stories are a modern bestiary which rework the stuff of mythologies, spanning the cultures of the planet, reclaiming for the Imagination its territories from Science

$
0
0



Patricia Eakins, Hungry Girls and Other Stories, Cadmus Editions, 1989.            


The title story won a Charles Angoff award in 1987 and this collection of thirteen connected stories, Eakins' first book, announces a new talent on the scene. As Paul Violi observes, “Eakins' work has the multifarious appeal of genius, and she may have written a major book. Certainly she has written a magical one.” These stories are a modern bestiary which rework the stuff of mythologies, spanning the cultures of the planet, reclaiming for the Imagination its territories from Science. They are counterfables in which the usual fabulous project is reversed: animal characteristics are attributed to humans, and humans and animals are seen as codeterminants of the moral and cultural landscape.

Eakins writes of terrifying pullulation [rapid breeding, swarming, teeming] with enormous charm; nature in her stories is gargantuan and omnivorous . . . life is a constant turmoil of metamorphoses, Heraclitian but marvelous strife. So many of her creatures, in their very genesis, even in their pre-natal state are already causing havoc, seething beneath the soil of edenic landscapes, bursting forth to reduce human affairs to defenseless absurdity. . . . Yet in virtually all of Eakins' stories, the beauty of life is redeeming; in this she reverses Rilke, as if to say, that beauty is not the beginning of terror, but survives it. For all their careful observation, the stories have the furious motion of myths . . . applied to familiar genres: the western, the feral child, the nuke mutant, the courtly Japanese tale, the Persian parable . . . their spiritual range is that of an encompassing vision.


A stunning mixture of mythology, surrealism, anthropology and nature, the thirteen stories in this collection are a tour-de-force of originality, imagination and style. From story to story, Eakins invents a fantastic bestiary which resembles at times the gentle and wise creation myths of primitive tribes and at others the dark sociological satire of Swift and Rabelais. These stories . . . exhibit a finely-honed, carefully constructed anti-realism; . . . a kind of attack on the highly conscious, rational, dualistic, scientific thought processes common to Western thinking in the modern age. The author seems to argue, with justification, that imagination and the unconscious are doors to understanding that have rusted shut on their hinges as a result of our over-reliance on reason. Borrowing from any number of conventions both sacred and profane, from contes fantastiques to creation myths to traditional Japanese courtier tales, these stories seek to provide, like the myths and fables they often emulate, explanations for mysteries beyond the kinds of knowing fostered by scientific thought. The Hungry Girls is quite simply one of the most intriguing and entertaining new collections of short fiction I have read in recent years. — Greg Boyd


One of the characters in Patricia Eakins' first collection, The Hungry Girls and Other Stories, talks of stepping into books, “there to enjoy a universe that is our own in all its perfection.” That universe is her own book, actually a bestiary . . . The territory may be akin to the work of Harold Jaffe or tangentially even to that of Kathy Acker or William Burroughs, but it is yet very much Eakins' own, imbued with an ecological “fitness” that is one of the many strengths of the collection. . . . Eakins' skill lies in writing a fairty tale full of childlike wondrousness, capable of allaying the “grown-up's” skepticism, yet still preserving the cynicism and defeat that is our adult lot. . . . In many of these stories, Eakins is willing to cover vast tracts of time to show us the human capacity for absurdity or decadence on a panoramic scale . . . and we laugh at . . . fallibility . . . which is really our own. We laugh a lot in this book [at] digressions . . . luscious and revealing and thus not digressions at all. Much of the imaginative richness of the collection comes from what might be called an anthropological plausibility . . . but it is more: the weaving of ritual into the lives of fictional characters. . . . I give testament to Eakins' ability to bring . . . impossible beings to life. There's a totality to these creatures and their habits that makes them arresting beyond their inherent freakishness. What the sophisticated reader culls from these tales of mythological animals . . . is twofold: as is said of a man in the title story: “he had been long enough among the animals to have forgotten the ways of people.” The readers of this collection are in essence reminded that the reverse is also true. Eakins' bestiary is territory that I doubt can be approached again without repetition, but showing the imaginative capacity that she does, whatever direction she chooses to take the next must be awaited with anticipation. Here she shows the beast and beauty in ourselves, not only how ordinary our humanity but also how mundane our beastliness. — Peter Bricklebank


Like some of the best poetry, these tales dazzle and amuse us with their inventiveness, love of paradox, and skill with language. - Enid Dame


What we have here in this collection is the birth of a North American Borges — mental, clever, all puzzles and riddles, lit as chess, mind-trek, with this difference . . . whereas Borges is centered in dream, myth, the occult, the focus of Eakins is a fantasy-biology in its widest sense. The whole book is visioned through the naturalists' eye “ only (like Borges) this naturalist is just a little surrealistically off center. Delicious writing, a kind of fantastic bestiary. It has the bronze solidity and permanence of major work . . . Romping through all-history, all-geography, turning her fantastic animals into sociological paradigms (Cf. Gulliver's Travels or Melville's Mardi), working out absurd sociological models with utter tongue-in-cheek sobriety . . . Eakins has thrown a puzzler at us more than anything else announces the beginnings of the major phase of a major artist among us. — Hugh Fox


Patricia Eakins must have grown up on bestiaries because every story in her new collection is about some sort of made-up animal, and like the medieval writers, she is very moral about her creatures, except in her case the morals tend to be a little disturbing. — Stuart Klawans


The Hungry Girls is an astonishingly ambitious and accomplished book, especially considering the risks Patricia Eakins takes. Writing in the genre of the fabulous tale, she stakes a claim in territory pioneered by . . . Rabelais, yet her work reveals a distinctive and often startling sensibility. The strength and resonance of many of Eakins' stories come from her deft use of the shocking. . . . At times the fantastical is no more than we might see on the evening news . . . Eakins sometimes casts a devastatingly cold eye on what human culture accepts as normal . . . Eakins apparently believes in our need for story to make the world come alive again. Even her most fantastical stories are tales of the human condition. — Kathleen Norris


The Hungry Girls should be just a bestiary. . . . Instead it is a gift of unconstrained storytelling, a vigorous imagination striding . . . through the awful, brutal necessities of biology which has this terrifying effect: Eakins makes us cringe at the rebellious nature of our own flesh, caught between our puny wishes and the needs of the species . . . The Hungry Girls is among the most original and unsettling books I have ever read. . . . The tales are constructed with surprising, even astonishing turns. There is nothing floating or disconnected about her voice. She is deeply engaged, passionately observing the worlds that her imagination has about the real world. This book is the Smithsonian of the imagination, only better. . . . Eakins is so deft, she ranges across forms, using each to exactly fit her tale . . . And yet these stories are never quite a form . . . but remain images evoked . . . so the reader walks away with a powerful image, his nightmare still intact . . . These stories . . . are dark, even malevolent in their power to evoke horror, but Eakins achieves these effects with a brilliant mixture of humor, sometimes so outrageous you laugh out loud, and poetic turns that make the language sing with rhythmns and resonances that are comforting, calming and enthralling, in the same moment she makes you gasp. Eakins' passion does not derive from a description of what she sees . . . but from a furious, at times ecstatic attempt to comprehend an awesome universe... — John Richards


. . . Patricia Eakins tells us thirteen tales of primal, disturbing beauty in an authoritative voice that is both scientific and lush. Under the guidance of this storyteller, we suspend our old ways of seeing and enter a mythic landscape where the perverse becomes redemtive and the macabre becomes natural. Eakins' tales . . . strip away sentimentality to reconnect us with old truths and to reveal the world as it is: graced, mysterious, and brutal . . . Eakins' book yields an astounding menagerie of life. Parable, epic, folklore, fairy tale, saga — the teller houses her vision in each of these forms to pass on a collection of wisdom that is rare in this age of information. — Mary Lynn Skutley


Patricia Eakins' The Hungry Girls is as rare a creature as those that populate its pages, a genuinely original, beautiful, and disturbing work of art. It is a kind of imaginative bestiary for our times, but a bestiary in the same sense that Borges' Ficciones is a collection of myths or that Calvino's Cosmicomics is a scientific treatise. And it shares with these works a lightness of touch, comic wit, and astonishing inventiveness. — Robert Coover


An awesomely inventive tale-teller, Patricia Eakins has created a world that is a mirror of our own (only minus such human impediments as morality and memory). Its animals are tantalizing in their trompe l'oeil reality, rendered with disarming aplomb, and she sets them in fierce and unstoppable motion without a blink to give away her game. That deadpan poise is what gives these stories their rare menacing wit: Aren't these things possible? These species sound so plausible, their behavior so—nearly—familiar . . . Patricia Eakins writes beautifully: a fine ear and a sense of shape make uncommon music of her direct imaginings. If you've had enough fiction-as-usual — name brands, minor ephiphanies, timid time-bound gestures — The Hungry Girls has some astounding things to tell. — Roselyn Brown


What most distinguishes her work is a thickness I'll call Geertzian, a packed quality — the excitement and immediacy of lyric poetry . . . The test is the sentence. Power is the word that comes to mind. The actual, physical presence of energic mass, I mean energy/mass. It's the relentless electric charge of the fiction. . . . The test is the sentence . . . In Eakins, there is an integrity, an authority, everywhere at all times present and accounting. — George Chambers


Patricia Eakins' fables are a garden of earthly delights. Some of them (literally) made the hair stand up on the back of my neck. The Hungry Girls is rare, startling and brilliant. Her tales transported me to the land behind the looking glass where Franz Kafka dwells among the houris. — Donald McCaig


These stories are more than imagination; they are witty, playful, soberly detailed glimses into realities totally believable. These stories are wicked in their conjoinment of what the eye sees and the heart and mind know. The settings are convincingly detailed, the language of each story richly native to it, and the animals are so living in their acts and behaviours and relationships one knows they are real.
Faye Kicknosway


The Hungry Girls is a continuously startling work, an elegant violation of the rules of contemporary fiction. Like gamelan music or like creation myths and tribal histories, these stories have no real beginning or end. Each seems a piece of some larger record—of a life, a people, a village, a culture. In part their genius resides in the authenticity of each story's tone and point of view and in part with the music and imagery of the language itself, which is poetic and sensuous. One savors the flow of words, sometimes rollicking, often disturbing, ever mysterious and evocative. That we cannot quite say what these stories mean speaks of the purity of their connection to the well-spring of human creativity. The characters (whether men, women, beasts, or something between) arise like dream figures, inexplicable, unless we make them safe by reducing them to less than what they are. These are stories that echo from so many regions of the psyche they confound analysis, and finally we must take them of a piece both vivid and bewildering. Finally it is their aesthetic to which we are drawn, the intricate compilation of detail, evincing a rare and humbling artistry. — Elizabeth Herr


More than stories in a collection, Eakins' tales are palimpsests of cultures, the details of each slightly effaced portrait glancing through the layers of cultural imagination. With their faintly bizarre sexuality and their good humor, they belong to the world of fable, not to the dusty archives of academic anthropology—they are, in that sense, fabulous. — Mariana Rexroth


In The Hungry Girls Patricia Eakins often displays a very personal brand of post-Surrealist anthropology or zoology which allows her to describe in great detail and most convincingly the complex customs or mythical beliefs of purely imaginary peoples or else the equally fanciful lifecycles of creatures as unreal as the Snark or the Boojum in the far more whimsical writings of Lewis Carroll. . . . In some of her stories Patricia Eakins displays an imagination similar to that of Yacov Lind in offering us a modern and psychologically more sophisticated form of the “gothic tales” of such writer of the early nineteenth-century as Charles Brockden Brown, Robert Maturin or Sheridan Lefanu. — Edouard Roditi


In this first collection of fiction, Patricia Eakins's territory is in that tangled thicket of the imagination somewhere between Borges and Burroughs, between the fairy tales of Grimm and the magic realism of the South Americans, a kind of ''Invisible Cities'' as animal sanctuary, yet her oeuvre is in no way derivative. Each of Ms. Eakins's stories posits a separate, self-contained world with its own set of exemplary monsters. The hungry girls of the title story, who emerge almost literally from the soil - the eating of dirt seems to germinate them - have gargantuan indiscriminate appetites. With each successive generation of girls, they grow more grotesquely large until they become virtually as big as houses.
''The priest saw that each of the girls sitting on the ground had at least one young man living inside her. He saw the young men lean ladders against the hungry girls' sides so they could climb up on their shoulders and comb their hair and whisper in their ears. . . . One fellow drove a stage coach right into a girl's body, six horses and a sizeable carriage with a great deal of baggage on top and behind!''
This passage has a Marquesian wit. That the girls represent some kind of rampant nature, voracious and amoral, hardly explains the story's mystery. Ms. Eakins's stories refuse explication, remain exotically opaque.
''The Hungry Girls'' is about the primordial universe unmediated by the civilized and the rational, but it is also implicitly about the imagining of self-sustaining worlds, the making of convincing artifice. Patricia Eakins's language is in every way equal to her inventions. For example, the story ''Forrago'' starts: ''Now in the darkest and narrowest alleys of Porto Affraia, alleys too dark and narrow even for stand-up whores and small-time thieves, there thrive some small ratty creatures with greasy, ashen coats and greedy big eyes. The teeth of these fragaos, or forragos, are sharper than scimitars.'' Where the hunger of the hungry girls is a kind of fecundity run amok, the ratlike forragos are unmitigatedly vicious. Ms. Eakins's imaginary creatures have a visceral reality as powerful and convincing as the human characters in most of our realistic fictions.
Creatures like the banda, who are benign, tend to be more or less ineffectual. The banda's role is to warn children to avoid the path to the witch's house. But the banda ''has no vocal cords in his throat and his tongue is velvet. No wonder the child thought the banda's whisper was leaves, restless in wind. Still. The banda did the best he could.''
If the child follows the banda's advice, which he is only dimly aware of having heard, he can escape the witch. ''But it will not happen. It never does.'' The sentimental banda gives the witch an occasional minor comeuppance, but mostly leads a life mired in well-intentioned failure and the dim solace of regret.
Nature in Patricia Eakins's densely rendered universe is both evenhanded and arbitrary. ''The Hungry Girls'' gives us a dimly familiar version of our world, as perceived through a transforming imagination. It is a work of imaginative brilliance, a considerable achievement in modest disguise. In time, ''The Hungry Girls'' will no doubt find its audience. Meanwhile, readers interested in the pleasure of surprising fictions will go out of their way - it may be the only way - to find the Cadmus edition of Patricia Eakins's triumphantly quirky first book. - JONATHAN BAUMBACH


Image result for Patricia Eakins, The Marvelous Adventures of Pierre Baptiste:



Patricia Eakins, The Marvelous Adventures of Pierre Baptiste: Father and Mother, First and Last, NYU Press, 1999.
read it at Google Books
borrow it


The first-person narrative of a savant slave, Patricia Eakins's The Marvelous Adventures of Pierre Baptiste is one of the most imaginative novels in many years. From the opening pages, the reader is swept up by the linguistic fireworks of Eakins's autodidactic protagonist as he recounts "the tribulations of bondage in the sugar isles," his escape and how he was marooned, and his subsequent trials and adventures. Making expert use of historical convention and with an ear for rhetorical authenticity, Eakins has given us a compelling novel that bridges not only human cultures but the chasm between human and animal.
Here then is the account of the life and times of an African man of letters "whose ambitions were realized in strange and unexpected ways, yet who made peace with several gods and established a realm of equality & freedom & bounty in which no creature lives from another's labor." Pierre Baptiste emerges as an embodiment of all that is lost in a racist culture


First-novelist Eakins (The Hungry Girls & Other Stories—not reviewed) received the NYU Press Prize for this account of an 18th- century slave who becomes an autodidact, a philosopher, a castaway, and a mother and father both. Try, if you might, to imagine Robinson Crusoe’s Friday with Tristram Shandy’s education—and without Robinson Crusoe—and you—ll get some notion of what to expect in Eakins’s rather audacious tale. It’s narrated by one Pierre Baptiste de Buffon, an African slave who has spent most of his life in the Caribbean islands during the years leading up to the French Revolution. Pierre was purchased by an erudite and forward-thinking landowner who—in defiance of both law and custom—taught him how to read and write and eventually made him the manager of one of his estates. About as privileged as a slave could be, Pierre studied philosophy, science, and literature, and was able to converse with his master’s peers as an intellectual (if not a social) equal. He learned from them that a Revolution proclaiming the equality of all was convulsing France and threatening to spread across Europe. Determined to see at firsthand what was happening, Pierre ran away and tried to float across the Atlantic in a rum cask—only to run aground on an uninhabited island. Here the story turns into a veritable bestiary of the weird and unexpected. The impractical Pierre is hard-pressed to survive in the wild until he catches a wounded mermaid and nurses her back to health. She repays his charity by coming ashore each day and vomiting fish into his mouth. Eventually, Pierre discovers himself pregnant, and in due course he delivers four new “creatures” into the world. Presiding over this odd family, Pierre tames his island wilderness and tries to complete his “CYCLOPEDISH HISTOIRE OF GUINEE AND BEYOND” (i.e., the story of his life), which will probably go on for quite some time—if it’s ever finished at all. Bizarre, marvelous, and horrifying at once: a refreshing escape from the mundane. - Kirkus Reviews


The trials of a genius trapped in bondage supplies the framework for Eakins's first novel (after the short story collection The Hungry Girls), which purports to be the adventure-filled autobiography of an 18th-century black youth born into slavery on a sugar plantation. The plantation master, an amateur naturalist named Dufay, recalls 10-year-old Pierre from labor in the cane fields to help him classify flora and fauna on the Caribbean island. Impressed by young Pierre's acumen, and by his good humorAhe nicknames him GoodyADufay allows the boy to learn to read and write. Pierre often sneaks into the master's library to pore over volumes of Plato, Descartes, Newton and Diderot. After encountering a noted philosopher's condescending description of "Negroes," Pierre sets out to create the definitive encyclopedia of African culture: "In so doing, I would open for inspection THE GENIUS OF MY PEOPLE, proving we who had been stolen from Guine? THE EQUALS IN EVERY RESPECT OF OUR MASTERS and DESERVING OF LIBERTY." Later, when Pierre (now married to the hideously ugly but loving plantation cook) refuses to sleep with Madame Dufay, she accuses him of rape; Pierre sets out to sea in a barrel addressed to France. After an arduous experience, he is washed ashore on an uninhabited island. Here the novel's brilliance begins to tarnish. Pierre's commentaries on his Caribbean life are often scathing, humorous and brutally heartbreaking, but alone on his island, Pierre waxes tediously philosophical, and his adventures become weird, indeed: he is impregnated by a mermaidlike creature, carries the results to term in his mouth and gives birth to four "philosofish," whom he proceeds to educate. Such over-the-top, magic-realist bizarreness detracts from, and almost capsizes, what is for the most part startlingly creative, memorable work. (May) FYI: This novel won the NYU Press Prize for Fiction; excerpts have appeared in the Paris Review and other literary journals. - Publishers Weekly


Eakins' skill at spinning a tale and her love of language are obvious in this story of an eighteenth-century black slave who repeatedly defies convention and ultimately creates his own universe. Torn from his mother as an infant, Pierre is selected at age 10 to be his master's porter, thus gaining access to a library and becoming a self-educated man on the sugar plantation. He even successfully resists his master's attempt to breed him by selecting for his wife a woman known to be barren, as the result of horrific treatment at the hands of her previous owner. But when he deflects his mistress' advances, she threatens tortures worse than death, and he escapes from his island home by taking to sea in a barrel, thus embarking on fantastic adventures. The story is told in the style and language of the time and is studded with tales seemingly grounded in legend and myth. Eakins succeeds in her desire "to create stories that read as if they come from the body of lost history." - Michele Leber


Patricia Eakins's first novel is a fictional slave narrative that doesn't have a great deal to do with slavery. Eakins's hero, Pierre Baptiste, is a slave on the island of St.-Michel who, while recounting his ''marvelous adventures,'' is most concerned with presenting himself as a philosophe and an auteur. Eakins is clearly enamored of the trappings of the slave narrative; she supplies the broadside title page, the ampersands, the all-caps phrasing and the appeals to Kind Reader. While she puts Pierre through the obligatory genre paces (he educates himself, marries, escapes to freedom and commits his trials to paper), these incidents are handled perfunctorily, with no apparent regard for history or the human drama of enslavement. Betraying a faddish preoccupation with narrative and texts, Eakins has Pierre dream of writing a ''cyclopedish histoire of Guinee and beyond.'' Built to be deconstructed, the pretentious histoire veers from folk tale to science fiction/fantasy without rhyme, reason or a fraction of the humor and vitality of Charles Johnson's brilliant fictional slave narrative, ''Oxherding Tale.'' Here's one of Pierre's typical eruptions: ''Lost the Gods immortal, brothers and sisters, all far, far away. But for birds & ghosts & insects, I was alone. Oh, the insectae!'' The progression of events is equally incomprehensible -- it's ''Medea'' (a woman roasts her own infant, serving it to the baby's father); it's the Bible (Pierre is swallowed by a giant fish); it's ''Robinson Crusoe'' (Pierre is marooned on a desert isle); it's possibly even ''Charlotte's Web'' (Pierre befriends a female spider). It's a mess. - ELIZABETH JUDD
http://www.nytimes.com/books/99/06/27/bib/990627.rv014633.html


Everybody knows the yarn of the shipwrecked sailor, cast away on a tropical island. We’ve all also heard the tale of the noble slave who frees himself through his intellect and ability. Patricia Eakins builds her Marvelous Adventures of Pierre Baptiste from these time-honored strains — Defoe’s Robinson Crusoe, Aphra Behn’s Oronooko and such — to create a story with the worn-smooth feeling of driftwood.
Eakins, though, does more than just retell. Aswim with references to Caribbean colonial life and the French 18th century, the book shows painstaking research. Nor does she just transpose plots; she appropriates colonizers’ stories, retelling them from the colonized perspective.
Eakins’ novel follows a sugarcane slave’s progress from his eavesdropped and stolen education, through his marriage to a voodoo witch to his flight from the plantation, eventually landing on a deserted island. Pierre’s negotiation between his ancestry and his adopted culture, during the plantation half of the book fascinates. With the journey, though, the ground falls away under him — Pierre falls into wild hallucinations, replacing his people’s stories with crazed visions. Eakins’ writing follows, trading balance for lurid incoherence, ending in the thin-veiled theorizing of the Tempest-cribbed end.
The ideas driving the book are politically laudable. But good politics hardly ensures good art. Her recombination of other fictions works like an intellectual’s shell game, but by the end of the novel it is abundantly clear that the shells are all empty. —Justin Bauer
http://mycitypaper.com/articles/061799/bq.quicks05.shtml






Sharon Dodua Otoo - The protagonist Cee is suddenly confronted with fundamental changes in her (experience of) life: one by one each colour disappears from her daily routine. As she tries to find a way to deal with this, she is forced to question her deepest held convictions

$
0
0





Sharon Dodua Otoo,  Synchronicity, Edition Assemblage, 2015.
www.sharonotoo.com


One day, Cee realises that she is in the process of losing her colours – which is definitely bad enough. But actually – it‘s just the beginning…
Cee slowly realises that she is losing her colours day by day. Of course, this worries her at first – although she already knows that her foremothers also went through it and survived. Still. Now she has to once again learn how to deal with loss – and just like last time, it‘s happening just before Christmas…


Reading this work by Otoo is at once swift and gentle: as if you were holding a butterfly cupped between your hands. This describes exactly how I felt as I held the main character of “Synchronicity“, with all her experiences, in my hands. It was as if she wanted to break out, to escape from everything which she was in danger of sliding and disappearing into. Or was it actually the others who make and made her increasingly colourless or even completely invisible? In a world in which the loss of colour was becoming a simple fact of life. - Gülseher S.


Ralph Ellison‘s „Invisible Man“ seems mundane compared to this latest story of Sharon Dodua Otoo. In a wonderful collaboration with the illustrations of Sita Ngoumou, “Synchronicity“ is hilarious, brilliant and multilayered. “Synchronicity“ is written in a vivid and humourous way, with profound messages that only reveal themselves gradually. An absolute and „well portioned“ pleasure to read!
- Nouria N. Asfaha

The protagonist Cee is suddenly confronted with fundamental changes in her (experience of) life: one by one each colour disappears from her daily routine. As she tries to find a way to deal with this, she is forced to question her deepest held convictions. In a sensitive, honest and (self-) depreciating way, “Synchronicity“ tells the story of the power of human relationships when our perception threatens to disappear into various shades of grey. Each of the 24 anecdotes is literally a sensuous experience: challenging the reader to confront their own fears while also sparking a desire for change.- Nadine Lantzsch

16065972
Sharon Dodua Otoo, The Things I am Thinking While Smiling Politely, Edition Assemblage, 2012.


“the things i am thinking while smiling politely” is the story of the decline and break-up of a marriage as well as the consequences for close family and friends. Ama loses her sista, Kareem learns to mistrust a good friend, the siblings Ash and Beth have to fight for their mother’s affection, Till and his wife drift away from each other… Sensitively, honestly and with a special sense of humour, the woman with all these roles describes how she rediscovers herself – and not only in the positive sense.
Following years of activist work in the Black German community, Sharon Dodua Otoo continues to pursue empowerment as a theme, this time in the field of literature. Sharon weaves her observations on everyday racism and privilege into the story of a Black British woman whose marriage breaks down.
  


“An intense and penetrating account of the emotional fallout, secrets and
lies that shadow the death of a relationship.” - Neil Ansell


“Reading this brings flashes of recognition: how it is to be loved and
overlooked, to be thought exotic and scorned, to be adored and ignored- all
at the same time. Sharon Otoo strings us along, spellbound, with fragments
of language that fill us with the thought: this is how the heart breaks.” - Fawzia Kane


…Otoo’s writing is efficient and brutal with a journal-like quality. This writing style effortlessly explores complex issues like white supremacy in intimate relationships, cultural colonialism, immigration, the mine-field of divorce and universal human failure. None of these issues are at the center of the story, yet are weaved through everything that happens. Her narrative gives us a sneak peek into the unsaid and often felt universe of a black woman in Berlin… - Denise Van der Cruze




Is this German literature? Sharon Otoo is not a German writer. She is, according to her page and the book cover, “a Black British mother, activist, author and editor;” and both books under review are written in English. There is a German version of both, published more or less simultaneously by the same publisher, who is headquartered in Münster, in North-Rhine Westphalia in West Germany, but they have both been translated by a person other than the author (Mirjam Nuenning). Otoo lives and works in Germany and is involved in German debates on racism and refugees. She moved to Germany in 2006 and immediately became involved in activism involving blackness in Germany. I recommend reading this interview. This year, she won the Bachmannpreis for a brilliant story, written in German, which was clearly, to pretty much any competent observer, the best text in the competition, despite some excellent work by the other competitors. The two novellas under review are a cultural hybrid, written in English by a writer with English education and sensibilities, but set in Germany and informed by the sharp observations and brilliant details of a critically observant person living in this country. German literature written by Germans of German descent is pretty dull these days, with a few notable exceptions. Too much of it has been nurtured in the two big MFA mills, too much of it is blind, privileged pap with nothing at stake. Otoo’s books are brilliantly aware of traditions and contexts, of how assumptions and narratives intersect. Synchronicity is a near-allegorical tale of migration, community and adulthood and extends the promise of Otoo’s debut. The Things I am Thinking While Smiling Politely, a book about heartbreak, racism and migration. Both books are written with a sharp stylistic economy that never lapses into flatness, a skill that is as rare as it is commendable. If German literature is to have an interesting future, then it is not young writers writing clever postmodern 1000 page books with nothing at stake or MFA mill products with their self-congratulatory emptiness. It is writers with a migratory background who inject fresh energy and purpose into a literature that has grown rather tired. Otoo does not identify as a German writer but it is German literature that most stands to profit from her growing body of work.
Synchronicity is a multi-layered, but straight-forward story of community and family. Everything else, all the magical realism, all the bells and whistles, are woven around this core. Blackness and migration is a tale of fighting to belong. In the much more knotty and fragmented Things I am Thinking…, the protagonist explains that, being “the only black girl in a London suburb” she “quickly leaned that trouble could be avoided if [she] acted white.” This thinking is continued and expanded upon in Synchronicity – while the first novella used the personal as a mirror and medium to reflect (and reflect upon) political aspects, combining heartbreak with thoughts of alienation, this second novella is more deliberate and careful in discussing migration by offering us a set of metaphors on the one hand, and tableau of characters who all relate to the protagonist along an axis of power and nationality. The more streamlined nature of the second book derives to a great part from the genesis of the book as a Christmas tale written in 24 daily installments and sent to friends and family. The idea of turning it into a book came later, which explains why the two novellas are so different in construction. Things I am Thinking… is written in fragments, with a narrator who keeps going back and forth in time, to reveal some things and hint at others. The chapters all start mid-sentence and each chapter is preceded by a “shrapnel,” an emotionally charged quote. The book only makes sense as a complete construction, there’s no way to write that kind of book by coming up with daily installments. And yet the linear nature of Synchronicity is also not a sign of Otoo’s development, because her Bachmannpreis-winning story is exceptionally well constructed, with cultural, historical and theoretical allusions coming together to create a story that is deceptively simple, a story that needed to be mapped out in advance. I suspect when we look at Otoo’s work in a few years, after she has written the novel that she’s writing now (and won the Chamisso-award that she’s practically a shoo-in for at this point) and edited some more books, that Synchronicity will stand out as a unique part of her oeuvre. An unusual work by a writer of uncommon talent.
glossary
It is important to note what an incredible progress the author has made since her first novella, despite that book’s high quality. Things I am Thinking… is a dense realist book that is fairly low on allusion and high on clarity of observation. The prose is lean but effective throughout, sometimes leaning a bit towards the journalistic. The real achievement of the book, however, is not the writing or the observations, per se, it is the author’s skill of connecting various elements of her narrator’s life in meaningful but subtle ways. I am sure the author is aware of various aspects of political philosophy, from Foucault to Critical Race Studies, but she wears that knowledge lightly. This is the philosophical version of “show not tell.” The book’s story is about a Black woman who lives in Germany. She has broken up with her husband Till, who is also the father of her child. She has friends of various ethnicities and origins, among them refugees. She has increasingly become disillusioned with the reality of Germany, which is expressed particularly well in the narrator’s attitude towards her husband’s name
So it was a matter of great inspiration to me, meeting Till on my year abroad in Germany. Someone with a surname so unambiguously of the country he was born, raised and lived in that I thought: how sexy is that? And I knew I had to make it my own. This however didn’t stop other officially suited white ladies in cold offices from saying “Wie bitte?” and asking me to repeat myself – like they were disappointed because they had been expecting me to be called something resembling Umdibondingo or whatever. Several months after we were married, I discovered that “Peters” was also the surname of a German colonial aggressor and although I didn’t begin to hate it then, I stopped adorning myself with it.
Otoo pulls off a rare trick – her book is dense and cerebral, but it has a story to tell, as well as a narrative and political urgency. Everything in the book has a purpose and is connected to everything else, but it never feels like Otoo is simply having a postmodern game on. This is not the place to unravel all the book’s plotlines and trajectories, but suffice to say that she manages to see how the different ways power shapes and controls us intersect and collaborate. And her protagonist, who has learned to accommodate various demands of power, is now crashing against the walls of the well-built house of German racism and economics because her personal life implodes. The word “shrapnel” is well chosen for the quotes preceding the chapters because the impression I got reading the book was that heartbreak, a fundamental personal emotion, functions like a bomb that explodes in the middle of a lifetime of accomodation and struggle. The book itself, while not framed explicitly as a text written by the protagonist, feels like an attempt to assemble the shards of a life, where one betrayal has damaged personal, professional and social relationships.
The aspect of migration is not central to Things I am Thinking…. We learn that the protagonist is British, but migration is experienced more through the eyes of the refugees we encounter in the book like Kareem, of whom the author remarks that he “has this matter of fact, nothing-to-lose air about his person. Years of being an illegal immigrant in an unwelcoming country will do that to you, I guess.” Much of the alienation that we learn about is the kind that happens when you look foreign and live in a racist country:
Berlin is a place where anything goes, and you can wear whatever you like, but if you are a Black woman in the underground, be prepared to be looked up and down very very slowly. I cannot tell you how many times I have glanced down at myself in horror during such moments to check if my jeans were unzipped or if my dress was caught up in my underwear. White people look at me sometimes like I am their own private Völkerschau. Staring back doesn’t help. It counts as part of the entertainment. Entertainment.
We get hints sometimes as to how a hybrid identity can develop with migration, such as when the protagonist recounts the criticism her “auntie” leveled at her: “she was truly shocked when she first realized that I had not raised Beth to hand wash her own underwear every night.” The reason for “auntie”’s outrage is the question of identity: “just because she has a whitey father, doesn’t mean she’s not Ghanaian!” The protagonist is not so sanguine about these matters, more interested in negotiating a Black identity in Germany, dealing with the shifting fortunes of being married to someone named Peters, and with the difficulties of establishing trust and loyalties in this country when you’re viewed as foreign.
Synchronicity, on the other hand, is primarily dedicated to these questions of heritage and migration. There are basically two stories, layered one above the other, in the book. One, the surface-level story, is the one of Charlie Mensah, known as “Cee,” who is a graphic designer who, one day, starts to “lose” her colors. This is meant quite literally. For a couple of days, she stops being able to see certain colors, with one color absconding per day. Blue, red, green, etc., until just gray remains. The beautiful illustrations by Sita Ngoumou provide a lovely background to this contrast. This is challenging to Cee, who is a freelance designer, with a big and well-paid project coming up, and who has suddenly lost the use of one of her most important faculties. Eventually, however, the colors return, one by one, albeit in a different form. This, so far, is the story as a realist narrative would describe it. There are smaller plotlines woven into it, such as Cee falling in love, and her conflicts with her client, but basically, this is it. The other story is the one concerning heritage and identity. This loss of colors is not some disability, not some virus or sickness, it is a process of maturation that happens to all the women in her family. The “different form” that colors are regained in is what the author calls “polysense,” a special form of synesthesia. And this is not all that is different about the women in Cee’s family. They are also all women who don’t reproduce sexually. They are parthogenic, which, as Cee explains, “means we have children alone – that our bodies are designed to become pregnant completely by themselves.” This is not some science fictional theory, although it echoes such science fictional worlds as the planet Whileaway in Joanna Russ’ feminist classic The Female Man. Otoo, beyond the term, never goes into details, because this strange genetic heritage serves primarily as a metaphor for migration and alienation. The people in Cee’s family live alone. They raise their daughters to be independent and then, once they are adult, they push them out of the house and then let them fend for themselves. The maturation process to polysense, and the insistence on independence makes it hard for these women to establish personal bonds; thus, Otoo found a metaphor to reify something that has been part of immigrant experience for a long time.
A better way, I suppose to frame it, is Axel Honneth’s innovative take on the subject of reification, where the process of recognizing the other is fundamental to the way our subjectivity is constructed and yet that recognition, which, as Butler writes, “is something achieved” that “emerge[s] first only after we wake from a more primary forgetfulness,” can be abandoned. The forgetting of recognition is, in Honneth’s reading, what. In classic terminology, we called reification. What does migration to to emotional recognition? How do we react when we migrate into places that see us as a constituting alterity, that use us to create their national and personal narratives. In Otoo’s slender and careful book, the answer, given for many generations of immigrants, is to retreat to a specific kind of subjectivity that rejects recognition. The parthogenetic reproduction is a perfect metaphor for that. But the tone of the book isn’t dark. Otoo, who works as an activist, imbues her novella with confidence in the future. Her migrants break free of this mold. Cee’s daughter refuses to accept the ways of her family and Cee herself sees changes in her and the world around her. She falls in love with a policeman who isn’t white, representing a fusion of her horizons with that of the country she migrated to. The most powerful description of the policeman is not the first time she sees him, it is a moment of recognition, which, for Honneth, is something that is part of maturation:
That policeman. I recognized him straight away this time because he had a particular kind of walk. Like he was happy to be walking at all. In fact, if I had to choose one word to describe his body language it would be: gratitude. That really fascinated me. I stared at him for quite some time as I walked towards him – he was in deep conversation with his white colleague. I could tell the colleague was white because his walk was altogether more sturdy and authoritarian. He placed his feet firmly onto the ground, each step conferring a heritage of legitimacy and ownership unto him.
The book is a Christmas story, which explains its optimism and lightness, but it also offers a literary third way between assimilation and rejection. Critical optimism, if you will. It is a unique quality that appears to be emerging in Otoo’s work. Things I am Thinking… is a much darker work, but the story that Otoo read at the Bachmannpreis walks the same line as Synchronicity does. I don’t think I’ve ever read quite the same kind of story in this country and I don’t think I have ever read a writer quite like Otoo.
At the Bachmannpreis (I had a short post on it last year here) the jury discussions of Otoo’s text and the one of Tomer Gardi, another exciting text read at the competition, as well as the contrast to the bland terrible awfulness of the texts read by Jan Snela, Julia Wolf, Isabelle Lehn or Astrid Sozio (who, slotted directly behind Otoo, read a spectacularly racist text) maybe shows where literature written and published in this country needs to turn. The comfortable and unnecessary tales of migrancy from a MFA-educated German mind do not add to the conversation and they do not produce good literature. That is a dead end, and nothing demonstrated that dead end as well as the comparison of the field with Sharon Otoo’s excellent text, and Otoo’s work in general. - https://shigekuni.wordpress.com/2016/08/17/sharon-dodua-otoo-synchronicity/




Witnessed: An Interview With Editor Sharon Dodua Otoo




Sharon Dodua Otoo is a Black British mother, activist, author and editor of the English language book series “Witnessed“. Her first novella “the things i am thinking while smiling politely“ was published in English in 2012 and appeared in German as “die dinge, die ich denke, während ich höflich lächele“ in 2013 (both also in edition assemblage). “Synchronicity“ is her second novella. Sharon lives, laughs and works in Berlin.

Carlos Busqued - Equal parts stoner pulp thriller and psycho-physiological horror story, a pervasive sense of dread mixes with a cloud of weed smoke to seep into every line of the disturbing, complex Under This Terrible Sun

$
0
0

Image result for Carlos Busqued, Under This Terrible Sun,

Carlos Busqued, Under This Terrible Sun, Trans. by Megan McDowell, Frisch and Co. 2013.

read it at Google Books

A stoner travels to remote Argentina to identify the bodies of his murdered mother and brother. What could possibly go wrong?

Cetarti spends his days in a cloud of pot smoke, watching nature documentaries on television. He is torn from his lethargy by a call informing him that his mother and brother have been murdered, and that he must identify the bodies.
After making sure he has enough weed for the trip, he sets out to the remote Argentinian village of Lapachito, an ominous place where the houses are sinking deeper and deeper into the mud and a lurid, horrific sun is driving everyone crazy. When Duarte, a former military man turned dedicated criminal, ropes Cetarti into a scheme to cash in on his mother’s life insurance, events quickly spiral out of control…



A riveting, thrilling, and shocking read, Under This Terrible Sun paints the portrait of a civilizational in terminal decline, where the border between reality and nightmare has become increasingly blurred.
"Like a hallucinogenic nightmare on a hot night. . . Definitely not an ordinary reading experience."—kulturnews.de



‘There is a latent primal energy that courses just beneath the surface, but never actually breaks through… it's a harrowing journey’ - The Indiscriminate Critic

‘Aside from the train wreck like inescapability of it all, the rubber necking that you take part in as a reader, the realization that as much as you want to you can’t look away, you can’t put down the book, you must keep turning the pages to see what happens next, even though you know it’s going to ruin you emotionally, as if you need more, a big part of what makes Under This Terrible Sun work so effectively is that Busqued refuses to let you escape the grasp of his chosen subjects for even a single second.’ - Typographical Era



Equal parts stoner pulp thriller and psycho-physiological horror story, a pervasive sense of dread mixes with a cloud of weed smoke to seep into every line of the disturbing, complex Under This Terrible Sun. Originally published by illustrious Spanish publishers Editorial Anagrama, Under This Terrible Sun is Argentine journalist-cum-novelist Carlos Busqued’s debut novel in both Spanish and now English.
I don’t read many gruesome novels, so I don’t know exactly which other books to compare this novel to, but the vibe of Under This Terrible Sun reminds me of the creeping evil that saturates the movie Se7en, and not in the least because most of the deadly sins crop up throughout Busqued’s novel in various guises. The plot of Under This Terrible Sun is comprised of a convoluted series of events, with only a few central characters around whom the action takes place, and most of the action itself is moved forward by a true old-fashioned villain, who, in the end, receives his comeuppance through a deus ex machina event that wraps up this fucked-up story of greed, sloth, and murder a little too nicely. But boy, let me tell you, the story that leads to the ending is worth reading. The first time I read it, I was disconcerted by how easily I was flying through the book, how easily my eyes and mind were gliding over the events taking place on the page, which were pretty gruesome. But then I went back through the novel a second time to prepare for this review and realized that this story had more going on than I realized at first—and that was the most stomach-churning part: our society has become so dehumanized that we’ve become immune to horrific images and reports of violence. Nothing shocks us anymore. This book didn’t shock me, and that’s the disturbing part. It should have.
The novel opens with Javier Cetarti, a shiftless loser who was fired from his job six months earlier and who was just about to run out of money and, more importantly, marijuana, when he receives a phone call from a guy named Duarte in a tiny village called Lapachito, far to the north of Cordoba, where Cetarti lives. Duarte has some bad news: Cetarti’s mother and brother had been killed by his mother’s live-in boyfriend, who also killed himself as the coup de grace of the grisly bloodbath. Cetarti hardly reacts to the news, but gets in the car and makes the 600+ kilometer drive up north when Duarte tells him there is some sort of life insurance policy involved, and Cetarti has the chance to cash in:
Of all the news Duarte had given him the night before, Cetarti had been most motivated to drive to Lapachito by the news that there was a life insurance policy to collect. He had been booted out of his job six months before (lack of initiative, discouraging behavior), and he had eaten through almost all of his compensation without lifting a finger.
For a dude who sits around smoking pot all day, refusing to work, this is a pretty sweet chance, and it also forms the introduction, within the first five pages, to Cetarti’s questionable moral impulse. This lack of morality becomes one of the main themes that dominates Cetarti’s universe vividly portrayed by Busqued in Under This Terrible Sun.
Cetarti arrives in his mother’s village, a wasteland that seems like the set of a horror story come to life: the houses are sinking into the mud caused by an industrial accident, the city is literally collapsing in on itself, poisonous beetles are taking over (although Cetarti is pretty sure there are no poisonous beetles, everyone tells him the beetles he sees everywhere are poisonous), and the residents can’t be bothered to leave because they just get used to it, as Duarte tells Cetarti. Welcome to Lapachito; it may be its own layer of hell.
Duarte lets Cetarti in on the life insurance scheme he’s concocted. Turns out, Cetarti’s mom’s live-in boyfriend, Molina, took out a life insurance policy before the massacre, and Cetarti could technically lay claim to the loot. It involves some questionable dealings, greasing the palms of government officials, and it doesn’t take long before you realize Duarte is hardly an ally, he’s as shady as it gets and completely incapable of doing Good. But he’s still promising Cetarti a sizeable payday, and he supplies Cetarti with tons of good weed, so Cetarti can’t complain.
Cetarti joins Duarte to visit his mother’s house, where the killing took place, and when they open the door they meet Molina’s ex-wife, who is there cleaning everything up. Cetarti goes through his mother’s and brother’s belongings without emotion, takes a few items, including what turns out to be keys to his brother’s apartment in Cordoba. The next day, he visits Duarte at home and gets a little creeped out, but rather laconically, as is Cetarti’s style, by some of the pornography that Duarte keeps laying around his house. Along with building a fleet of intricately-detailed model airplanes that are referenced throughout the novel, and paralleled by the characters watching a series of military documentaries on TV, Duarte is in the process of digitizing a fleet of brutal VHS porno tapes he’d collected, with titles too vile to mention here. He explains his choice of this particularly violent and nasty pornography to Cetarti:
“There’s some pornography you don’t watch to jerk off, you watch it more out of curiosity about how far the human species will go . . . This is what I was telling you is interesting, to see the limits of what a person is capable of doing or letting others do to them. That old woman, I picture her getting dressed with her ass all destroyed, taking the subway, buying chocolates for her grandchildren with the money she just earned by letting them do that to her . . .”
Duarte is obsessed with seeing how far the human species will go—and not just on video. A man of action, Duarte is a vibrant character: completely evil, completely amoral, completely unsympathetic, and for all of these reasons, a fascinating character. Although he commits all sorts of extortion schemes for money, he seems far more driven by the thought of pushing human bodies to their breaking point than in receiving money for anything. Which is terrifying.
Around this time we meet his henchman, a fat, shiftless pothead named Danielito, who is the son of the deceased Molina and Molina’s ex-wife. Duarte uses Danielito’s basement to hold hostages, seeking a ransom from the victim’s family at the same time as he abuses and violates the victims. Danielito is an all-too-willing accomplice to the torture, feeding the victims, but otherwise staying out of the way and letting Duarte enact his most revolting fantasies on his victims (fortunately, only alluded to).
The point of view at this point in the novel begins to alternate between Cetarti and Danielito, Duarte is never the focal point, the narrative proceeds through Cetarti and Danielito’s THC-reddened eyes, but he is the connection between the two characters (who don’t meet until much later in the novel), and only through Duarte do the parallels between their weed-soaked lives become evident: they sit around, smoke weed, eat sometimes, and watch nature and war documentaries on TV constantly. The subjects of these documentaries (elephants in southeast Asia, giant squids, WWII) recur over and over again in both characters’ lives.
The interplay between inhuman humans and mysterious deadly creatures of land and sea forms one of the most interesting themes of the novel, which shouldn’t be surprising given the novel’s epigraph, taken from Alfred Tennyson’s “The Kraken”: “ . . . Then once by man and angels to be seen, / In roaring he shall rise and on the surface die.”
In one particularly creepy scene from which the novel’s title is lifted, Danielito’s mother asks him to accompany her to another shitty village far from Lapachito in order to steal the bones of her firstborn son, who died before he was a year old and who, much to Danielito’s chagrin, is also named Daniel, and leads Danielito to fantasize about elephants he’d heard from Duarte were man-killers in southeast Asia, a theme that is first raised in conversation between Cetarti and Duarte much earlier in the novel. This particular scene is also an excellent example of Busqued’s narrative technique, and illustrates the overall vibe of the novel:
bq. He couldn’t avoid a shudder when he read, painted on the tin heart: DANIELMOLINA 2-12-1972/10-4-1973. He looked at his mother. She was staring at the sunken earth. bq. “Poor thing, all these years under this terrible sun.” bq. He dug apprehensively. The earth was soft, but he felt no urge to speed up. He was soaked in sweat. Around the cemetery there was an island of empty land, and after a hundred meters the bush-covered mountain. He remembered the documentary about the elephants of Mal Bazaar. He imagined one of those elephants emerging from the forest. He imagined it coming towards them. A complex and powerful body that shook the earth at each step. But the elephant wouldn’t attack them, he thought. It would approach them calmly and with a certain curiosity. It would stop beside them, touching them gently with its trunk. And then it would fall to the ground. Or disappear into thin air. Or something, anything else. But it wouldn’t hurt them. “Almost every mahout is an alcoholic,” he remembered. How nice to be an alcoholic, he though, how nice to be murdered by an elephant. Something, anything else.
Cetarti eventually goes home to Cordoba and moves out of his apartment into the place where his brother had been living, accumulating massive amounts of junk (bug collections, Readers Digest, orange peels) in a strange part of town called Hugo Wast, a mysterious neighborhood where nobody owns their houses, but rather squats in them, located near the municipal slaughterhouse, which gives the area a particular smell when the wind blows in the right way. Cetarti eventually gets the money from Duarte and—to make a long story short and to glaze over Duarte doing some dastardly deeds and Danielito’s mother morphing into a very interesting and strong secondary character on whom many words could be written alone—Cetarti eventually gets wrapped up in another one of Duarte’s schemes, which leads to the rather abrupt ending (which comes about a bit too neatly for me).
As I said, I’m not one for gruesome novels, so I can assure you that this novel, despite being disturbing, is worth reading. It’s shocking and interesting in ways that literary novels rarely achieve. I mentioned Se7en above: it’s actually a pretty good comparison, the same creeping dread and inhuman elements are at play, which is actually refreshing to read in Busqued’s telling, capturing some of the more interesting morally-questionable elements of humanity that are usually only portrayed in Scandinavian (or other styles of) detective thrillers. Busqued is a good writer, sparse at times, maintaining a narrative distance from the characters’ impulses while simultaneously opening the door into some of their thoughts. His sentences are seemingly simplistic in construction, but all the while gather elements and build up to a pulse-quickening crescendo, all told via the quality work of translator, Megan McDowell (a UT-Dallas translation program alumna!).
As one of new ebook-only publisher Frisch & Co.‘s first titles, they have done an admirable job of bringing Busqued’s novel into English as part of their unique partnership with Editorial Anagrama, in which they will publish two books a year from the Spanish-language publishers in digital formats. It remains to be seen if Frisch & Co. will partner with anybody to do physical copies of these books, but either way, in any format, Under This Terrible Sun is a damn good read. - Will Evans
http://www.rochester.edu/College/translation/threepercent/index.php?id=8372


The set up must always appear simple. That’s how noir works. What you first took to be the simplicity of characters and plot has to slowly reveal itself to be, not just hard-boiled and tough for its own sake, but a way of expressing mysteriously profound moral ambiguities. In other words, the detective isn’t terse because he has all the answers — he’s terse because he’s in over his head and he knows it. Under This Terrible Sun, the debut novel of the Argentine writer Carlos Busqued, is a noir thriller. As such, the set up appears simple: Cetarti, a young Argentinian stoner, is given word that both his mother and brother have been murdered by his mom’s lover — who then killed himself. Cetarti is asked by a man named Duarte, the executor of the deceased murderer, to journey to a small country town in order to tie up the financial and legal loose ends. Cetarti seems unphased by all of this.
As befits a good noir novel, the imbibing of substances makes it possible for the narrator to distance himself from the violence of the plot. Traditionally that substance has been alcohol, but Cetarti, along with a number of other characters, prefer to smoke their crutch rather than drink it. Stoner Noir is almost a subsubgenre — occupying a space somewhere in the “crime fiction” galaxy, and hot boxing a cop car under an overpass somewhere in the seedy side of the city of “Noir”. Regardless, people have been exposed to it. Think of Thomas Pynchon’s Inherent Vice, or, more in the pop culture vein, the movie The Big Lebowski or the HBO show Bored To Death.
Maybe we should come to expect more noir in translation to have a stoner bent. Stoner culture is an international culture, after all. The symbols and rituals of getting high, the bongs and papers and clips and pipes, are similar enough from country to country to create a sort of Universal Catholic Church of marijuana — the local dioceses might cater a bit to native proclivities, but the basic tenets hold and everyone is roughly on the same page. That alone of course wouldn’t be enough of a reason to choose weed over whisky when publishing noir for an international audience, but there’s another reason weed makes more sense than alcohol as the drug of choice in noir: stoner culture and noir, when both are at their best, are experiments in mood and atmospherics — they insinuate that you’ve stumbled into a secret world running parallel to ours. A shadow world. Alcohol isn’t about noticing things, about making strange connections — it’s about lowering inhibitions. In this sense, marijuana is a substance more in tune with mystery.
And so Cetarti goes to the tiny town of Lapachito in order to take care of his family’s business. As strange and morbid as that business is, there’s an interesting paradox to it all: the murder/suicide seems in the same instant both more grizzly than the facts of the crime, pouring over the borders of its own localized tragedy to hint at something almost cosmic, while also being subsumed in the atmosphere of general decay that haunts the text. The pretense, of course, is that because the crime is described so matter of factly, so simply, that its meaning must be manifestly obvious and self-contained. But what actually happens, how the story actually works, is that something essential about the crime projects itself in ghostly emanations to radiate a paranoid meaning. The three bodies remind us of our own deaths. The weird familial intimacy of the crime reminds us of the deaths of everyone we know. The simple finality of the action seems somehow connected to all violence ever committed, of the mass extinction of mankind, and possibly even of the final and ultimate end of what we understand to be physical reality. Only a Stoner Noir novel could so deftly create such a paranoid sense of doom — and like stoners, we project hidden meanings in the silences of the text.
So one half of this Stoner Noir paradox is that the deaths hint at significance beyond their literal meaning. But the other half is that they’re not necessarily the mystery to be solved. The mystery isn’t the murder, the suicide, or even the enigmatic evil that seems to motivate many of the characters — rather the mystery is one of qualitative abundance: in this place, where everything seems suffused with meaning, what actually matters? What’s actually important? In a place where things radiate cryptic messages, calling to you in spectral whispers, how do you focus on a single thread of meaning without being subsumed by the entire fabric? A few examples in the text of exhaustive lists of things that may or may not be significant:
There were several low buzzing sounds, and Duarte took his cell phone from a pocket. He pushed a button and greeted someone at the other end. He mentioned for Cetarti to wait a moment, and he disappeared into the inner part of the house. Cetarti killed time looking through the titles of videos piled up next to the TV: Monsters of She Male Cock, Asses Wide Open 11, Anal Cum Swappers #14, Squirtin’ Vixens #3, Enema Nurses, Anal Grannies 25, Blowjob Ninjas, Transsexual Babysitters 02, Large Pussy Bonanaza, Anal Slavery Cumpilation, Some Bitches Drink It All Up, Fetish Island #37, Extreme German Tortures 5.
or:
In the bathroom, next to the bidet and up against the wall, hundreds of copies of Reader’s Digest, very old but in good condition, were piled up. He flipped through one from 1962: the dangers of communism in Southeast Asia, the drama of a man trying to make it out of a forest after accidentally severing his aorta with a chainsaw, the eternal enchantment of Naples.
The characters in this book like getting high and watching nature documentaries. Understandable. That’s classic stoner fare, for sure. But these folks appear to sense the same qualities in the exotic animals on their televisions as in the oddly harsh environment and people around them, a profound sense of otherness that both repulses and fascinates them. Meanwhile, the plot of the novel progresses, of course, to complications beyond just the death of family members. Like all good noir, there are crimes within crimes here. But what really makes the novel work, and what makes it worthy of our attention, is this central question of figuring out what is meaningful to us in such an amoral and capricious world. Weather, cars, fish, toy planes, elephants, pornography, weed, coffins, beetles, dreams, crosses — all threaten to weigh in with equally heavy importance, projecting a repetitive monotony of doom — a weird mandala of despair slowly rotating on the page. -         

To say that Carlos Busqued’s debut novel Under This Terrible Sun presents a bleak landscape is as misleading as it is true. It’s misleading because though the book contains its share of literal wastelands – desert highways, seemingly empty towns and isolated, rundown gas stations – they are just the thin outward layer of desolation that pervades the entire world the book portrays. Take what you see on face value and you’re liable to miss the novel’s chilling unity.
The story begins with the entirely unheroic hero, Cetarti, needing to travel to the dingy northern Argentine town of Lapachito following the brutal murder of his mother and brother. The appearance of this forsaken place, whose streets are “neglected and covered with a thin layer of mud”, perfectly mirrors the inner and outer lives of all the characters that pass through it:
“Look at the houses: they’re all cracked. The ground is all mud now, they’re sinking. The cesspits are overflowing—a lot of this mud on the street is shit and piss. That’s why the trees have died, they all rotted the first year.”
Action is scarce, with practically just a single explosive exception of the blackest humor in the whole novel. There are plot lines, but those lines fade into obscurity and insignificance, with their origins generally left unclear. Cetarti agrees to participate in an insurance scam revolving around his mother’s death, there are kidnappings going on, an old family skeleton is dug up – literally. For the most part though, the characters drift through a fog of aimlessness, one made more dense by clouds of marijuana smoke. The bleakness and apathy of their lives remain unrelieved.
Yet Busqued’s most remarkable achievement is expressing all this desolation without the novel itself being bleak. You read about characters watching TV, smoking pot, wandering around, witnessing random disturbing incidents as if from behind a pane of glass or another world, yet there isn’t a single boring moment in the whole book. It’s a pleasure to enter into this warped universe and the stoned, passive amorality that runs through it blends seamlessly with its laconic narrative voice.
The bleak landscapes of Under This Terrible Sun aren’t a matter of setting. In this world it makes no sense to distinguish them from other kinds of landscapes, because there are no other kinds of landscapes here, and can’t be. When Duarte, the kidnapper, tells his sidekick Danielito that he should take some of the ransom money he’s saved up and go on a long vacation, the idea is beyond the young stoner’s comprehension:
“…Get yourself to Brazil. Set yourself up for a month in some swanky hotel, eating pineapple on the beach, girls sucking on your cock…”
Danielito liked the idea of eating pineapple; he imagined the fresh sweet juice flowing over his teeth as he bit into the yellow pulp. The rest of the things, it was like Duarte was reading him the headlines of a newspaper from another planet.
Pleasure, happiness, love, friendship, trust – none of these attributes exist in the Hell on earth this novel depicts, with its desert-like barrenness and earthly hopelessness making it a stand-in for the underworld. The only characteristic that occasionally shows flashes of itself through the wall of apathy and indifference is evil, most completely in the character of Duarte. Yet even this is typically only hinted at: in a kidnap victim’s screams when the former military man enters the room, and in the bruises and dripping bodily fluids on their bodies after he leaves them.
Busqued also very subtly links this simultaneously real and unreal moral vacuum to a very real and dark chapter in Argentina’s history by providing a brief glimpse of some of Duarte’s old photos from his days as a soldier:
They looked like photos for a record of facilities and equipment: jail cells, trucks, a meeting room. They were photos of rural operations, with most of the military men dressed as civilians. In the background of one, you could see a truck riddled with bullet holes. Between the mud flaps and the start of the bed, which was the portion he could see, Danielito counted nine large holes. His father was kneeling down with his right arm resting on his knee, holding his pistol (the same gun with which Danielito had recently killed the dogs) in his hand. There were three people lying down beside him, but their faces had been obscured with white correction fluid.
Under This Terrible Sun manages to deal with dark subject matter with a light, humorous touch at the same time that it casts a somber look at the trivial refuse of modern life, taking the reader on a literary joyride through Hell. Michael Stein
http://bodyliterature.com/2013/09/27/friday-pick-under-this-terrible-sun/


Carlos Busqued’s Under This Terrible Sun is a dark and at times disturbing book that in its tight and economical prose wastes little time in showing men at their worst. The cruelty is elusive at first. The novel opens with a description from a Discovery Channel show of the cannibalistic tendencies of squid. It is the first of many such descriptions of elusive giant squids. While they seem extraneous to the story, just so much TV background noise, they set the tone for the novel, as the mystery and the ruthless violence have their parallel within the novel.
It is a violence that Cetarti, an Argentine stoner, who has lost his job and spends his time watching the Discovery Channel and smoking marijuana is oblivious to. Even when he is told that his mother and brother had been murdered by her new husband, he is emotionless, the violence of it, just something that happened, nothing more. If the killing wasn’t enough, when he arrives in the small town to meet with the lawyer who is going to settle the estate, he finds that the streets are filled with excrement that has bubbled up from the sewers. He has entered into a place that could be hardly anymore disgusting. It sets the tone for meeting with the lawyer, Duarte, whose only interest is getting a little money out of the death benefits that are due him. While Cetarti and Durate settle business, Durate also spends his time transferring porn from video to digital, and the titles are quite hard core. Cetarti, though, as he does when faced with any new situation, doesn’t seem to care one way or another. He is disgusted by the very graphic scene and Durate delights in showing him, but ultimately getting the money from the estate is all he cares about. Once he gets that he can go back to smoking and watching the Discovery Channel.
Running parallel to Cetarti’s story is that of Durate and Danielito. The two men are scheming to do something and Danielito always seems to be taking care of someone behind a locked door. It is not clear at first who that person is or what they are doing, but as the novel goes on and a woman is kept in the room Durate and Danielito’s intentions become darker and darker, showing that the hardcore porn is only the beginning of Durate’s depravity. Danielito, much like Cetarti, is emotionless and follows Durate’s orders without question. It is never quite clear what the two men are doing, but it is both horrific and yet pedestrian, as if the normal state of men is that of passionless brutes who only follow biological instincts.
The two men and the one who you might think would have something good in him, Cetarti, is too numb to do anything. He has surrendered to marijuana and television. Even when he moves into his brother’s house and begins to clean it, getting rid of all of the junk he had collected as a hoarder, he does it less as catharsis, but as a mechanical event. The contrast couldn’t be stronger between that of a hoarder who sees in everything a rational and Cetarti who can live in the most spartan setting just watching the world go by. It is how Cetarti can join Durate and Danielito as they perform some sort of crime with the woman they’ve been keeping in the room. Cetarti is so uninterested in what is going on other than getting a little extra money he doesn’t even bother thinking about what is happening. He’s there, they’re all there, they do what they are going to do and that is it. Even the writing underscores this passionless view, avoiding any kind of descriptions of emotions or morality, just sticking to a description of the physical events.
It is an approach that when mixed with the nature documentaries is a nihilistic view of men as little more than the predators they are. While it is certainly not the first novel to tackle the subject, Busqued has no interest in explaining why this is. Explanations are not going to help soften the violence. It is an approach that can make for some tough passages, but in general keeps the horrible at a distance, always threatening, but never certain. After reading it, the reader should not be surprised if they want more, but since they are only observers, the whys, those often novelistic easy answers, are never going to come in the form of easy answers. The lack of answers is what makes the book work and Busqued has avoided some of the cliches that afflict crime fiction. Assuming one can get past the descriptions of some of the porn, you’ll see a darker side of Argentina than I have in the recent past.
- bythefirelight
https://bythefirelight.com/2013/08/16/under-this-terrible-sun-by-carlos-busqued-a-review/


Well I decide to review some of the wonderful books from Frisch and co over the next few weeks .Frisch and co are an e-book only piublisher of translated fiction and now just before christmas seemed a great time with Tablets and eReaders being this years top gift for most people ,everyone will be waking up on Christmas day turning there eReader or tablets on and wanting to place some great books on so I will point you in Frisch and co way .This book by the Argentina writer Carlos Busqued ,is a Buenos Aires based writer this book was his debut novel and was listed for the Prix Herralde ,it won praise for its use of direct language that may be vile but takes you to the heart of the expression .
The phone rang. The caller ID said “unknown,” which meant a call from a public telephone. Or from a person who was deliberately hiding their number. He didn’t answer.
Who is the call from ?
Under this terrible sun although quite unique in the books from Argentina I have read can be said to be in a vein of books from there ,the Lit thriller / crime novel .The pacing of the writing is very much like a thriller and the style is more akin to a lit novel .The book centres on a son whose mother has died this son Cetarti ,is a bit of a loser , well he remind me of a character that had maybe be cut from the Coen brother film The big lebowski or a side figure in Pynchon inherent vice ,this guy lives in a world of weed and documentary tv ,especially programmes about Giant squid for some reason .So Cetarti heads north to the part of Argentina his mother whom he had lost real touch with  when she lived .So he heads to the north of Argentina where he is  meet by the Lawyer Durate that is dealing with his mother’s estate .This leads to a side story of this Lawyers sideline and the man that helps him with this sideline Daniello (Now I viewed this guy as rather like the northern Argentina version of Cetarti a laid back dud that tends to follow what he is told to do just for an easy life ) Well the sideline happens to be transferring porn from old videos to digital content .Well that is the story it develops as we see the vile nature of the porn the men deal in and the waiting for the estate to be settled and how ever  there may be fraud involved.
He missed his car. At that moment, he would have liked to get on the highway with no specific plan. Cruise along the national highway system smoking the marijuana he had left, only stopping in service stations to fill up on gas, shower, and eat. He had a pleasant memory of the insects smashing against the windshield seconds after being illuminated by the car’s headlights. Sleep on the side of the road. Go with the flow. Smash into something on the road, in the final hours of an afternoon.
I choose this quote as it was highlighted by E J the publisher on the copy I read on Readermill .
Well this book owes as much to American lit as it does Argentinian lit .I was reminded of the later Pynchon book like  inherent vice  involves figures like this at the edge of life  ,stoners ,chancers  all feature in this book  .I also felt the porn section remind me of films like 8mm, where we open the door on the extremes of human nature ,very hard to read and eye-opening but this world exists and we are shown how vile it can be by this book .It also had a lot of similar tones to other recent Argentinian books I ve read that I would say fit into this Lit crime/thriller genre from Argentina they would be My father ghost climbing in the rain by Patricio Pron a son returns and uncovers his fathers past ,rather like this a man arrives and finds out more than he expected ,then there is also Carlos Gamerro’s books both on this lit crime feel and both follow men discovering more than want .This book is about discovering the underbelly of Argentina post the dictators that have often fuel the lit of the region what happens when they are gone how do some people go on ?
- https://winstonsdad.wordpress.com/2013/12/13/under-this-terrible-sun-by-carlos-busqued/


Carlos Busqued's Under this Terrible Sun (translated by Megan McDowell, e-copy courtesy of the publisher) is a short, laconic and occasionally disturbing book.  The story begins when Javier Cetarti, a man approaching middle age with little to show for it, gets a phone call from someone he's never met - unsurprisingly, the news the call brings is not great:
"Daniel Molina", retired petty officer of the air force and represented here by Mr. Duarte," had killed his lover and a son of hers at noon the previous day.  That is, Cetarti's mother and brother"
(Frisch & Co., 2013)

Cetarti manages to get his act together and drives all day to get to the provincial town of Lapachito, where he meets the aforementioned Duarte, has his mother and brother cremated and goes along with Duarte's ruse to scam some insurance money.
On his return to Córdoba, Cetarti decides to quit his apartment and move into his brother's old place, a ramshackle house full of rubbish - and an axolotl salamander.  As he settles into a life of smoking weed, eating pizza and watching the Discovery Channel, he slowly makes plans for heading off into the sunset.  Little does he know though that Duarte is not who he seems - and that their fleeting meeting in Lapachito is to have far-reaching consequences...
Under this Terrible Sun is a book which starts off incredibly slowly (despite the dramatic phone call), and after a few of the many, fairly brief, chapters, I was starting to wonder if anything was going to happen.  All of a sudden though, we get to see beneath the dull veneer, and it's fairly disturbing.  The fact of the matter is that the air-force veteran Duarte is a nasty piece of work.  Whatever you do, don't go down to the basement...

"Without untying him, he adjusted the boy until he was in a stable seated position"
This sentence appeared just as randomly and disturbingly in the book as it did in my post.  It comes out of nowhere, and the reader suddenly suspects that the book is about to take a new direction.
Let's be blunt - Under this Terible Sun soon becomes a dark twisted story about some sad, nasty people.  The initially affable Duarte is a criminal, sick and unforgiving, one with a penchant for model planes and vile pornography:

"There's some pornography you don't watch to jerk off, you watch it more out of curiosity about how far the human species will go."
Let's just say that he's not a very nice man...  He is ably supported by Danielito, a big man addicted to junk food, marijuana and the Discovery Channel, one who is a side-kick to both Duarte and his own (rather strange) mother...
However, the central character of the novel, Cetarti, isn't much better.  He's listless and drifting, spending his days smoking joints and avoiding anything which might lead to action.  He's a man who really doesn't like to get involved - in anything:

"But getting out of the car, talking, making himself understood, paying etc., it all seemed like an unworkable task that broke down into an almost endless series of muscular contractions, small positional decisions, mental operations of word choice and response analysis that exhausted him in advance."
Danielito's father provides a connection with Cetarti, but the two men have more in common than their messy family ties.  They're both losers with little going for them apart from a messy apartment, a bag of weed and an interest in TV documentaries.  Sad men, with wasted lives.
A symbol for this sense of inertia is the pet Cetarti finds at his brother's house, an axolotl - a salamander which doesn't need to evolve or grow up.  It lives at the bottom of its tank, stagnant, unmoving.  It's a rather apt pet for the unevolved Cetarti...
Under this Terrible Sun is a short read, and interesting in parts, but it's not a book I loved.  For me, it never really got going, and I was rarely sure where it was going (or why).  Also, as alluded to above, it's another of those Latin American books with some very graphic scenes, which reminded me (in passing) of certain sections of Carlos Gamerro's The Islands.  If you didn't like those (and those who have read Gamerro's book will know exactly what I mean), you may not like this...
*****
While the book wasn't really one for me, I'm definitely still interested in the publisher.  An all-electronic press, which is a fairly new concept, has the advantage of allowing Frisch & Co. to deal with other publishers and get books out quickly.  With contacts to various big European presses, they should be able to bring out a few exciting books.  I'll definitely be trying another one - hopefully, I'll enjoy the next one a little more ;)

- http://tonysreadinglist.blogspot.hr/2013/09/under-this-terrible-sun-by-carlos.html

Elytron Frass - a hypnotic flow of morbid visions of violence and sexuality that sometimes read like Comte De Lautreamont, sometimes like 80s horror cult classics, and, most curiously, often like beautiful lyrical poems, in which the poet is not ‘man speaking to men’ but a conjurer of ghosts”

$
0
0

LIBER EXUVIA -FRONT Cover ONLY
Elytron Frass. Liber Exuvia, gnOme, 2018.

An interactive grimoire devoted to the sundry incarnations of a self-beheading mantis, Liber Exuvia provides a shadow of insight into its author by way of past-life regressions and encrypted charms. What was once crudely printed and mass-mailed to random households all across the globe—Elytron Frass’s confrontational novella is now bound, barcoded, and available to any daring reader.

Liber Exuvia presents a hypnotic flow of morbid visions of violence and sexuality that sometimes read like Comte De Lautreamont, sometimes like 80s horror cult classics, and, most curiously, often like beautiful lyrical poems, in which the poet is not ‘man speaking to men’ but a conjurer of ghosts.” — Johannes Göransson

“Reading Frass’s work is the taking-in of a great breath and holding it, stretching it to every seam, hallucinating as you beg for air, and falling into a gentle death-lull of captivation. You will travel to another world, many of them. You will leave your body with this book in your hands. You will weep for history, weep for bodies, weep for your planet in the grand scheme of existence. What beauty and terror is conjured here with such absolute innovation of language and form! Frass tells stories, but does so from the inside out, from a dream within a dream, planting you right in the center so you can walk your way out. It is what writing should do.” — Lisa Marie Basile

 

“Erotic in the most organic and tangible ways, Frass manages to elicit such vicious imagery in so few words.” — Tina Lugo

Alberto Fuguet - Beltrán, a Chilean seismologist, uses a list of fifty favorite films to narrate his émigré childhood in California and his return to Santiago as a ten-year-old during the turmoil of the nineteen-seventies

$
0
0
Image result for Alberto Fuguet, The Movies of My Life,
Alberto Fuguet, The Movies of My Life, Trans. by Ezra E. Fitz,
Rayo, 2003.
Read a chapter excerpt from The Movies of My Life
read it at Google Books


Beltrán Soler is from Chile, a land in constant movement. A seismologist who knows more about the science of tectonic plate movement than about life, he is cocooned in a world of seismic data, scientific articles, and natural disasters. Beltrán believes he can protect himself from the world around him by losing himself to theoretical pursuits, but thousands of feet above the ground he so meticulously analyzes, on a flight to L.A. -- the capital of film and the city in which he was raised -- he has a conversation that sparks in him a firestorm of nostalgia. Suddenly, Beltrán finds himself recalling the fifty most important movies of his life -- films both precious and absurd that affected him during his childhood and adolescence in the 1960s and '70s.
From Willy Wonka and the Chocolate Factory to Close Encounters of the Third Kind to kitschy disaster films such as Earthquake!, as well as cult classics of '70s sci-fi such as Logan's Run, Beltrán connects with his past by remembering the films he saw, the people with whom he saw them, and even the theaters in which they were shown. Recalling one movie after another, he reconstructs the unusual history of his eccentric and dysfunctional family, coming to terms with his obsession with the movies that helped define him -- often whether he wanted them to or not.
Set in the oddly parallel worlds of Nixon's suburban California and Pinochet's Santiago de Chile, this ingenious novel throws us into the claustrophobic world of an adolescent who tries to escape from a tumultuous and fragmented existence, one caught between two languages, two cultures, and two families that watch the same movies. Written in the eloquent, compelling, and often hilarious style that has brought Alberto Fuguet world renown, The Movies of My Life is a book about film and about how movies embed themselves in our souls, helping us all share a blinding fondness for the magic of make-believe.


Fuguet is the central figure of a loose group of young Latin American writers-a movement known as McOndo-who identify themselves in opposition to magical realism. In the author's second pop-culture saturated novel to be published in English (after Bad Vibes), seismologist Beltran Soler tells the story of his childhood via a catalogue of movies that influenced him at pivotal moments. The setup is stiff-the adult Beltran is on his way to a conference in Tokyo when he is inspired to hole up in a hotel room in L.A. and begin writing his film-linked memoirs-but once Fuguet begins piecing together Beltran's lopsided, bicultural life, the novel speeds along, overflowing with ironic insight. Born in 1964, Beltran lives in Encino, Calif., until he is 10, when his family (father, mother and younger sister Manuela) move back to Santiago. Bourgeois in Chile, but barely middle class in the U.S., the family inhabits a weird in-between world. In Encino, Beltran reenacts The Poseidon Adventure with his friends; in Santiago, the family across the street (dubbed the Chilean Waltons by Beltran) wins a family singing contest with its Sound of Music medleys. The ongoing political upheaval in Chile feels like another Technicolor drama, with a few alarming incursions into reality. But the novel's true turmoil is personal: Beltran's difficult adjustment to life in Chile, his adolescence and his family's collapse (his father leaves his mother the night Saturday Night Fever opens). The movie titles heading each chapter serve as subtle triggers for reminiscence, but never become a structural straitjacket, and Fuguet's pop archness is tempered with honest feeling. Despite the rocky start, this is a fresh, notable effort.  - Publishers Weekly


The Movies of My Life has an appealing conceit: the narrator, Beltrán Soler, recounts his life in fifty movies, describing when he first saw specific films as well as the surrounding circumstances as a way of recounting his childhood and youth. There's obviously a good deal of potential in this sort of presentation of a life-in-films, but Fuguet doesn't go all out with it. For one, it takes almost a quarter of a book before he begins with the film-chapters. And even then his character seems unsure about the approach, e-mailing the list to someone he just met on a plane ("maybe I don't have anyone else in the world to send my list to") and offering coy warnings you never want to read in a novel ("I've never written a thing in my life").
       Beltrán is a seismologist -- a lot to burden a protagonist with too: hey ! you can never be sure you're standing on firm ground ! your world can get shaken up and come crumbling down at a moment's notice ! etc., etc. He's on his way to Japan, but extends his layover in Los Angeles -- a return to his youth, of sorts as he -- like author Fuguet --, spent his early childhood there before moving back to Chile. His family is frayed and flung apart, which he describes in greater detail over the course of his film-accounts, and the book begins with him receiving word of the death of one family member. The phone call with his sister informing him of the death ends with an exchange that suggests at least some of what will be dredged up in his reminiscences: 

     "When did everything get so fucked up ?"
     "I don't know. Things weren't always so bad, Beltán. For a while we were just what we wanted to be."
     "Things were good for a while, yes."
     "Then it all went downhill."
     "And we're still feeling the aftershocks."
 

       Subtlety, you may have guessed, is not one of Fuguet's strong points.
       When he finally gets around to the film-chapters -- a few pages, at most, on each film, in chronological order -- the book becomes even more pedestrian. While the present-day Beltrán was of some interest, his childhood-account is, by and large, too unexceptional to be of much interest. If Fuguet had really built the memories up entirely around the films it may have worked better, but instead the films are often barely more than a memory-aid to bring him back to a certain time or event. (It doesn't help that the American first edition of the book confusingly misprints the date seen of the very first film (as 1996, instead of 1966), a bit of uncertainty that makes it even harder to trust the gimmick.)
       The movie-chapters are divided into two sections, of twenty-five films/chapters each, the first from when the family lived in California, the second from when they moved back to Chile, after the fall of Allende. Like the author, Beltrán was born in 1964, and his film-watching tracks those years; it's unclear how readers from other generations will react to what he saw, since what the descriptions evoke obviously hinges also in large part on the reader's own recollection of films such as the Disney-productions of those years (including the Kurt Russell-as-Dexter Riley films ...), Jan-Michael Vincent and Bonnie Bedelia in Sandcastles, and, of course, all the disaster movies of the day -- Towering Inferno, The Poseidon Adventure, and, of course, Earthquake.
       There are a few inspired moments, such as when he sees that Soylent Green is playing in Santiago shortly after they move there, and he notes:

I didn't know New York, but 1974 Santiago seemed a lot like the decrepit Manhattan of 2022. 
       But Fuguet doesn't seem to trust his premise very much, going so far as to undermine it by writing early in the Chile-section that: 
     There was so much to see in Santiago that going to the movies quickly became unnecessary. Life in California was so uneventful that we turned to movies to give us everything we couldn't find in the neighborhood; in Chile, however, everything was so intense -- so completely strange and inexplicable -- that people went to the movies only when they wanted to kick back and relax. 
       Unfortunately that doesn't come across in his account, as life in Chile isn't much less uneventful than the family's life in California was ..... But it does serve to leave the reader wondering what the point of recounting his film-viewing-experiences is.
       The Movies of My Life is very much a novel about Beltrán's extended family and how it barely holds together (and ultimately falls very much apart). There are some enjoyable earthquake-ideas tied in (as his grandfather was also a noted seismologist), but that whole strain of the novel also feels a bit forced and artificial. There's a decent story here somewhere, but most of it is -- as presented -- unexceptional, and Fuguet is too unsuccessful in tieing it together with his film-accounts.
       This feels like a very carefully planned and outlined novel, based on a clever idea, where the filling simply can't sustain structure. Fuguet is certainly competent, but for the most part he tries far too hard, leading also to awful attempts to be deep and meaningful, as when he writes: 

     It's best to arrive in Los Angeles at night.
     If you get there during the day, it's too easy to see the truth: the city doesn't have angels, dreams, or stars. But if you arrive at night, the idea of sleeping vanishes, no matter how tired you are, and you feel -- if only for a moment -- privileged. You feel that it's not just by chance that you're here, where movies are born.
  

       There are enough interesting snippets -- especially about life both in California and in Chile in those years -- throughout to make the book readable, and the film-name-dropping can be fun to follow (especially for those of us of Fuguet's generation) but the book falls far short of any of its ambitions. - http://www.complete-review.com/reviews/chile/fugueta.htm








Jonathan Messinger
https://www.popmatters.com/movies-of-my-life-2496243536.html


This unusual novel skillfully blends a young man’s memories of early childhood years in California and his native Chile, chronicling the most memorable incidents of his formative years through the fifty most important movies of his life, each a vehicle into his past. Now a grown man and a seismologist of note in Chile, Beltran Soler has buried himself in years of scientific studies, enabling a solitary existence, one with few family ties or sustained personal relationships.
On a flight from Chile to Japan, Beltran has a stopover in Los Angeles. There, ensconced in a valley hotel room, he begins a painful journey through the minefield of his childhood. His earliest memories are filled with the warmth of family relationships as many relatives immigrate to California, settling outside L.A. in the San Fernando Valley so reminiscent of their beloved Chilean landscape. Beltran’s parents, aunts, uncles and grandparents are his touchstones, even when his father distances himself from wife and children. The extended family is as culturally rich and diverse as any in recent fiction, providing important childhood connections and emotional security.
Yet the bi-cultural lives of the Solers take a toll on the family identity. Fleeing Pinochet’s Chile for Nixon’s United States, the family acclimates to California, their cultural identity blending with their new lives. They don’t want to be viewed as displaced South Americans, “relying on nothing but their foundations of supposedly being white” in denial of their Latino roots, yet they are not accepted as white. Once moved back to Chile, Beltran moves through his adolescence with the awkward grace of any young boy on the path to manhood, filled with confusion and vague longings.
Both grandfathers have a profound influence on Beltran’s development: one is a frivolous poseur, the other a demanding, if respected, patriarch. Along with his father, these role models are emotionally distant and unengaged. Although Chile is in constant political upheaval, the family is safely cocooned in their scientific pursuits. It isn’t surprising when Beltran looks back over those early critical years and is as far removed from passion as a moviegoer watching the drama unfold on the screen.
Beltran has reached a seminal moment in his life and writes compulsively day after day, confronting long-suppressed memories, the secrets and anguish of a past never acknowledged. The evolution of childhood innocence has left him far removed from loved ones; purging the past, Beltran faces the pain of abandonment that he has so successfully avoided. Clearly, the need to bond, to establish sustaining personal connections, is not constricted by place or culture; there is no passport required for crossing into the state of emotional availability.
With an elegant simplicity, author Alberto Fuguet paints in The Movies of My Life a portrait of loss, the importance of family and the reality of cultural identification. No longer willing to live in isolation, Beltran reaches across the miles to those he loves, returning to the affection of time and place that so defines him. - Luan Gaines
http://www.curledup.com/movilife.htm


The incredibly creative plot device that steers Alberto Fuguet's novel The Movies of My Life centers around a list-a list of 50 movies that forms a brilliant vehicle to explore a lonely childhood.
Beltrán Soler, a young seismologist from Chile, is on his way to Tokyo for a conference when he strikes up small talk with a fellow passenger who shares Beltrán's interest in the movies. When Lindsay, the fellow passenger, mentions a young director who came up with a list of 50 movies that influenced his life, Beltrán is intrigued. His precise, clinical mind is enticed by the idea of a systematic list; one of his favorite books as a child, after all, was The Book of Lists by David Wallechinsky. As Beltrán manufactures his own list, he peppers the descriptions with details remembered from his childhood and in the process, writes a touching memoir of sorts.
One doesn't have to be a movie buff to appreciate the beauty of Fuguet's writing (and his list) or to understand the role movies play in our lives often even without our knowing. One of the great strengths of The Movies Of My Life is in reminding us of the role movies have as placeholders in marking our most important moments. True to life, the memories that some of the movies provoke in Beltrán are often very tangentially related to the actual essence of the movies themselves. For example, the movie Trapped (starring James Brolin and Susan Clark) always reminds Beltrán about the "dog incident" that his sister had when she was a child. The movie features ferocious Dobermans chasing after Brolin, and all it takes is this trigger to remind Beltrán of the time when his sister's cheek was bitten off by a Great Dane: "at the end of that summer, something dog-related happened that made me think immediately of Trapped."
Young Beltrán, we learn, was somewhat of a loner. Having been born in Chile, Beltrán spent much of his early years in California, specifically in LA in a neighborhood called Inglewood. "Inglewood was a run-down, semi-industrial neighborhood, stacked with bodegas and Laundromats," remembers Beltrán, "an inexpensive, itinerant area that attracted immigrants fresh off the plane." Beltrán's own family was one such set of immigrants-his mother came knowing no English and had "neither friends nor money." Beltrán remembers his father as a hard-working bread deliveryman forever enticed by the charms of the Golden State. Beltran likens him to the actor Steve McQueen: "McQueen smiled little and knew his limitations: he was no great actor, but he chose his roles well. Similarly, my father chose his location well: California. Outside of the Golden State, he was intimidated, out of context, as if he didn't know his lines, the language, the strange local customs. Chile managed to give him very little, and eventually he cast it off entirely."
Soon enough, many from the Soler clan migrate to California, all looking for a new place to call home and desperately trying to make their way in a gringo society. The pressures of the new world eventually take their toll on Beltrán's uncles and the family slowly but surely falls apart. Beltrán beautifully observes:
"Not having anyone besides family will end up breaking up that very family. If you put all your strength on a single plate, it will have to give way. And that's just what happened: the family cracked, and eventually the crack became a fault. Being left without a social class, without a circle of friends, the Solers had to invent new hatreds, angers, and fears to mitigate the fact that they had found themselves so far removed from the place that they once belonged to. The solution was as simple as it was drastic: stop being Latino. This, ultimately, condemned them doubly: it alienated them from those with whom they had a natural bond while at the same time precluding them from ever truly assimilating into the world of the gringos, who never considered them as equals."
Unfortunately for Beltrán, his mother can never "cast off Chile" like his father does. On one vacation visit back to the country, his mother decides that moving the kids back to Chile, to a place where they would be "safe," was the best thing to do. So Beltrán is uprooted from all that he holds dear in California, and brought back to Chile. His peripheral status in both societies (not quite a gringo, not quite Latino) makes him feel like the perpetual foreigner. As in California, movies continue to pepper Beltrán's life in Chile, and in them he seeks refuge, even enjoying visiting the movies alone. "Life in California was so uneventful that we turned to movies to give us everything we couldn't find in the neighborhood," says Beltrán, contrasting California to his new home, "in Chile, however, everything was so intense-so completely strange and inexplicable-that people went to the movies only when they wanted to kick back and relax."
Eventually the young Beltran grows up and becomes a seismologist in his grandfather's footsteps. The family slowly disintegrates-there are no violent upheavals, but gradual falling away of relationships. Beltran's father is forever restless upon his return to Chile and finds that the lure of California is so strong that he is willing to abandon his family to return to the Golden State.
Alberto Fuguet is one of the leaders of the McOndo movement, a literary taskforce of sorts that works hard to dispel the notion that most South American literature is "magical realism." Instead, the McOndo writers belong to the global village-their thoughts and works are very urban and are painted on vast modern canvases. The Movies of my Life is one such example.
Young Beltrán might be at sea in his real world, forever the outsider, but in movies, he finds refuge. The movies speak one language. Once the lights are dimmed, it doesn't matter if you are in Cine Providencia in Santiago, Chile, or the Cinerama Dome in Hollywood, CA. The magic the movies weave is the same. It is this one constancy that becomes an anchor in an otherwise erratic childhood.
"My father left-abandoned us-on August 5, 1978," says Beltrán, "the same night that Saturday Night Fever opened." The touching sentence captures beautifully the essence of Fuguet's delightful novel. It paints a picture of a young boy whose only way out of a miserable childhood was to mark its biggest upheaval with one of his favorite movies. - Poornima Apte
http://www.mostlyfiction.com/latin/fuguet.htm


I’ve been thinking too much about reality entertainment lately. It was inevitable that I would find myself reading Alberto Fuguet’s The Movies of My Life (Rayo) this summer—this summer of House of Cards-like congressional hearings and plotlines, this summer of Russian spies and the Paris Climate agreement debacle, and the fact that there’s an actual reality TV star in the middle of it all. In short, I’ve been wondering: how does a country cope with disillusion? Or rather, how does a person deal with its dissolution?
To be accurate, these questions are not at the crux of Fuguet’s The Movies of My Life, though the tropes surrounding them are prominent within the book. The novel centers on the protagonist, Beltran Soler, a seismologist and misanthrope who has largely shielded himself from the trauma of the world by losing himself in theoretical seismology. But everything changes when a chance encounter with a woman on a flight from Santiago, Chile, to Los Angeles, California, (en route to a seismology conference in Tokyo) triggers an unpacking of memories from his largely unexamined life through fifty films that expound upon everything from Beltran’s émigré life in California to his return to his birthplace of Santiago to Salvador Allende’s death to life under Pinochet’s Chile.
At the head of each chapter are headings that detail the movie seen, the director, and the place and time in which Beltran had seen it. Beltran writes these essays with the intention of, presumably, sending them to the woman he met on his flight from Santiago. Instead of flying on to Tokyo, he bunkers down in a Los Angeles hotel and within short distance from his childhood home of Encino. What ensues is a character study in fifty memories—some banal, some traumatic, but all of them resonating with the texture of life as lived through a child’s eye, even those memories associated with late adolescence or adulthood.
One of the more poignant essays is associated with the movie Soylent Green directed by Richard Fleischer. The film takes place in New York in the year 2022. The city is devastated, and nine-year-old Beltran makes the link upon his landing between the fictional New York of 2022 and the Santiago that he finds in front of him.
Beltran recalls the image of his grandfather buying the paper on their way home from the airport. He remembers the headline reading, “PINOCHET: WHOEVER DOESN’T APPRECIATE THE HEAVY HAND, GET OUT.” He then segues into the great reveal of the film: “It’s assumed that Soylent is a combination of lentils and soy beans but, ultimately, Heston discovers Soylent Green is made out of surplus human beings.”
Of course, Chile’s dirty war is only vaguely alluded to here. But it’s this kind of interplay between entertainment, personal memory, and political context that’s increasingly intriguing to me the further we move into 2017 where our reality TV has quite actually (and suddenly) become the mainstream political and the personal—all of it one and the same indivisible reality. One can’t help but wonder what led up to this? And existentially how do we, as citizens, cope with disillusion when echoes of it ring out everywhere? In the news, in our sports, in reality TV. Is there refuge? And if so, what does that look like?
If Beltran, the protagonist, teaches us anything it’s that it might just look like the texture of our own extant lives, our own personal dramas infinitely more interesting and formative than the context (sometimes) in which we find ourselves, though also derived from that context as well. There’s something reassuring about that—the idea that I can only live this moment I’m living in and that’s it. I can only change what I can change. In effect, it’s only in memory that we can gain the larger gravity and value of the moments that have formed us.
There’s one problem in 2017 though: everything feels formative, everything feels significant. And to disconnect from that would be to disconnect from the very social fabric itself. I think Beltran feels this, too. It’s part of what drives him into his theoretical pursuits in Chile. But somehow 2017 feels different.
It feels like every day we’re unpacking some new trauma, some new earth-shattering legislation or event that’s forever altering not only the reality we live in but the people we’re becoming if we dare to examine the undercurrents in our own lives.
Americans might find less sympathy from countries who have lived through similar trauma before, Chile being one of them. But then I wonder, is it fair to say anyone has lived through anything quite like this before? Like what Americans—and really the world—are living through in the present? Not to say lived through the macro elements of what we’re seeing—the strongmen, the consolidation of power, the war on the American free press, etc.—but the way in which the misfortune we might be experiencing is, in part, brought on by the very entertainment that distracted us from looking too closely at this kind of trauma in the first place.  Specifically, I’m talking about our American cravings for reality TV and how that’s shaped everything: our insatiable desire for disaster porn news cycles, our hypercurated social media, our continual refreshing of Twitter feeds in the doctor’s office, and underwriting all of that, our incredible human desire to stay connected to one another.
Was it our seemingly innocuous American cravings that led to this? Or was it the more tragic and simple desire for human connection that built our echo chambers and pushed us further away from some collective truth? Perhaps some combination of both (and more). But then, maybe not knowing, or striving to know, is the whole point.
As Beltran had a moment of reckoning, maybe 2017 is ours. Our time to turn off the TV, look dissolution in the eye, and then feel that transformative discomfort. -
http://blog.pshares.org/index.php/examining-our-american-disillusion-with-alberto-fuguet/
Bookreporter.com
Entertainment Weekly 
The New York Times Book Review 


Road Story (Roady Story. a Graphic Novel)
Alberto Fuguet and Gonzalo Martinez, Road Story, Trans. by Samantha Schneeexcerpt


Simon feels like his life is in parenthesis-he got divorced, he embezzled from the company he worked for, he said he'd come back but didn't. Now, he tours the southern states of the US in a rental car. On the road he meets Adriana, a woman from Bolivia who shares the feelings of loss and insanity that have taken a hold of him. Road Story, part of a larger volume of short stories, is the critically acclaimed story of a Chilean trying to find himself in the middle of the barren landscapes of the border between the us and Mexico.

Nicola Pugliese - a lyrical, caustic and highly fantastical imagining of a Naples beset by a biblical deluge, accompanied by a variety of peculiar phenomenon... dolls speak and pocket money sings

$
0
0
Pugliese MALACQUA _ rgb
Nicola Pugliese, Malacqua, Trans. by Shaun Whiteside, And Other Stories, 2017. [1977.]




After a four-day deluge, Naples is flooded. Buildings collapse, sinkholes appear. Strange events spread across the city: ghostly voices emanate from a medieval castle and five-lire coins begin to play music, but only to ten-year-old children. A melancholy journalist searches for meaning as the narrative takes us into the minds of those who have suffered in the floods.
Despite phenomenal initial success, the novel was withdrawn from publication at the author’s request, and not reissued until after his death in 2012. Now translated into English for the first time, Malacqua remains a timely critique and a richly peopled portrait of a much-mythologised city.




‘This is a book with a meaning and a force and a message.’ - Italo Calvino


‘A marvellous writer!’ - Roberto Saviano


Malacqua, Nicola Pugliese’s only novel, was discovered by Italo Calvino, who said in 1977: ‘This is a book with a meaning and a force and a message.’ Mysteriously, this small masterpiece went out of print and wasn’t reissued until 2013. Published now in Shaun Whiteside’s translation, Malacqua: Four Days of Rain in the City of Naples, Waiting for the Occurrence of an Extraordinary Event is this year’s strangest and most seductive book. - Anna Aslanyan
https://www.spectator.co.uk/2017/11/books-of-the-year-16/


There are books you can recognize by a single phrase long after you’ve read them. Years from now, “that rain that was coming down and coming down” will still be a kind of synecdoche for Malacqua, so vividly does it capture the spirit and style of this unique work. Published in Italy in 1977, Nicola Pugliese’s novel soon went out of print, and wasn’t reissued until 2013, a year after his death.
This is a chronicle of events – some of them more extraordinary than others – on the streets of Naples over the course of four deluged days: a chasm opens in a road; a building collapses, burying people under the rubble; a doll is found, capable of emitting an “inhuman cry as if of multitudes”; five lire coins play music that only little girls can hear.
The rain is falling “interminably”, punctuated by the thoughts of those surrounded… - Anna Aslanyan
https://www.the-tls.co.uk/articles/private/nothing-extremely-unusual/



Originally published in 1977 and having since gone out of print, Pugliese’s first and only novel is a kaleidoscopic portrait of a city on the brink of disaster. Four days of rain have left Naples flooded and its residents in various degrees of despair, and as lives begin to be claimed by sinkholes and collapsing buildings, the whole city becomes consumed by a collective sense of dread. Mysterious portents abound—strange yet identical dolls are discovered at the various disaster sites, mournful voices echo through the streets from an abandoned castle above the city, and all five-lire coins begin to play music that can be heard only by little girls—which contribute to a general expectation that an extraordinary event is about to take place. Alternating between the various perspectives of citizens at the edge of personal and spiritual revelation and suffering the effects of the relentless rains, the novel offers a foreboding and unsettling critique of Neapolitan culture. The sweeping conclusion is a beautiful and haunting foray into the search for meaning in a meaningless world. - Publishers Weekly


Here comes the rain again, and a storied Italian city washes away in this brooding novel by a Milanese transplant to southern Italy.
While he worked in publishing, as so many Italian writers do, Italo Calvino discovered and published this slender novel in 1977. It made a mark, then disappeared, reissued only after the author’s death in 2012. Why he withheld it—his only novel—from being reprinted is a mystery. In a theme that nicely complements Max Frisch’s near-contemporaneous Man in the Holocene, the story opens with fogged windows and rain-lashed streets, “with inky streaks and sudden gusts, the wind blowing up Via Marittima on the corner of Piazza del Municipio, and beyond, and beyond….” Transfixed, a weary journalist named Carlo Andreoli collects odd sightings: here a sinkhole opens, swallowing roads and buildings; there spectral voices whisper from ancient castle walls. The scene shifts, now to a police commissioner who is wondering just how he is going to explain those odd sightings: “What answer would he give to Rome, otherwise, if they asked him to explain the voices?” What answer indeed? Pugliese occasionally swings into the satirical, mimicking Moravia here and the Mafia novel there (“That evening so sweetly autumnal, with all that falling rain defining veils of omertà”), peppering the narrative with sharply realized observations from many points of view, as with the barista who worries, “People would stop coming to Susan’s for coffee the day they realized that if they had coffee at Susan's they also risked ruining a pair of trousers with the muddy water from the puddles.” More often he falls into stream-of-consciousness reveries in which sentences and paragraphs flow like rain for pages, to beautiful effect. One comes at the very end, when Andreoli flashes on the happy thought that maybe, just maybe, the rain will stop pouring down and the sun will shine once more.
Pugliese’s dark story serves as an extended metaphor for whatever the reader might wish: climate change, the human capacity for suffering. A memorable work of modern literature. - Kirkus Reviews






A novel that owed its original publication to Italo Calvino became an instant bestseller on its first appearance in 1977 and was then abruptly withdrawn without explanation by its author. It was not reissued in his native Italy until after his death as a virtual recluse in 2012. Nicola Pugliese’s Malacqua: Four Days of Rain in the City of Naples, Waiting for the Occurrence of an Extraordinary Event is a fascinating enigma even before its contents are approached.
It is not hard to see why this short, intensely allusive work of floods and foreboding (the title’s literal translation: “Bad Water”) appealed to a fabulist writer such as Calvino. Pugliese takes a semi-apocalyptic event – sudden, fatal floods and several days of prolonged rain in Naples (an actual occurrence in the autumn of 1970), a city that lives in reality and the imagination as both maritime and volcanic – and uses it, by means of hyper-realist imagery and a polyphonic chorus of assorted Neapolitans, to describe the state of Italy in the late 1970s.
This was the midway point of the so-called Years of Lead – a period of social and political unrest and domestic terrorism spanning the late 1960s to the early 1980s, which culminated in the kidnap and murder of the former prime minister Aldo Moro by the Marxist-Leninist Red Brigade in the spring of 1978 and the bombing of Bologna railway station by a neo-fascist group in the summer of 1980, the biggest mass killing of the period.
Pugliese’s book – rescued from obscurity first by Casa Editrice Pironti in 2013 and now in its first English-language edition by And Other Stories – could, on surface reading and without attention to this backstory, be viewed as a surrealist oddity. Yet Pugliese’s narrative is epic in intent. It is late October in Naples, and the swiftly rising, ever-present seawaters, the backdrop to a newspaper’s loud lunchtime editorial meeting, immediately take on a diabolical character of their own, from a “stinking motionless pond” to “a dark mysterious susurration like that of people plotting, scheming in darkness”. Italy’s instability, its frailty, is mirrored in the chaos that follows. At its centre is the introspective, melancholic anti-hero Carlo Andreoli, a bearded journalist in his mid-thirties (Pugliese was at this time a bearded journalist in his mid-thirties). Carlo is the most consistent figure in a book as crowded as Naples, a hapless bystander in history’s undoing, yet also a relayer of facts. Pugliese combines reportage (the unsparing details of corpses found drowned in their own homes, for example) with nightmarish indications of the insidiousness of the new waterscape (“a harsh and predetermined rancour, an irreversible obstinacy”), absurdism (the banal hierarchies of a bewildered bureaucracy confronted with a disaster it is powerless to control)  and phantasmagoria (identical wailing dolls that appear near the bodies of the dead, five lire coins that whisper only to young girls approaching adolescence).
For some, such as Luisa Sorrentino, a secretary in the police department, the catastrophe is a catalyst for a much-postponed change in her personal life: “that evening so sweetly autumnal, with all the falling rain defining veils of omertà”. For the teenage schoolgirl Giovannella Speranza, the occasion of the funeral of a fellow pupil, killed when the deluge collapses a road, is an excuse to play truant, meet and make love for the first time with her older boyfriend, while “the methodical neurasthenic rain” falls outside. For the elderly porter Salvatore Irace, looking back on his now-grown children and still further back to his own brutal childhood, the rain represents remembrance and regret: “Because to tell the truth life has fled, now, and sometimes if he and his wife are left on their own there’s always that dark presence.” Malacqua is a brooding novel, with flashes of brilliance, yet there is a stodginess to it, a vexing impregnability in its lengthy paragraphs, its repetitive musings. Praise must go to its translator, Shaun Whiteside, who has, with care and patience, worked wonders on a book of differing styles and clamouring voices and rendered it considerably more than an excavated curio. Pugliese, writing of and in his time, captures the tropes of the 1970s. The casual sexism, paralysing trade union activity and factory lockouts, the endless smoking of American cigarettes, the putter of the espresso machine, the obsessive clatter of the typewriter: his entwined stories and desperate soliloquies are swept along as so much wreckage in the force of the floods. - Catherine Taylor
https://www.newstatesman.com/culture/books/2018/01/nicola-pugliese-s-malacqua-captures-tropes-1970s-italy

Nicola Pugliese was an Italian journalist born in Milan, but who lived and worked for most of his life in the city of Naples. In 1977 his first and only novel, Malacqua, was published – by literary heavyweight Italo Calvino, no less. It was an immediate hit, selling out in a matter of days, but Pugliese – for reasons apparently unknown – demanded that it wasn’t reprinted, so, despite its initial impressive success, the novel thereafter remained out of print, until Pugliese’s death five years ago in 2012. As such, this new edition, gracefully translated from the Italian by Shaun Whiteside, is the first English language version, introducing new readers to a strikingly elegiac novel that will surely soon be hailed as a lost Italian classic.
A plot precis is somewhat unnecessary since the novel’s own rather lengthy subtitle tells us everything we need to know: “Four days of rain in the city of Naples waiting for the occurrence of an extraordinary event.” At about 3am on October 23 – the year isn’t given, but we assume it’s some time in the ’70s – it starts to rain. It pours from the sky in “violent spates”, thus, as the first light of the day breaks over the city, “a greyish dawn, sometimes violet in tone, resolutely pallid and funereal,” the inhabitants of Naples wake to “a harsh and predetermined rancor, an irreversible obstinacy”.
It doesn’t take long for the city’s infrastructure to start to break down under the deluge. Sinkholes appear, like great mouths yawning open in the ground, swallowing buildings, cars and people. Streetlights are blown and can’t be repaired as long as the water pours down in such quantities. The city sewers begin to swell and overflow, and even the seawater starts to rise, “its pressure mounting, and the waves swelled to smash against the moorings, and you would also have to say that on the second day it became clear, or rather people began to understand: perhaps this wasn’t the rain of other years, other months, perhaps this rain here was coming from a long way away”.
It’s a downpour of nothing less than Biblical proportions. Is the city experiencing a religious apocalypse? “Something major is happening here,” thinks a grocer as he watches buildings subsiding into streets gushing with “raging torrent[s]”.
So too, the narrative slips with a watery fluidity between various of the city’s residents – a journalist, a policeman, a fireman, a woman in the early days of a new romance, one who sells cigarettes for a living, to name but a few – each of them trapped within their own experience, the point of view cascading between the individual and collective with an ease reminiscent of the stream of consciousness technique demonstrated by writers in the early years of the 20th century.
Written when Italy was plagued by intensified political terrorism – that between the late 1960s and the early ’80s, now referred to as Italy’s “Years of Lead” (a reference to how many bullets were fired) – Malacqua can clearly be read as a product of its time, Pugliese using pathetic fallacy to great effect, transforming political unrest into meteorological tumult. Writing in the fabulist tradition, he combines fantastical elements – deep in the cellars of the Maschio Angioino, the old castle that houses the city’s Baronial Hall, a doll that “emits superhuman voices and long heart-rending groans as though of multitudes,” is discovered, its screams sending uneasy shivers down the spines of anyone who hears it; and 10-year-old girls across the city begin to hear music playing from five-lire coins – with the realism of a city and its people that he knew like the back of his own hand.
This isn’t to say, however, that Malacqua is simply a period piece. On the contrary, one could actually argue that its republication couldn’t be timelier. It has reappeared in an era increasingly threatened by a riotous and disordered natural world. It’s only been a couple of months since we watched with horror as the flooding caused by Hurricane Harvey devastated Houston in the United States, while on the other side of the globe South Asia was hit by the worst floods in a century, decimating areas of Bangladesh, India and Nepal . Had it been written today, Malacqua would be read as an indictment of those politicians who refuse to countenance the existence of climate change and the dangers of global warming.
The citizens of Naples watch the destruction of their city waiting for an “extraordinary event” to bring things to a head; this, they suspect is “merely the start of the transformation”. Whether or not their fears come true,
readers can discover for themselves. What’s not in doubt, however, is the extraordinariness of this is haunting, eerie novel. - Lucy Scholes
https://www.thenational.ae/arts-culture/books/book-review-nicola-pugliese-s-malacqua-reflects-the-political-unrest-of-the-time-1.677182


Times of political violence and foreboding generate portents: think of Shakespeare, living in a culture obsessed with comets and visitations, writing plays in which no downward adjustment in the political world isn’t heralded by disorders of the air, meteors, or the dead gibbering in the streets. Queered, paranoiac iterations of pathetic fallacy help us to put a name to the uncanny resonances between the collapse of the individual subject and systemic crisis. In times of collective existential risk, there’s a weird comfort in exercising the apocalyptic imagination: not only does it let you submerge your very sensible worries about your own vulnerability in the bizarre ecstasy of fantasies of general dissolution, but it gives pattern, form, and reason to anxiety born of an experience which defies all three. However helpless you are in the face of your historical circumstances—the collapse of the postwar liberal order, say, or climate change, or resurgent fascism—imagined apocalypses let you contemplate catastrophe as something rich in meaning, irony, and even utopian possibility.
Floods are great for this. The image of a shark nosing down a Houston freeway in the wake of Hurricane Harvey may not have been genuine, but its wide circulation testified to the uncanny satisfaction to be found in the radical inversion that floods enact. Fire from above leaves nothing behind and martyrs its victims; water is insidious and implacable, and the destruction it wreaks doesn’t so much destroy as engorge, rearranging human landscapes according to its own bizarre logic, leaving them spongiform and monstrous. And the Anthropocene, of course, makes horribly apparent what the playwright of King Lear knew: that the natural and human worlds are legible indices of each other, and that meteors and storms, floods and earthquakes are political events. As I write this, Houston is still underwater, and the lineaments of a carceral ethno-state that works in conjunction with a warming climate to discipline and punish are becoming ever more apparent: those resonances have escaped from the realm of the fabulist and the uncanny, and become all too material.
Nicola Pugliese’s Malacqua, a strange and visionary novel about an apparently endless rainstorm in Naples, predates this new significance of floods, but the baroque weirdness of its apocalyptic imagination has a lot to tell us nonetheless. It also comes to Anglophone readers as something of an enigma. Pugliese was a journalist who lived and worked most of his life in Naples; he published Malacqua in 1977. It sold out in a couple of days. Pugliese forbade any reprints or reissues, withdrew the whole thing from publication, and died, in 2012, without having published any more fiction. Since his ban on further publication ends with his death, And Other Stories have seized on the book as a more-or-less forgotten classic of melancholy Italian postmodernism. The fact that Malacqua has been effectively buried since its first appearance makes it even more difficult not to read it as an artefact of Italy’s long, ugly crisis of the 1970s, reanimated with impeccable timing for our own widening gyre.
The essential premise of the novel is more or less summed up in the title: an apparently endless rain falls on Naples, undermining streets and storm drains, paralysing infrastructure, making buildings subside and collapse. As the rain continues, stranger visitations begin to occur: a doll, abandoned in the Baronial Hall, begins to emit deafening screams; the change in people’s pockets begins to play music; the sea level shifts. The city’s reaction to these events, as the sewers back up and plaster peels soddenly from walls, makes for a febrile, bathetic comedy of civic manners and popular disorder.
If this kind of fabulism is familiar from the high postmodernism of the period—Italo Calvino acted as Pugliese’s advocate and midwived the book’s publication—it is saved from the risk of winsomeness by a tenacious grounding in the local. Pugliese is clearly writing here about his hometown, with ferocious and unforgiving love. The city’s inhabitants could be Joyce’s Dubliners in their paralysis and frustration, their immovable indifference to what’s happening, and their scarcely articulable longing for whatever’s coming to split it all open. The novel unfolds as a succession of vignettes, recurrent plotlines, and digressions, each one inhabited by a character: a melancholic journalist whose investigations lead him only deeper into a kind of agonized waiting; a lonely schoolgirl who is the first to find that the change in her pocket has started to sing pop music; a young woman newly in love and already learning boredom; a cigarette seller; a switchboard operator; a fireman. In the moment of suspension that the rain brings—everyone slowly abandoning their jobs, dropping out of the daily circuits of obligation and survival, and giving themselves over to inchoate anticipation—Pugliese assembles a portrait of his city as he knows it, a fugitive realist novel under cover of the fantastic. He sustains a curious double vision, in which Naples is both Europe after the Rains and the apparently ordinary world that existed before them: whatever yearning or terror the events arouse in Naples’ inhabitants were there all along, only waiting for the irruption of the weird to throw them into proper relief. Fabulism provides cover for elegiac portraiture, and the real subject of the novel discloses itself not as the sequence of events leading towards some revelation, but as the frustration and yearning that attends its deferral: Pugliese’s Neapolitans wait in agony for it all to make sense, and it never quite does.
That suspension becomes the book’s controlling obsession. Many of Pugliese’s portraits get to speak, turning the novel into a succession of soliloquies which return insistently to the rain, to the sense of waiting for something to happen, to the gentle dissolution of order and time around them, or to the restrained fury of renunciation which the rain externalises. In its most penetrating moments this soliloquy often breaks the bounds of individual portraiture and becomes pure unattributed voice, as if the citizens of Naples were speaking collectively. The novel’s various voices—official reportage, realist narrative, ironic fantasy, soliloquy, collective unconscious—play against each other within the space of a few lines.
During the night of that third day of rain, reliable witnesses state that they saw cars slipping silently on the grey of the tarmac with white lights, with red lights, with blue lights, and without sirens, without breaking the silence, and those cars slipped silently along the streets of the promenade . . . Black darkness, still and silent. One wondered if it would be wise to leave, oh yes, to leave. And why not?, for what specific reason? To gather things together in silence, to close everything up, close it up and lock it up and protect and gauge and assess with a swift glance, and climb inside one’s car, and set it in motion, turn on the lights, reach the motorway . . . Away from the city in the depths of night, as far away as a separation, scorched earth, that’s it, a clean break.
Who is supposed to be speaking here? Who cares? Pugliese interleaves his voices with a formidable complexity, as if daring you to try to read against the novel’s central conceit of entropy and fluid disorganisation. Whether to trust in the existence of a controlling structure, even when you can’t see it, is entirely your own concern. But those portraits of Neapolitan paralysis, sandwiched between the vaulting irony of the over-narrative and the subterranean murmur of a collective unconscious, and buttressed by the local and the domestic, the specific and the grounded, against the forces of disintegration both in the novel’s world and in its text—they persist, after you’ve finished reading, like an after-image on the retina.
That intimacy is, I think, one of the strongest reasons to read Pugliese in 2017, as good medicine for the psychological pressure of living in an atmosphere of constant expectation of ever-more-novel catastrophes. To experience history in an age of twenty-four-hour news makes every waking moment an agony of anticipation; you’re always waiting for some kind of revelation, for a pattern to become apparent, or at the very least for an atrocity or a moment of hope that’ll surprise you. The citizens of Malacqua experience this feeling for only four days, and find it nearly unbearable: the only counterweight is their private lives. Those lives persist obdurately in all their frustration, love, unhappiness, joy, horniness, and befuddlement; and they constitute resistance, of a sort. - Peter Mitchell
https://www.asymptotejournal.com/criticism/nicola-pugliese-malacqua/
Naples, ragamuffin capital of the Italian south, offers a visual education in the grand style. Along the city seafront the Mediterranean appears an unreal Kodachrome green, while in the distance the dromedary-like mound of Vesuvius trails smoke. Tourists have often been put off by the presence of the Camorra — the Neapolitan Mafia — and by the boisterous yelling in its dark, corridor-like streets.Nicola Pugliese was a writer who challenged the clichéd view of Naples as a city of gangsters, mandolins and “O Sole Mio”. Born in Milan in 1944, he worked all his life in Naples as a journalist, reporting on pickpocketing crime and the sweatshop exploitation of children in the Spanish Quarter, where the streets are so cramped that they barely admit the light of day.Pugliese’s first and only novel Malacqua (“Bad water”) was published in Italy in 1977 to great acclaim. It describes the effect on Naples of four days of continuous rain; not a drip-drip rain, but a monsoon-deluge that erodes the city’s volcanic tufa-brick buildings and leaves sinkholes in the roads. Naples, one-time Arcady of Bourbon kings and queens, is transformed by Pugliese into a disaster zone. His prose, a pasticcio of Joycean stream-of-consciousness and Márquez-like supra-realism, stays vivid in the mind: “and the water from Via Roma meets the water coming down from the Quartieri and from Corso Vittorio Emanuele, and the circle closes, a heavy and ineluctable circle, and that water meets in a circle and surges towards the sea . . . ”For all its brilliance, however, Malacqua had a chequered publication history. It was “discovered” in 1976 by Italo Calvino, who worked for the Einaudi publishing house of Turin. Calvino’s imprimatur (“This is a book with a meaning and a force and a message”) counted for much: Einaudi was at the time the most commercially successful publisher in Italy. The novel was an immediate hit. It appeared at the height of the anni di piombo, or “Years of Lead” (bullets), when the Red Brigades and the far right alike terrorised Italy with kidnappings and political assassinations. The novel’s subtle indictment of Camorra-infiltrated public works and its Kafkaesque cast of bureaucrats (the Councillor for Public Thoroughfares, His Excellency the Police Commissioner) reflected a mood of fear and nationwide discontent.But inexplicably, Pugliese refused to allow republication of Malacqua. For almost 40 years, the novel circulated in Naples in photocopied form or as prohibitively expensive first editions. Only with Pugliese’s death in 2012, at the age of 68, was Malacqua finally reprinted, and only now appears in English translation for the first time.The novel opens in the morning of October 23 — Pugliese gives no precise year — as rain comes down hard and in “violent spates” over Naples. Within hours the sewers on Via Tasso have ruptured and a “shitty rain” has engulfed a house and its occupants; cars have fallen into a chasm and sewers have overflowed. The plot slips with watery fluidity between various residents — a policeman, a contraband cigarette seller, a fireman, a telephone operator, a barman and his “strawberry-blonde” English wife, and journalist Carlo Andreoli who is presumably part-based on Pugliese. A Marlboro-smoking depressive, Andreoli watches appalled as factories, banks and offices are forced to close by the meteorological disturbance.Naples had suffered a cholera epidemic in 1973, but the rains are equally frightening, with disturbing events reported everywhere. Spooky identical dolls are discovered at the disaster sites. The dome of the duomo reverberates ominously with thunder. People pray to San Gennaro, the city’s patron saint, but religion, it seems, has left only a translucent veneer like a snail’s trail over the pagan heart of Naples. San Gennaro’s liquified blood is what Naples needs in its hour of need. “Some extraordinary event was bound to occur, somewhere in Naples.” Pugliese’s fiaba vesuviana (Vesuvian fairytale), superbly translated by Shaun Whiteside, is a beautiful and haunting exploration of life at a meteorological extreme. -
https://www.ft.com/content/65ad3ca4-f46a-11e7-88f7-5465a6ce1a00


The Italian journalist Nicola Pugliese was born in Milan in 1944 and spent most of his career in Naples at the newspaper Roma. When he was in his early 30s he began to write a novel, scribbling with feverish rapidity in snatches of time after the day’s edition had gone to press.
Within two months he had produced “Malacqua,” a lyrical, caustic and highly fantastical imagining of a Naples beset by a biblical deluge accompanied by a variety of peculiar phenomena. In “Malacqua” dolls speak and pocket money sings while the city everywhere collapses as though it were a single, drowning, dying entity. The novel caught the eye of Italo Calvino, then a consulting editor at the distinguished Einaudi Press, and was published to acclaim in 1977, selling out its first printing.
And that was that. Three years later Roma folded and the author ceased writing. He refused to allow the novel to be reprinted in his lifetime. He moved to the countryside, where he lived reclusively until his death, at age 67, in 2012.
Since then, “Malacqua” has experienced something of a rebirth. Republished in Italy in 2013, it now receives a translation into English, courtesy of the London-based polyglot Shaun Whiteside. It is no mean feat to capture the breathless immediacy of Pugliese’s prose, and Mr. Whiteside has done the job admirably.
“Malacqua” is a beguiling portrait of a fractured city, with its jostle of voices and competing desires, soaked in magic realism and absurdism. It begins with a warning about reality’s being “overabundant” and then lays the imagery on thick. The rain is falling “in violent spates,” the sea is rising and Naples is beginning to soften and erode. Streams of water “dug, and cut, and dug, and cut, and now the defences were disappearing, the cement was crumbling, supporting columns sent up desperate cries for someone to support them.” “Christ,” one character exclaims, “the city’s really made of cardboard.”
Sinkholes are opened up and buildings are toppled. Firemen are dispatched and multiple inspections are required. The passive voice is impishly employed. Pugliese is very good—and very funny—on municipal bureaucracy, its rhetoric of obfuscation and evasion. Officials with overblown job titles flail about trying to impose order while the “fat mayor” concludes that “it wasn’t his job” to decide, “other people would decide for him.” But beneath the jolly satire lurks a sinister undercurrent. “It is not appropriate,” we are told, “to have reservations about the state.”
The novel follows, in the words of its baroque subtitle, “four days of rain in the city of Naples, waiting for the occurrence of an extraordinary event.” There is no plot as such, just a succession of episodes and an accretion of foreboding, the gathering expectation of some sort of revelation. It spoils nothing to say that the expected “occurrence” never happens, part of the joke being that “extraordinary events” are happening all the time.
Naples itself may be the novel’s true protagonist, but Pugliese is a gifted portraitist and provides some wonderfully vivid—and at times surprisingly moving—character vignettes. There is the journalist Carlo, a stand-in for the author, trying to report precisely what is going on. There is the put-upon policeman Ferdinando, beset by “his wife’s illnesses, all nervous in origin.” The teenage Giovannella skips a friend’s funeral to lose her virginity, while young Sara must contend with her violent and erratic mother, who hurls her beloved radio out the window. Women don’t come off particularly well in this novel—but, then, neither do men. There is disgust in Pugliese’s description of what a city does to individuals while it “lives its life in a continuous form of multiplication.”
The publishers state that “Malacqua” was “withdrawn from publication at the author’s request” and offer no further explanation. According to the critic and filmmaker Giuseppe Pesce, who made a documentary short about Pugliese not long before his death, the reasons were rooted in the author’s revulsion at society.
“Pugliese did not withdraw the novel, but withdrew himself,” Mr. Pesce told me recently. But there was perhaps a further motivation: In 1980, the year that Roma closed down, Naples and its neighbors suffered a catastrophic earthquake, which left nearly 2,500 dead and 250,000 homeless. The city’s social problems and dirty politics, consequently, went from bad to worse. Maybe “Malacqua” suddenly seemed all-too-prophetic. Or maybe, in the light of this instance of “overabundant” reality, Pugliese thought his book somehow underimagined.
“Naples is the city of many springs—beautiful springs—after which the summer never comes,” Pugliese told Mr. Pesce elliptically. He was content for his novel to have its brief moment in the sun. Now its spring has come again.—Mr. Lichtig
https://www.wsj.com/articles/review-malacqua-and-the-four-days-of-rain-in-naples-1510344014

This rediscovered classic has a back-story almost as uncanny as its mood. A journalist in Naples, Nicola Pugliese, published Malacqua, his only novel, in 1977, as the violence, strife and corruption of Italy’s “years of lead” threw a grey blanket of dread over daily life. “Malacqua” sold fast and won praise, but then Pugliese mysteriously withdrew the book from circulation. It reappeared after his death in 2012 and has only now been translated. It describes a four-day deluge in late October that floods the streets of Naples and swamps people with fears and doubts. A dank air of foreboding wraps the city as the rain opens sinkholes and collapses houses. It feels “as if a siege had its grip on Naples”.
Inexplicable phenomena trouble the citizens. Hidden dolls scream in the council chamber; five-lire coins begin to sing. These supernatural touches aside, Pugliese follows ordinary Neapolitans – a journalist, a bar-owner, a watchman, a schoolgirl, a secretary – as the unremitting downpour prompts an “obscure apocalyptic question” and a “presentiment of misfortune” darkens their sodden days. The skies clear, but the mystery lingers in this clammily unsettling tale. - BT
https://www.1843magazine.com/culture/what-to-read/gogo-girl


There are nods to dark masters in Malacqua — undercurrents of Kafka, a drumbeat of Beckett — but Nicola Pugliese’s novel has its own compelling voice, filled with the sound of water rushing, gushing, flowing, hammering on rooftops, falling in threads from the sky.
Naples is drowning, disintegrating, battered by relentless rain. Buildings collapse; huge sinkholes swallow cars and people. Ghostly and unsettling events are reported all over the city: mysterious visions, hidden dolls howling in anguish, coins that emit music audible only to small children. Signs and portents. Naples is an urban nightmare, the saturated ground itself a treacherous element. With a sense of mounting dread the inhabitants are witnessing the liquefaction of their city.
Pugliese, a Neapolitan journalist, published Malacqua in 1977 with the support of Italo Calvino. It was an instant best-seller in Italy, but the author inexplicably refused to permit a reprint, and only now after his death has it been reissued, evocatively translated by Shaun Whiteside.
Glimpsed through the deluge over four days in October of an unnamed year, we get vignettes of the local people: the café owner and his blue-eyed English wife; the local poet poised to give a public reading; the fruit and veg shopkeeper; a marshal of the carabinieri with a nervy wife; and (a startling foretaste of this year’s sleaze-fest) the sexually exploited secretary to a successful lawyer. There are others, and their voices blend in a stream of soliloquies —heartaches; sex, both passionate and dutiful; secrets; everyday pleasures; marital bitterness and failed chances.
The central figure (and occasional narrator) is a despairing, world-weary journalist gripped by the existential question: what if? What if the rain never stops? And in the final pages, granted an epiphany in his shaving mirror worthy of Proust, finding a flicker of hope in a hopeless world.
Many years ago, arriving at Naples central railway station, I needed a local street map. The man at the tourist desk handed me one, adding confidingly: ‘Be aware that Naples is not like other places: it is a theoretical city, una città teorica. Naples is a state of mind.’ The true protagonist of Malacqua is Naples, every street and piazza memorialised.
Beneath its dazzling postmodernist surface lies anger at what has been done to this city, not by the violence of nature but by bureaucratic inertia, neglect, buck-passing and corruption. Pugliese has captured with force and beauty the state of mind of a city that is both ‘theoretical’ and real. -
https://www.spectator.co.uk/2017/12/naples-drowns-in-deluge-and-corruption/


Nicola Pugliese’s unusual Malacqua was first published in 1977 by Italo Calvino. Never reprinted until after Pugliese’s death, it appears for the first time in English translation by Shaun Whiteside.
This meticulous literary experiment presents a tidal wave of catalogs, overheard intimacies, emergencies, monologues, and breathless moods over the course of a few days in October. Against the backdrop of torrential rain, a sharp sense for the boundary between public and private thought reveals all the urgency of a documentary.
The multistranded, expansive narrative features Carlo Andreoli—a newspaperman who loosely threads the work—as well as men and women who experience the rain’s progression from natural phenomena to nuisance, warning, mysterious force, and psychological intrusion.
One section, which features a doll that produces strange noises, embodies the unsettling quality of the storm. Accidents combine with eerie events that highlight the bureaucratic nature of a city coping with the unexpected. As serpentine paragraphs rake over mundane and philosophical details, councilors wrestle over whether or not the accidents were due to negligence. Despite the characters’ frustration, there’s little trace of cynicism.
Pugliese captures the resignation of a people who quickly adapt to circumstance. The work becomes as much a twentieth-century portrait of endurance as it is a challenge to conventional storytelling. Winding, ecstatic, with full knowledge that rain must eventually cease, the work barrels forward in a surprisingly moving consideration of ordinary experiences. Subtler side stories prove fascinating.
Loves, deaths, the hopes of parents, illicit affairs, pivotal memories, grief, and everyday concerns gather with increasing pressure, then rapidly fade. Characters enter and leave with minimal fanfare. Their intense, internal wanderings mark their crossing.
The result is a city of voices existing in suspended drama. Carlo Andreoli’s lengthy interlude, which splices the act of shaving with reflection, exemplifies the book’s extreme approach to time, which stretches thin, appears to pause, then resumes. When the end finally arrives, Pugliese deftly turns the dark clouds of imagination into a life-affirming ode. -  Karen Rigby       
https://www.forewordreviews.com/reviews/malacqua/


It begins with the sea. Out the windows, down the alleys, on the perpetual edge of the city’s consciousness. In Nicola Pugliese’s Naples, the sea is everywhere. “From the street,” he writes, “loneliness falls gracefully away to the sea.”
A few years before the main events of Malaqua transpire the government and police of Naples decide to block access to the beach on a beautiful summer day. For a while, the children stare angrily at the line of police along the shore. Eventually the children slink back into the shade and despair of their homes and courtyards. But the sea, not one to be defeated by local government, begins to rise. It rises until it reaches the first row of houses, then moves farther into the city, leaking into basements, waterlogging wooden boards, wetting socks and shoes and the hems of dresses and pants. The police come to realize they cannot guard the sea, and so they leave.
“This had in all likelihood been an alert, a warning significant in its way,” the narrator informs us. The alert is for the events of October 23rd through 26th, the four days over which the novel takes place. The four days of rain.
Anyone who picks up And Other Stories’ edition of Malacqua, the first English translation of Nicola Pugliese’s Italian novel from 1977, will be immediately alerted to the strange weather which serves as the novel’s catalyst. Emblazoned across the book’s cover is Malacqua’s unofficial subtitle: Four Days of Rain in the City of Naples, Waiting for the Occurrence of an Extraordinary Event. Before even opening the book, the reader is clued into Pugliese’s supreme fascinations: water and Naples. And of course, the collision of the two.
The deluge brings chaos to the streets of Naples. Giant sinkholes open up and rescue workers swear they hear voices coming from the pits. Unearthly screams are heard throughout the whole city, seeming to emanate from the 13th century Maschio Angioino (also ironically known as the Castel Nuovo). Later, five lira coins will begin to play music that only children can hear.
The novel is divided into four parts, one for each day of rain, and loosely follows the perspective of Carlo Andreoli who, like Pugliese, is a journalist covering politics and local events in Naples. Pugliese was born in Milan but spent most of his life in Naples as a reporter. Malacqua, his only work in another genre, was published at the insistence of Italo Calvino by Italian literary powerhouse Einaudi, who also worked with Calvino and other luminaries including Natalia Ginzburg, Cesare Pavese, and Antonio Gramsci. But after quickly selling out its first print run, Pugliese decided to pull the plug on the project. No more copies were printed until after his death in 2012. This translation, by Shaun Whiteside, which comes 40 years after the original, is the first English version.
Pugliese is a playful writer, and many of the novel’s most enjoyable moments come from his quirks of language. He describes a mirror as “returning” a face to its owner. Waiting for the rain to stop is a “gruelling, progressive illness.” The weight of silence becomes “an airborne jellyfish, a transparent dream.” Not all of his experiments in language are as pleasing and strange, however, and at times his style can feel a bit forced, almost like a missed attempt at Thomas Pynchon.
Nicola Pugliese


And there are other aspects of Pugliese’s writing that disappoint. Even a Republican Senator would have a hard time denying the author’s misogyny. Men are often visually assessing women, and in various interior monologues from the viewpoint of Neapolitan women Pugliese justifies sexual harassment, office affairs, ogling. “Ultimately a hand on your backside,” Pugliese writes, “is always an act of homage, a gesture of esteem.” The way that Pugliese not only allows but encourages his male characters to harass women, and then uses his omniscient narratorial powers to have women apologize for and accept this treatment as not just okay but almost desirable, is sickening at times. It says much about Italian culture (and literary culture in general) of the 1970s that sentences like the one above were not outside of the norm.
Experiencing something so outdated and uncomfortable in the novel, however, made me more surprised to find a theme in the first two chapters that seemed downright contemporary: what appeared to be an attempt to grapple with climate change in fiction. Or at the very least, horrific weather and climatic events, and humans inability to do anything about them.
Pugliese writes, “With all that water coming down and coming down, and when you were about to say: there, it’s stopping now, you didn’t have time to open your mouth before the water violently returned, a harsh and predetermined rancour, an irreversible obstinacy.” The final words, “a harsh and predetermined rancour, an irreversible obstinacy,” could very well be used to describe the horrible repercussions of the changes we have wrought on our planet. Is he answering the call of recent writers such as Amitav Ghosh and Margaret Atwood to include and incorporate climate change in fiction?
Pugliese does not use the words “climate change,” and nor is it likely that was he thinking in those terms when he wrote the novel in the 1970s (the advancing water feels akin to Calvino’s warning, in Invisible Cities, of the “inferno” of inhuman urban sprawl). However, despite any direct link, many of the themes and tropes that contemporary writers find important in integrating climate change in their fiction, in “climate fiction,” or any other genre, are present in the early pages of Malacqua. Weather, catastrophic events outside of human control, play a stronger role in the plot than the actions of any one person. And Pugliese is deeply attuned to the ways that the rain is simultaneously terrifying to the Neapolitans and, like climate change for many in the twenty-first century, quotidian. Malacqua is not a tale of apocalypse, but a tale of how humans adapt and survive in the face of bizarre and catastrophic climate events. The deaths of seven Neapolitans during the rains is described in chilling terms by local members of government and the police. “A mournful event, certainly, a tragic event, but also predictable, in some respects, from the ancient perspective of a city that lives its life in a continuous form of multiplication.”
Later in the novel, however, it becomes clear that Pugliese’s use of these non-human devices is more metaphorical than political. The story (almost a parable) of the sea rising above the shore and entering Naples to seek out children barred from swimming, should’ve been a sign. Not just to the inhabitants of Naples, but also to me. This is not a book about climate change. It’s just a novel with a touch of magical realism.
About this point in the novel, Pugliese’s narrative begins to drag. His strengths lie, like many good journalists’ do, in deftly stitching together narratives and quickly limning characters and situations. The novel glows when it is discussing the mood of crowds at the beach, people on the street, a group of police and government officials searching a building. When the rain overflows open sewers in part of the city, Pugliese writes, “Also gritting his teeth and muttering fuck off was Biagio Di Sepe, 45, from Avellino, who was determined not to give a toss and had put on his rubber boots.” Pugliese’s Naples is a fractured place, more town than city, still recovering from the war. But despite its bleakness, there is something like love in his descriptions of Naples and its inhabitants, shot through with a touch of symbolism and literary finesse. Neapolitans look out across the sea at night towards Capri, “outstretched and remembering, as alien to the city as an undeciphered tower, close, yes, so close, and far away, too.” Neapolitans who may not have much still have their city, their dialect, which one character calls, “not a literary invention, an artificial construction made by experts and linguistic experimenters, but the most authentic, the most genuine and the most felt expression of an entire people.”
But when he turns his focus away from the city to dip further into the lives and minds of a smaller handful of Neapolitans, he becomes moralistic, even preachy. In these sections, the writing loses a bit of its luster, and the novel begins to feel a bit overly “artistic.” (The final 51 pages of the book take place in the protagonist’s thoughts while he is shaving. I am not against this experimentation, but the decision does not seem to add to the novel. It does not enrich the sense of the character’s emotions or the tableau of Naples. It feels, rather, like a good writer trying hard to seem clever.) Instead of these interwoven stories giving a sense of Naples as a whole, it makes the book feel more curtailed, insular. Each character seems to be living inside her own reality, her own space, which no one else can enter. Perhaps in its way that is Pugliese’s point. That not even a semi-apocalyptic event can make people communicate, break down the barriers of tradition, gender, and class. By the novel’s end, I too felt like the Neapolitans driven inside by the rain: claustrophobic and melancholy, craving a breath of air, a hint of blue sky. - Robert Sorrell
https://www.cleavermagazine.com/malacqua-a-novel-by-nicola-pugliese-reviewed-by-robert-sorrell/


We're in Naples, in recent history, and it's raining. It will in fact rain for four days solid – and seeing as it's October everyone's dressed for all seasons and expecting a bit of grey, but this is taking the proverbial. It's also making the city rather dangerous – when people report a huge sink-hole appearing in one street it's soon found that a pair of cars went into it, and two people have died, and more passed on with a whole building collapsing. What's more, some strange noises are coming from an abandoned civic palace. Is the city being told something by these strange events, or can a journalist find a logic behind the circumstances?
I liked this book from the get-go, for it seemed to be a modernist read with an actual plot, and actual strange events to match the unusual approach. If you don't know the style, what I dress as modernist is that twentieth-century literature that features endlessly long paragraphs, multiple-clause sentences that can stretch for pages at a time, and so on. This seems to have that, although not to such extremes, AND it has the most unusual – troupes of people forced to investigate what makes the noises emanating from the derelict building, and so on.
But I cheated there – I should say I liked this book at the get-go, for before the end it had long fallen out of favour. I wanted the intrigue about the city to be sustained, and for the bizarre things to escalate, or at least to receive a standard narrative. I wanted there to be fewer branches off to other characters that would pop their heads up above the parapets, only to do their thing and disappear with no consequences. And by the end, the modernist worst has hit us, as a man spends about fifty pages having a shave.
There's another thing that the book is not, and if you know the cinema of Pasolini you'll get the reference. This is certainly not one of his scathing Italian reports on how awful Italy is. The city here certainly seems to be giving humans a rum time, but there's no moral here as to how or why. The cover quote, from Calvino – this is a book with a meaning and a force and a message didn't ring true for me. Yes, there is yet another oddity about the place here that made me think of Calvino's Invisible Cities, but there's no comparison. And with the added modernism, with the style getting stronger and stronger, and without Pasolini's sacrilegious dismissal of all that makes Italy great, the book both spoke too much to the original local audience and didn't give me as strong a picture of the place as I expected. Added to all that, the author got instant reward from this book being a huge success in the 1970s, only to demand it be withdrawn from print, and it has stayed out of the public eye since. That suggests something acerbic or embarrassing, neither of which this is. I have to declare this an initially intriguing misfire, and assume that either it spoke only to the Neapolitan, or has had its cutting edge washed away over the decades. - John Lloyd
http://www.thebookbag.co.uk/reviews/index.php?title=Malacqua_by_Nicola_Pugliese_and_Shaun_Whiteside_(translator)


“Violent spates” of rain pelt the night-time streets of Naples at the start of Nicola Pugliese’s novel, ahead of a “resolutely pallid and funereal dawn”.  It’s an opening burst that signals a four-day inundation of the city’s physical and psychological infrastructure.
Within hours street lights across the city blow. Emergency teams admit their helplessness in the face of rain that displays an “irreversible obstinacy”. A road sinks into an “inert mass”. Two cars plunge into the chasm killing two passengers. A house collapses in seeming slow motion. Five people perish in their sleep as a result.
Pugliese is acutely aware of the sights, sounds and smells of Naples. This intimate knowledge, garnered through decades working as a journalist in the city, informs his rendering of life on the battered streetscape. But his scope reaches far beyond quotidian accounts of a local reporter’s ambulance-chasing routine.
As the unremitting four-day deluge seeps ever deeper into the Neapolitan psyche, surreal, absurdist and Gothic events come to the fore. Indeterminate moaning sounds echo in the city but an “anxious and imperceptible state of siege” seems to veil the source.
Two “explorations” are needed by “all the senior authorities” to pinpoint it. Vincenzo Mirasciotto, a “simple city policeman” has the job of laying the mystery to rest inside the “crenellated bastions” of the Maschio Angioino, the medieval keep, where the local municipality holds its meetings in the baronial hall.
By the third rain-sodden day a collective auditory hallucination appears to take an even stronger hold within the city when a 10-year-old schoolgirl is reported to be the first of many youngsters able to hear her favourite songs repeated in her ear by a five-lira coin.
Pugliese’s characters seldom interact with one another. What he describes — with a mixture of lugubriousness and world-weary sympathy — are ordinary people atomised by seemingly malevolent overarching forces, both meteorological and municipal. Most of his pomposity-pricking cynicism is reserved for the creaking branches of the bureaucracy as they seek to protect their hierarchical status rather than assure the safety of the city’s inhabitants.
Among the mysteries uncovered and resolved in the novel one remains to this day: why did Nicola Pugliese throttle his own creation Immediately after its first print run? - John Munch
http://www.eurolitnetwork.com/rivetingreviews-john-munch-reviews-malacqua-by-nicola-pugliese/


Upendranath Ashk - A young man, Chetan, from Jalandhar longs to become a writer but fails at every turn. His world is meticulously recaptured through fine and seemingly trivial details which make the background come alive.

$
0
0
In the City a Mirror Wandering
Upendranath Ashk, In the City A Mirror Wandering, Trans. by Daisy Rockwell,  Penguin, 2017.


Magnificent... Ashk writes with a clear hand and is served well by Daisy Rockwell as she recreates a compelling narrative Dawn Unfolding over the course of a single day, Ashk s sweeping sequel to Falling Walls explores the inner struggles of Chetan, an aspiring young writer, as he roams the labyrinthine streets of 1930s Jalandhar, haunted by his thwarted ambitions but intent on fulfilling his dreams. Smarting from his recent failures in Lahore and Shimla, Chetan is faced with the prospect of taking up a dead-end job. To make matters worse, he is married to a woman he does not love and is pining for another man s wife. Constrained by his circumstances, wracked with remorse and regret, he desperately seeks a way out of his myriad problems. And as he trudges around Jalandhar, constantly running into people he d rather avoid, Chetan finds himself confronting the tangled memories, frailties and fears that assail him. Intensely poignant and vividly evocative, In the City a Mirror Wandering is an exploration of not only a dynamic, bustling city but also the rich tapestry of human emotion that consumes us all.
Falling Walls

Upendranath Ashk, Falling Walls, Trans. by Daisy Rockwell, Penguin, 2015.


A young man from Jalandhar longs to become a writer but fails at every turn. Upendranath Ashk's 1947 novel explores in great detail the trials and tribulations of Chetan. From the back galis of Lahore and Jalandhar to Shimla's Scandal Point, Falling Walls offers a rich and intimate portrait of lower-middle-class life in the 1930s and the hurdles an aspiring writer must overcome to fulfil his ambitions.

"I have always wondered why this magnificent novel has been overlooked by readers and critics who complain about the paucity of good novels, but whichever language you read it in, Girti Deewarain will not fail to impress. It is as if an entire microcosm of old town lanes, teeming with people of all kinds suddenly comes alive. (...) Chetan’s world is meticulously recaptured through fine and seemingly trivial details which make the background come alive. (...) Ashk writes with a clear hand and is served well by Daisy Rockwell as she recreates a compelling narrative. Anyone who is still hesitant and in a quandary to invest so much time in a thick volume would do well to begin with Rockwell’s riveting introduction." - Asif Farrukhi





When Sa’adat Hasan Manto died in Lahore in 1955, Upendranath ‘Ashk’ wrote a long obituary which he titled “Manto My Enemy.” The two had worked together in All India Radio in Delhi, needling and disparaging each other constantly until Ashk, by his own account, drove Manto to leave and seek employment elsewhere. Shortly afterwards, however, Manto called Ashk over to Bombay to work together again, now in Filmistan Studios, and they were promptly at each other’s throats. “I like you,” Manto soon said to Ashk in English, “though I also hate you.” After the obituary was published, Manto’s widow Safiya wrote to “Ashkbhai-jaan” (brother) to say he had only told the whole truth. She also thanked Ashk for the money he had sent her more than once, for Manto had died in penury and debt.
In the 1930s-’40s, Ashk and Manto were thus on the same page, as rivals but companionate writers of comparable stature. Since then, and especially after the surge of interest in Partition literature upon the 50th anniversary of the event in 1997, Manto’s star has been in the ascendant, perhaps even more so in English than in Urdu, while Ashk languishes in relative obscurity. His literary output is incomparably larger and more various in its themes than Manto’s, comprising huge slices of the human comedy, but Manto with just half-a-dozen searing short stories of man’s inhumanity to man — and to woman — is now in another orbit.
Upendranath ‘Ashk’ (1910-1996) grew up in Jalandhar speaking Punjabi, began writing poetry in Urdu with the takhallus or pen-name of Ashk (tears), switched to writing novels and short stories in Hindi, and then won popularity as the author of widely performed Hindi plays. He had left Bombay when he fell ill with tuberculosis and after a slow recovery, decided to make his home in Allahabad, then the great garh or citadel of Hindi literature. He set up his own publishing house there and jostled for space among numerous hugely talented writers of whom as many as four were to go on to win the Jnanpeeth award. He always felt that he was treated as a Punjabi outsider and never given his due, and he didn’t help matters by going after his critics by joining issue with them at length in print, because of what he called his “love for revenge.” Meanwhile, besides publishing numerous other works of his as he went along, he carried on for half a century with what he intended to be his magnum opus in seven volumes (1947-1996); it came to some kind of an inconclusive end only with his passing away.
It is the first volume of this vast slow-motion narrative, Girti Divarein, which Daisy Rockwell has now translated into English as Falling Walls, herself taking 20 years over the task. Rockwell has a PhD from Chicago on Ashk and has earlier published a biography of his as well as a volume of his short stories in translation, Hats and Doctors. She is not just a life-long Ashk enthusiast but indeed a partisan, swallowing whole many of Ashk’s self-serving assertions and allegations against others and making some spectacularly tall claims of her own for his fiction. She says, for example, that Ashk’s saga is comparable to Marcel Proust’s Remembrance of Things Past, but admits that when she says this to anyone, “I always get a chuckle.”
In fact, nothing could be further from Proust’s great psychological novel than Falling Walls, for Ashk was a practitioner of what Namvar Singh in a letter to him forthrightly called “dire realism and factualism.” Ashk’s semi-autobiographical hero Chetan is 21, and drifts from being a school teacher in Jalandhar to a petty journalist in Lahore to an assistant to a dubious vaidya in Shimla. He wants to write a novel but has read hardly any himself. His singing at a public performance is a disaster and his acting in a minor female role in a play is a calamity. But it all happens so randomly and superficially that it does not seem to affect him much or help him grow, for he never thinks and seldom feels. Indeed, he seems to have hardly any interiority to him worth the name. When Ashk sent a couple of short stories to Premchand in 1932, Premchand advised him to read a good book on psychology and also EM Forster’s Aspects of the Novel.
Rockwell hopes that Ashk’s novel will do well in English as it has now been “freed of its literary milieu.” But it still remains unremittingly quotidian and flat and some elementary errors in translation by Rockwell will hardly help the cause. Ashk has no other enemies left now; may he prosper on his own. - Harish Trivedi |
http://indianexpress.com/article/lifestyle/books/book-review-falling-walls/


Falling Walls is the first in a multi-volume novel cycle. Set in northern India in the 1930s, its protagonist is Chetan, and while he has just completed his BA at the local college when the novel begins, it is very much a Bildungsroman: Chetan's adolescence and school-days might be over, but he is still immature, and this story is of a character still very much finding his way. Well into the novel, with Chetan already married and working in the big city (Lahore) his older brother, Bhai Sahib, still constantly tells him: "Chetan, you're such a child" -- and Chetan is hardly insulted; he can't really disagree , and even admits:
Bhai Sahib, I just want to stay a child. I don't want to grow up. 
       It's not that he's unwilling to take responsibility -- at that point he's actually helping to bankroll his older brother's dentistry-business, for example -- but he's still barely formed, still just beginning to figure out who he wants to (and is capable) of being.
       Chetan does have big dreams -- professional and romantic, among others -- but finds himself limited by circumstances, tradition, and his own character. He wants to be a writer, but without any real role models or familiarity with literature in general barely knows how to even begin to go about it. His older brother was the more dedicated (but indiscriminate) reader (reading: "only to entertain himself or pass the time, but not to think"), but Chetan remains determined -- if barely making progress: even late in the novel he's still at the stage where:

He hadn't read many novels, and his knowledge of the form was limited to some of Premchand's works, a few novels that had been translated from Bengali, and a handful of extracts from English novels he had read in textbooks, and it was beyond him to write a good novel with so few examples. But he continued to write without fully comprehending the reality of his situation. A strong desire to express his feelings continually bubbled up inside him, so he just kept writing, but because he had no authority over the art of novel writing, he kept getting stuck with his novel. 
       His mother saw to it that he got the best education they could afford in backwater Jalandhar (a city of over 100,000 even back then, and close to a million now ...), but there's no way he can take the next step and get a real degree in the regional metropolis, the Punjabi capital of Lahore. Still, Chetan itches to escape the small(er)-town life, certain that only in the big city could he possibly achieve any of his still indistinct dreams.
       The novel opens showing that Chetan has a rebellious side, willing to take some initiative. True, it's about a matter that has been decided for him, without him having any say, but still: 

     Chetan was fed up at last. And so, one day, he set out quietly for Basti Guzan to catch a glimpse of his future wife.  
       Chetan's first impression is not positive -- "Marry that fatso -- never !" -- but he is unable to even bring up the possibility of marrying another, even when there might be a chance to finagle his way out of this engagement (as he has his eyes on another girl in the same family, a substitution that the involved families could possibly be sold on). His father gave his word, and it's the one thing the otherwise unreliable and heavy-drinking Pandit Shadiram values; ultimately, Chetan sees no way out and goes along with it, marrying this Chanda. His disappointment in her plainness continues, but at least already on their wedding day:
Chetan learned that Chanda -- his plump and dowdy wife -- possessed an extremely fine and sensitive heart beneath her rather ordinary appearance. 
       He also wishes she were better-educated -- a lot to ask for in times when it as still difficult for women to get much schooling, though at least she already comes to him literate -- and he even tries to teach her himself. That doesn't go so well, but eventually she does continue her education, quite successfully. Chetan is big on efforts at betterment, and so, for example, when he discovers what a fine voice she has also invests in studying the harmonium and making music with her.
       While Chetan settles into his marriage, he nevertheless continues to lust for others. From early love Kunti, who occasionally flirts with him over the years -- even after getting married and having her first child -- to Neela, Chanda's young cousin, whom she sees as a sister, to even a not particularly attractive neighbor, Chetan's passions are rather easily and often drawn elsewhere -- though his hesitant acting on them doesn't lead to much more than acute embarrassment all around. The treatment of sex is interesting throughout the novel, beginning with acknowledging how ill-prepared young men were for any sort of intimacy with the opposite sex when they reached adulthood -- the topic always having been off-limits, even as the urges naturally emerged. Chetan's ignorance leads to performance anxiety, while the cramped quarters he shares with his older brother and their wives -- generally alternating their presence -- limits the possibilities of any sort of private spheres. Even as he settles into his relationship, the proximity with his wife remains only physical; even in the novel's final scenes they've only established a connection that isn't fully satisfying, and, for example:

Despite their year and a half of companionship, Chanda had never been able to take the initiative in their love. 
       Family structures are fundamentally rigid, yet there's tremendous fluidity to them. Chetan's mother already shuttled her children back and forth, to keep them away from their boozing father, who targeted Bhai Sahib in particular, sending them off to live with a grand-father while she joined Pandit Shadiram wherever he was stationed when she could (to keep him from drinking away all his earnings). After he has set off, Chetan convinces his older brother to move with him to Lahore -- arguing that Bhai Sahib's chances of professional success are much greater there -- and supports him, despite not making much either; meanwhile one or the other of their wives joins them for extended periods of time, the other remaining with their mother back in Jalandhar -- until Ma gets too fed-up with whichever daughter-in-law is there ..... At times, both couples live together in Lahore -- but Bhai Sahib's wife is hard to get along with, so that's not in the cards long-term either. Surprisingly, it's generally Chetan who makes the decisions, for himself and the others -- of who is in Lahore, who back home -- a juggling act he's not particularly successful at, but which both his wife and his brother seem to respect.
       The difficulties of any openness in relationships in this time and culture are most clearly shown when Chetan falls ill when he is visiting his wife's family. His wife has to explain to him why she is not the one attending to him while he lies sick in bed: 

     In an extremely polite but tearful tone, Chanda said, "You don't know; if I sat with you, everyone would start talking. The women of the family would gossip about me, they'd say whatever came into their heads. 
       (Instead, it's the beautiful young cousin Neela who looks after the patient -- something that becomes both understandable and considerably creepier, given Chetan's longing for her, when it's revealed the girl is really only a child, only in her earliest teens).
       Chetan struck out for the big city as soon as he could, hoping to fulfil his ambitions of becoming a writer, and he at least manages to break into the newspaper business, with the occasional opportunity to publish stories. He works long hours, and continues to have difficulty making the creative leap he longs for; at one point his carefully conceived plans for a novel are literally washed away. Part of it is, of course, the slow process of growing up: even after he's been there a while, it can still be said of him that: 

     Chetan was one of those simple, meek young men who hadn't turned wily and crafty in the big city of Lahore. He hadn't yet developed the skills to laugh off every horrible incident, argue about things in a philosophical manner and prove that his daily acts of evil were far better than all the good deeds of the honourable masses. He had a simple soul. He was innocent, pure and good. He hadn't yet soaked up the philosophies of his urban environment. 
       Ironically, his eyes are opened, to a greater extent, not in urban Lahore but in the smart summer-retreat-town of Shimla. An opportunity of sorts arises, a successful Ayurvedic huckster Kaviraj inviting Chetan to join him in Shimla for the summer, offering to pay him more than he makes at the newspaper. All Chetan has to do is write a book for him, to be published under Kaviraj's name -- the sort of taking advantage of others' talents that, Chetan soon realizes, Kaviraj is expert in. Nevertheless, it's too tempting to pass up -- and so: 
     This was the first compromise he made between his own innocence and the age of deceit. 
       The last third or so of the novel focuses on his time and experiences in Shimla, and narrows the story even more closely down to Chetan, his family not only kept at a distance (they're back in Jalandhar and Lahore), but barely even heard from: there's a disagreement with his brother that (conveniently) keeps them from communicating, while, to Chetan's frustration, Chanda's missives are barely a few words long -- she's not much of a letter-writer. But out of sight the family seems more or less out of Chetan's self-absorbed mind, in any case.
       Chetan does experience quite a bit on his own, from how he is taken advantage of by Kaviraj (which, even when he recognizes it, he is ambivalent about), to being able to indulge in other creative passions -- music, and acting in a play. He explores his more creative side again -- not making real progress with his novel, but at least creatively engaged, in a variety of ways. It's something that has been bubbling in him since early childhood:

The irrepressible urge to express himself manifested sometimes in one form, sometimes in another. What the correct medium for this might be he didn't yet know. But he did want expression. He wanted to react against the harshness of his environment in his art, even to take revenge; though in all appearances a meek, orphan-like child, he'd been buffeted by powerful storms within. 
       Kaviraj is a manipulative fraud, but not purely despicable. He even has a bit of a creative soul, and Chetan is intrigued by him, and can learn from Kaviraj's cheery embrace of deception and salesmanship: "It's not enough for an invention to be useful, or for a work of art to be creative. You also need to be good at playing the advertising game". Both Chetan's experiences with Kaviraj and his family, as well as some of local life, whether in the restaurants or the acting-group he joins, do teach him more about life; he sheds some of his naïveté -- though not without some humiliating moments, such as his on-stage embarrassment when they perform the play whih he has a part in.
       It's true that: "Chetan was as energetic on the inside as he was passive-looking on the outside", and he is something of a go-getter. He has ambitions, and he screws up his courage and tries to take the initiative quite often. He's also a bit hapless, and his taking the initiative is often a clumsy blurting out. He's neither entirely comic nor tragic hero, but he is a compelling character, well-drawn by Ashk.
       Set mostly in the present -- when Chetan is in his early twenties -- there are a few glimpses of what formed the young man. Interestingly, Ashk introduces their father's abuse mainly by focusing on how it affected Chetan's older brother, Bhai Sahib; only very late on does he reveal more of Chetan's own suffering and its lingering effects. As to the politics of the time, there's mention of the (contemporary) 1933 white paper, part of the lead-up to Indian independence, and a look back to 1929, when a younger Chetan was able to travel to Lahore for a Congress Party meeting -- where, typically, the politics barely register, and it's a flute he buys (and loses) that is the most lasting memory.
       If politics remain almost entirely in the background, Falling Walls still does offer a rich, fascinating look at the (northern) India of that time. Tradition dominates in every respect, from festivals and prayers -- transcending individual religions, as many partake in at least some of the rituals of each others' -- to behavior and expectations in families, and in public. From veiling to obedience, Ashk shows a broad cross-section of attitudes and behavior -- with Pandit Shadiram a prime example of the failures of the system (and his wife resourcefully trying to minimize the damage). Fascinating, too, is how largely invisible many of the characters remain, especially the children: Chetan's younger brothers, as well as Bhai Sahib's young children, barely make appearances underfoot, and are treated almost as entirely inconsequential; so too, Chetan's apparent lack of interest in what Chanda's life is like when she is apart from him (and her lack of interest in informing him -- as she can barely find anything to write to him about) are striking.
       Chetan's lusting, and his behavior with various women, is an interesting example of the difficulties society's strictures (and poor educational preparation) pose. A romantic at heart, he is completely unequipped to satisfy his desires, which Ashk presents very nicely (and, several times, cringe-worthily).
       In the end, Chetan still sees -- and sees himself surrounded -- only by walls; rather than falling, as the title would seem to have promised, they have only become clearer and, as such, arguably stronger. As such, Falling Walls is still only the beginning of this, and his, story. It is quite successful as such, however -- a thoroughly enjoyable slice-of-life epic with an appealing (if occasionally maddeningly clumsy) protagonist. Ashk doesn't get the shape of the novel as whole down right -- the Shimla-third is a bit broken off, and there's a certain lack of continuity (not chronology) that's made all the more obvious by the shuttling back and forth of Chanda into and out of Chetan's day-to-day life -- and the character-development is mostly limited to Chetan. Still, most of the story-telling along the way is very good.
       This is a fine, big book, and good reading throughout; one looks forward to the next installments. - M.A.Orthofer

http://www.complete-review.com/reviews/hindi/ashku_FW1.htm



A pre-Independence novel breaks out of the literary conventions of the day, but any comparison to the French novelist is questionable
When we can find an Indian Shakespeare, even if it happens to be a certain Kalidas who predates the bard by a millennium, would it be difficult to locate an Indian Marcel Proust? Daisy Rockwell, an American academic, translator, writer and painter, traces the French novelist to a location as improbable as the blighted streets of pre-Independence Jalandhar. Translating the late Hindi writer Upendranath Ashk’s novel Girti Divarein, the first of a seven-volume collection, she finds it similar in many ways to Proust’s Remembrance of Things Past.
Are modern Indians condemned to a derivative discourse, forever lagging behind the West in social and political expression? When you read Rockwell’s translation, you cannot fault her for her Western lens. Falling Walls is a keenly modern novel Ashk was inspired to write after he came to know of Virginia Woolf. It is a rambling account of a lower middle-class boy’s life in Jalandhar and Lahore as he struggles to become a writer, trying to break free of stifling society, oppressive conventions and disabling poverty. In his ambition to find a personal space for creative expression, Chetan reminds one of Stephen Dedalus in James Joyce’s A Portrait of the Artist as a Young Man. In pre-Independence India, Chetan’s was a very European endeavour — what political thinker Sudipta Kaviraj might call ‘the invention of private life’.
The autobiographical novel mirrors Ashk’s own pursuit of the European style. He wanted to depict the inner mind of the characters, admiring how Woolf had told an entire story by way of a morning walk in her novel Mrs Dalloway. Ashk’s act of writing the novel was a struggle to be modern, like Chetan trying to break free of his context, for he was breaking many literary conventions of the day. He was insistent that whatever was expressed was done through the characters’ lives, events, conflicts and entanglements and not through long speeches and debates. He wanted to let the novel speak through descriptions and not be didactic like what was mostly being written at that time.
But Proust?
Those who rush in expecting romantic reveries, longwinded sentences, exquisite reminiscences and immersion into fine prose will be a bit disappointed. Ashk has no pretensions of the sublime, or the aristocratic elegance of Proust. But he too rambles, finds moments that trigger long flashbacks, and has written seven volumes to tell the autobiographical tale of a writer. He records his life in such abundant detail that it turns out to be the history of his time. You glimpse Proust in Ashk especially in his sideways incursions into character’s lives without showing any hurry to get the plot going.
Protagonist Chetan is the consciousness of Ashk. Chetan’s yearning for a modern life reflects in Ashk’s conscious experiment with a modern form — a rambling, self-absorbed novel that makes a point to show, not tell. However, at the core of this modern novel is the realisation of its own derivativeness. There are numerous descriptions of dyers, folk poets, streetside storytellers, poetry jams on the sidelines of the Harivallabh Sangeet Sammelan, blacksmiths and other craftsmen, and a soda-bottle maker — as if Ashk is fumbling to find his native creative lineages. It’s a highly self-conscious novel, where many characters look like disguised ideas. Chetan’s elder brother, an idle card-player, is a voracious reader of novels. He reads indiscriminately, Premchand as well as pulp. In the standstill, cramped life of a poor neighbourhood in Jalandhar, it indicates a hunger for newer worlds and faraway places — anything that offers an escape from the hopeless stagnation around. Hunar Sahib, a nationalist poet, a scamster with shady antecedents and Chetan’s window to the literary world of Lahore, is an expert plagiarist who passes off couplets of famous poets as his own to unsuspecting admirers like Chetan and his brother. He seems to stand for Ashk’s struggle to be original while writing in a borrowed Western style.
Rockwell’s immense research shows in her deft translation, where nothing jars as she effortlessly conveys the local colour. There are no irritating explanations that would put off the English reader and amuse the Hindi one. She moves the Hindi text towards the English reader but knows how far it can be pushed from its terrain. Therefore, her translation will speak to the Hindi as well as the English reader. This novel must be read, not least for its description of our forgotten literary cultures and a subaltern history of pre-Independence times. - Dharminder Kumar
https://www.thehindubusinessline.com/blink/read/proust-in-jalandhar/article7485256.ece



In 1951, Upendranath Ashk wrote a passionate defence of his six-volume series of novels, Girti Divarein, their protagonist a lower-middle-class Punjabi man in the 1930s."The question is, in this age of struggle, for whom does the storyteller write?" he asked his critics. He wrote, he said, not for Kalidas's maharajas, but "for the thousands of other mud-smeared souls", like himself, setting down "the tiny, aggravating details of life that leave a bitter taste in one's mouth". I had read a lot of Ashk growing up in Delhi, but ducked the Falling Walls novels in the same way you put off reading Proust, or all of Tagore, or other classics: marking it down as monumental, intending to get around to it some day, and permanently postponing the encounter in favour of other, more contemporary books. Now I envy Daisy Rockwell, who has lived with the Falling Walls series for at least two decades, reading and slowly translating them, after meeting Ashk in his Khusro Bagh house in Allahabad in 1995, when she was in her twenties. "Falling Walls is one of those sorts of books that stay with you for decades and won't let you go," she writes in her translator's introduction. "What it has been for me, in particular, is a guide to finding one's own artistic voice and medium." This first volume (Falling Walls, Penguin Books, Rs 499, 486 pages), spans Chetan's life in Jalandhar, a student at an indifferent college who wants to go to Lahore to experience life; his years in Lahore as an aspiring and permanently failing author; and an episode in Shimla, where his gratitude to the benefactor who takes him to the hill station changes when he realises he has been pressed into service as an underpaid ghostwriter. His father and mother, Pandit Shadiram and Lajwati, live in a shabby ruin. The gallis and sewers of Lahore and Jalandhar, unlovely newspaper offices, mud-caked drains, the memory of beatings from his father in childhood: these form his world. Chetan veers between trying to write poems and short stories, distracted by a growing interest in women, and the usual necessary and demanding relationship between him and poverty.
His marriage is arranged to a plain girl called Chanda, while he dreams of other women whom he meets only in glimpses - Kunti, Neela - relationships built on fragments, dreams, stray moments and accidental damage. And yet he never lets go of the dream of being a writer. In Lahore, his mischievous nephew crushes his thick (and mostly unpublished) file of essays, stories and poems. The notebook in which he has kept the outline of his great realist novel slips from his hand into an open sewer. When he decides to publish his stories himself, he has to ask a new friend, Kaviraj Ramdas (an expert in curing sexual ailments, known as a patron of writers) whether he might arrange for the paper to print his book. In Shimla, he meets three literary types - a man who shifted from running a tandoori restaurant to running a famous paper that becomes the victim of its own success, a famous poet who has done " a beautiful job making a compromise between art and life", and a youth who arranges large mushairas. "Along with reaping the merit of literary service, he also raked in enough money to live off for the next eight to ten months…"In contrast, all that Chetan has to his credit is the power of his imagination. "The foul atmosphere of Changar Mohalla, the stifling claustrophobic environment of the newspaper: when these came into contact with the touchstone of his imagination they became excellent, lovely and radiant." And so he lurches from failure to failure, and all of his failures are more beguiling, in Ashk's hands, than any success story could be. Daisy Rockwell's translation is superb, because it is so unobtrusive. The flavour of Ashk's Hindi comes through behind the form of the English words, setting this classic free to reach an even larger audience than before. - Nilanjana Roy 
http://www.business-standard.com/article/beyond-business/falling-walls-115071701294_1.html


THE latest addition to the prestigious international series of Penguin Modern Classics is the novel Girti Deewarain by Upendranath Ashk, translated from the Hindi and described on the back of the book as the work of “one of the titans of 20th-century Hindi literature”. Inclusion in such a series means that it will be widely read all over the world, including Pakistan. Whenever I see Girti Deewarain celebrated as a Hindi novel, I nearly miss a heartbeat. What a missed opportunity for Urdu wallahs who have failed to acknowledge and appreciate this superbly crafted and meticulously detailed, larger-than-life novel. Ashk was born in Jalandhar but it was in pre-Partition Lahore that he established himself as a short story writer a few years senior to his friends, Krishan Chander and Rajinder Singh Bedi, and to Saadat Hasan Manto who was to become his arch rival. It was on the suggestion of Premchand that he turned to Hindi as it was economically more viable a language to be writing in.
However when Ashk visited Pakistan in the twilight years of his life, he told me in an interview that he prepared his first draft in Urdu and this is how he first wrote the story of his life and his major novel in Urdu. But he could not find a publisher to meet his terms so the novel was published in Hindi and went on to become a widely read but controversial classic. The author revised his original Urdu version, brought it up to date and published it in 1983. This was when I first read it and immediately came under its trance. I have always wondered why this magnificent novel has been overlooked by readers and critics who complain about the paucity of good novels, but whichever language you read it in, Girti Deewarain will not fail to impress. It is as if an entire microcosm of old town lanes, teeming with people of all kinds suddenly comes alive.
There can be several kinds of walls and all of them are not likely to crumble into a heap of words. The name of the novel is intriguing and one wonders which walls the author is referring to. He explains in the introduction that there are “multiple walls of frustration surrounding every aspect of lower-middle-class life”. Without giving away the story, he goes on to say that “along with the thick walls, there are thin ones too; these hem in the mind of the hero and they fall, they push away the darkness in his mind, allowing the light of his awareness of reality to illuminate the recesses of his inner being. Because walls in the heart and mind break soundlessly and fall slowly, their rumbling is not heard.” Beautifully put, this could serve as the epithet to the entire novel.
The very first sentence of the novel strikes a definite chord and conveys the gritty, rough-hewn quality of the entire narrative: “Chetan was fed up at last. And so, one day, he set out quietly for Basti Guzan to catch a glimpse of his future wife”. The story moves with him as he covers the short distance with a rather grim determination but does not miss the small town people and the many things to see, including girls coming out of the school and bracing themselves for the ogling and leering crowd. Chetan finds another girl far more attractive than his intended who is rather plump and ordinary for his liking. He can convey his unhappiness to his mother but not to his strict and authoritarian father who is a drunkard to boot. Chetan learns to hide his true feelings as he allows himself to drift along the course his family had determined for him. He is an aspiring author who has to struggle to make some money from hack writing for newspapers and cheap publishers.
Chetan’s ambitions know no bounds and he dreams of writing a big novel even though he has limited talent, apparently. A notebook containing the working draft of his novel is literally swept into the gutter when he slips on a sewerage line while walking in the rain in a way which anybody would find humorous other than the protagonist himself.
Chetan’s world is meticulously recaptured through fine and seemingly trivial details which make the background come alive. A multitude of minor characters crowd the main narrative. Chetan’s inner world is not described and we do not get any inkling of what goes on inside his mind in the modern psychological sense. His inner feelings are conveyed through memories.

“Along with the thick walls, there are thin ones too; these hem in the mind of the hero and as they fall, he slowly becomes more successful at seeing and understanding life; as they fall, they push away the darkness in his mind, allowing the light of his awareness of reality to illuminate the recesses of his inner being. Because walls in the heart and mind break soundlessly and fall slowly, their rumbling is not heard.” — Excerpt from the book

While his own motives are not clear, he moonwalks from Jalandhar to poor localities in Lahore and Shimla, observing a wide array of people and incidents with camera-like precision. Is he a camera, like Christopher Isherwood of The Berlin Stories? Or a “mirror walking down the road”, literally shehar main ghoomta aina, a phrase which he used as the title for one of his subsequent volumes and attributed to the master French naturalist Stendhal who used it as his definition of the novel as a genre. Chetan and his world are the basis of the story but Chetan himself is a rather fluid and somewhat opaque centre. It is on a rather poignant note that the story reaches its climax.
Ashk writes with a clear hand and is served well by Daisy Rockwell as she recreates a compelling narrative. Anyone who is still hesitant and in a quandary to invest so much time in a thick volume would do well to begin with Rockwell’s riveting introduction. The author of an illuminating critical biography of Ashk, which I find very relevant to Urdu studies, and the translator of a previous volume of his short stories (also available in Penguin), she explains that it took her 20 years to translate it and she describes it as “one of those books that stay with you for decades and won’t let you go.”
In a remarkable statement she declares that the novel has “written” her life. She steers clear of making tall claims of universality for it, since “Falling Walls is a profoundly specific portrait of a time and a place that couldn’t be mistaken for any other”. She recounts that the novel is many things, “a cultural history, a literary picaresque, a Partition novel (in its reconstruction of an undivided Punjabi past), a bildungsroman and a work of satire”. Her fascination with the novel is grounded in her own experience and her relationship with it: “what it has been for me, in particular, is a guide to finding one’s artistic voice and medium”. This is very close to the spirit of the original as it is first of all, the story of Ashk trying to find his own artistic voice and a relationship with his experience. It is to his credit that he makes a story out of his artistic quest, a story which many people can relate to, even those who do not share his background. Rockwell goes on to discuss the Proustian element, Ashk’s quarrelsome relationship with his critics and links with Progressive modernism. My one complaint is that although she explains that Falling Walls is a standalone novel, the first part of a sequence which includes seven novels, all with Chetan as their protagonist and continuing his wanderings in the same cities as in this novel, she makes no effort to describe the rest of the sequence, which would have served readers well — such as myself — who are not likely to read the rest of the books. Not unless Rockwell undertakes the translation of the other novels.
The translator’s preface is complemented by the author’s introduction in which he recounts his initial inspiration and how the novel originated in a casual conversation with Fayyaz Mahmood at the Maktaba-i-Urdu, Lahore. The story would have been worthwhile in itself but Ashk goes on to censure the different kinds of critics he has met and decry the influence of Ratan Nath Sarshar or Romain Rolland. Out of favour with critics and readers today, Rolland’s multivolume Jean-Christophe used to be popular, and Nirmal Verma, the most sophisticated among Hindi writers has written memorably of the influence it had on him when he read it as a young man. It is interesting to note that Ashk repeated the same story in the specially written introduction to the Urdu edition but left out the tirade against his critics. Rockwell has done well to retain it here as it brings out the person who wrote the novel, an unforgettable character in his story who breaks the frame to come out of it, and like the Ancient Mariner, compels you to enter another story. -
https://www.dawn.com/news/1233186


Of literature’s many paradoxes, one of the most persistent is the dependence of so many writers who call themselves realists on protagonists who are anything but. Like all good paradoxes, this one too points to an important truth. From Miguel de Cervantes onwards, naïve protagonists in fiction—their hearts filled with noble ideals, believing, if not that the world is a just place, then certainly that a more just world can be made—provide a point of view on human nature that eventually unsettles readers just as much as their fictional milieu unsettles them. Of course, they may come across as purely comic if they, like Don Quixote, refuse to learn anything. But equally, should they learn to adapt themselves to their circumstances, we sense something tragic about their realism, and feel the need to defend or rescue exactly what they are abandoning.
Something like this narrative arc—one says “something” because this substantial novel is only a fragment of a massive, seven-volume story, and much remains to be realized in the story’s “future”—appears in Girti Deevarein by Upendranath Ashk. Ashk is one of the realist Hindi novel’s holy trinity alongside Munshi Premchand and Yashpal. This series was his great novelistic project: the story of five years in the life of a highly sensitive young man that he hoped would also become a portrait of the age.
Here is a writer in no hurry at all. For a few hundred pages, all we are given are the torments of the provincial young protagonist, Chetan, as he flaps, stumbles, falls and gets up again, buffeted by the storms of family, education, livelihood, poverty, marriage—and his own questing self, which will not allow him to accept easy answers to his questions, even as it cannot reject the dictates of convention.

Brutalized by a belligerent, hard-drinking father, Chetan knows he can never become the same kind of man—but has no sense of what kind of man to become instead. He needs time to grow into a place of independence, but meanwhile time is a rope twisting more and more knots around him: a wife who does not represent what he wants in a woman, a job in a newspaper that bears no resemblance to what he seeks from work. He is tormented by his feelings towards women who cross his path—most notably his sister-in-law, Neela. Not having a strong sense of self, he repeatedly places his trust in older men who seem to represent some kind of power or virtue, but each one of these engagements leads him only to a further revelation of “the duplicity of the age”.
Beyond him, another figure seems to proceed serenely: the writer, building up in painstaking (and occasionally pointless) detail the surfaces and structures of lower middle-class life in undivided Punjab in the 1930s. We are in a universe of galis and mohallas (neighbourhoods), charpoys and turbans, thundering patriarchs, downcast mothers, the frames of karma and dharma, the Arya Samaj and the Congress party, a glass of milk before bed, and one set of new clothes every year (readers attentive to the literary politics of language will be interested to know that Ashk, himself a Punjabi, began the novel in Urdu and later translated it into Hindi, following the lead of Premchand, who was an early literary champion of Hindi in the Urdu-Hindi-Hindustani debates of the time).

Daisy Rockwell, Ashk’s greatly involved translator (she has also written a critical biography of the writer, and published a collection of his stories called Hats And Doctors), has elsewhere compared Ashk to Marcel Proust. The resemblance is certainly worth contemplating. Both writers wrote a seven-volume novel sequence that remained unfinished. The theme of In Search Of Lost Time is also the development of a nervous and questing young man into an artist, and both protagonists return obsessively to the fevered climate of their childhoods.
But the fundamental difference is that Proust’s story is told in the first person by the protagonist, who by the force and beauty and peculiarity of his obsessions succeeds in converting us to his poetic vision of reality, while Ashk’s narrator shows us Chetan from the outside as the prisoner of his circumstances, and the reality of Ashk’s world remains stubbornly prosaic and mean. The workings of memory are central to the narrative method of both writers. But the dozens of flashbacks to Chetan’s childhood reveal not just a character who seeks refuge from his own present, but also a writer wrestling with his own rather rudimentary technique, and finding no other way of going forward than going backwards.
Towards the end, though, the writing suddenly takes wing, and Chetan’s difficulties with the world begin to be marked by insight rather than incoherence. Glimmering observations begin to appear about the relationship between art and life, self and society, religion and morality (trying, for instance, to compare the boy Chetan’s love of nature with the adult Chetan’s love of art, the narrator observes that “with art, he found what he couldn’t attain in nature: self-expression” and that “Art is really the daughter of nature”).
The story builds up to a devastating denouement. After having meditated for long upon his discontent, Chetan decides that he is at fault for the emotional distance between his wife and him. He resolves to make an effort to scale the wall of gender difference so deeply built into marriage by tradition, and make his wife not his slave but his friend.
Just then comes the news that the young Neela is about to be married off. And Chetan remembers that it was he who, having nearly committed a misdemeanour with Neela, had advised her father to have her married off. Now, attending the wedding, he sees that the groom is a well-off, well-over-the-hill widower. Yearning for a genuine soulmate himself, he has just ensured that another human being will forever be denied one. Yet again, Chetan feels hapless, but there is a difference: He feels hapless for the sake of someone else. And in the same breath he ceases to lie to himself. “The naked truth appeared before him. He was in love with Neela.... Intelligence, religion, morality, society, marriage—all those walls which in reality had kept his desire hidden from him had fallen in his imagination.” Watching these walls fall so dramatically, one moves from asking more of Ashk to asking for more Ashk. - Chandrahas Choudhury
http://www.livemint.com/Leisure/N7Wl9qva6vRTqI9NMTUjrJ/A-man-adrift-in-Jalandhar.html


The announcement that an Important Book has arrived makes me wary, because publisher-speak is hyperbolic by its nature, and also because ‘important’ is sometimes synonymous with ‘self-consciously serious’, or ‘dull’, or ‘this weighs five kg in hardback’. But the English translation of Upendranath Ashk’s 1947 epic Girti Divarein warrants special notice. Falling Walls—completed by Daisy Rockwell 20 years after she began it—is not just one of the year’s publishing events, it is a terrific, deeply engrossing read too. And it is just the first volume in a seven-book cycle that Ashk worked on for half a century, and which he hadn’t completed when he died in 1996. (Endeavours of this scale are never quite finished, even when they are.)
The simple way of describing this book is that it is about a young man named Chetan—coming of age in 1930s Jalandhar, later living in Lahore and making an extended trip to Shimla—who wants to be a writer or do any sort of creative work, and the impediments in his path, some of which are rooted in his own personality, others in external circumstances. But this description is insufficient: Falling Walls is also a multi-layered portrait of intersecting worlds, with Chetan as the fulcrum. It is about relationships in a lower middle-class family, about young people trying to find their way, about missteps and successes, sexual awakening and minor transgressions. It is a ground-level view of three cities at a very particular time in a nation’s history. And it is an enquiry into what it takes to be an artist, and whether the effort is worth it.
All this makes it a book with big themes (Ashk’s novel cycle has been compared with Proust’s Remembrance of Things Past), but you rarely think about that while reading it, because its many little episodes work so well on their own terms. There are well-observed character portraits, such as the one of Chetan’s alcoholic father who believes fervently in the folk saying that a parent’s curses are like drops of milk and ghee (and who, like most bullies, turns self-pitying when the tables are turned on him), or Chetan’s sister-in-law, who grew up in a strife-ridden household and carries that discontent within her (‘in view of her training, it was hardly possible she’d allow an undivided reign of peace in her married home’). There are moving details that illuminate a state of mind, such as the observation that when Chetan’s mother got married and left for her husband’s house, ‘her crying was not for the loss of the joy that girls feel at their natal homes, but for the lack of joy she’d felt there’. And there are amusing descriptions: sleepy-eyed clerks at a railway platform are likened to yogis, far removed from earthly matters; a poets’ soiree is compared to a beehive that gets jostled—‘just as the bees fly out this way and that but eventually settle back in the very same place, the audience and the baitbaazi poets eventually began to gather at the Pona again’.
As the months rush by, we see Chetan experiencing the many faces of love and attraction, along a spectrum that ranges from idealised romance to uncomplicated lust. Ashk shows how forbidden love might play out in this setting— early passages involve Chetan’s oblique ‘conversations’ with a girl named Kunti, whom he likes (they can’t speak directly to each other, but each says meaningful things to a friend in the other’s earshot)—and how this can segue into bolder forms of intimacy and unexpected encounters with strangers (a co-traveller in a train; a coquettish neighbour). Or how, in a large extended family, when a young man interacts with his new wife’s attractive cousins—prone to hero-worshipping a jijaji—a conversation can acquire flirtatious shades and threaten to rupture the social fabric.
A whole setting and a way of life is thus brought alive, complete with its bucolic, often ribald Punjabi chatter (an old woman’s breasts, which she tries unsuccessfully to keep covered while she quarrels with her neighbours, are referred to as ‘yellow papayas’)—some of which is probably untranslatable, though Rockwell captures its spirit as well as anyone could. She provides valuable insights about Ashk in her preface too, observing that though he was once associated with the Progressive Writers’ Association, he distanced himself from it and chose, through his writings, to create awareness of social evils rather than offer clear-cut solutions to them. ‘He needed to find a new ‘pattern’ as he called it […] for the sort of book he wanted to write, which would depict the vast sweep of lower-middle-class reality, a creative quest and a struggle, but not, he explains, a story with a traditional plot.’
One of this narrative’s achievements is that it is wonderfully fluid even though the structure is really very intricate. As Rockwell notes, it is full of ‘memory-triggers’— often a single sentence, set apart from the text around it by a visual break, heralds an excursion into ‘the boundless and pure pastures of the past’. These memory-triggers unpeel layers for us and demonstrate one of the advantages of this sort of immense, detailed narrative: our view of the characters and their personal equations keeps shifting; the effect is akin to life itself, where you move from the comfortable certainties of youth to a broader understanding of the many dimensions of people.
So, for instance, Chetan’s elder brother Ramanand is initially presented as a naïf and dabbler, never destined to come into his own, a burden on his parents. As he fumbles, with funny results, from managing a laundry business to being a minor-league Congress leader—and treating both as the same thing—we are told ‘Bhai Sahib devoured the heaps of knowledge contained within books like a white ant; and like a white ant, his mind remained a total blank.’ In a different sort of book, this may have served as the final word on Ramanand, or he may have remained so peripheral that this one-dimensional view, at a particular point in time, would have sufficed. But here, much later, when Bhai Sahib, preparing to start a dental practice, visits Chetan in Lahore, we see him—and the brothers’ relationship—in a fresh light. Living independently from their parents, they have candid, grown-up conversations, face new challenges. If the Falling Walls structure resembles a jigsaw puzzle at times, it also made me think of a magnifying glass slowly moving from one section of an enormous canvas to another; hovering above a character, giving us some information before drawing back so we can once again appreciate how all this is an essential part of our protagonist’s world.
Each of the story’s major settings informs the mood of the book itself. It begins in Jalandhar, where Chetan is a child of a family, cowed down, under his father’s strict eye and heavy hand; then comes the mid-section in Lahore, where he works as a newspaper reporter and deals with the rigours of domestic life (having married a girl named Chanda); and finally a long section— taking up the final 200 pages— set in Shimla, where Chetan is persuaded to go with an ambitious vaid named Kaviraj, who exploits him while donning the mask of a benevolent patron.
The Lahore passages are the busiest, most conversation- driven: this warm, dynamic city leaves Chetan little time for anything other than his daily routine. He tries to write a dramatic novel, but his notebook is washed away in a sewer on a rainy night, much as his own life is being swept along by the imperatives of being a householder. But the tone shifts notably when he goes to Shimla—he is alone now, perfunctorily working on a medical book for Kaviraj, no Chanda or Bhai Sahib for company—and in this cold, relatively quiet place, he has time for anguished, drawn-out introspection; he frets about his condition, contemplates the unfairness of the world, imagines a new one where ancient walls will be pulled down.
For this reason, the Shimla passages are a little pedantic compared to the Lahore ones. But the contrast between the two places serves a purpose, raising the old question: what does a writer really need—solitude or chaos, to be alone or to throw himself into life’s rich pageant? ‘Whenever Chetan ran from life he could only find peace in the bosom of nature or art,’ we are told. Yet art doesn’t always bring him peace either—sometimes it results in humiliation, as when he sings the Raag Bhairavi at an evening concert, or goes on stage wearing his glasses while performing in the play Anarkali. He is dreamy and passive in many ways (attending a Congress meeting as a teenager, he ‘didn’t want to move like a wave in a sea of volunteers. He wanted to stand by the side and watch the splendor of the sea’) and his artistic aspirations are scuttled by the disorder around him; in one notable passage where he sits down to play a precious, newly bought flute at a railway station, bliss soon gives way to heartbreak. He writes letters with colourful descriptions (‘You know how there’s lovely tasty fruit inside the ugly bumpy skin of a chikoo? It’s the same with this beautiful, tasteful house in our filthy neighbourhood’) but can’t go much further.
Yet, throughout the book, there is the suggestion that his only real chance of becoming what he wants to be is through participating in the world and savouring new experiences, both good and bad. Often one gets the impression that Chetan, in the act of remembering incidents from his past, or thinking about the stories he has heard about someone else’s life, is performing the writerly task of constructing a narrative: shaping in his mind things that he might never get around to putting down on paper. Perhaps he does achieve this in future volumes of Girti Divarein. For now, how fortunate that he has Upendranath Ashk to do it for him. - Jai Arjun Singh http://www.openthemagazine.com/article/books/the-master-and-his-magnifying-glass


Upendranath Ashk’s ‘Falling Walls’ is set, by turn, in 1930’s small town Punjab, Lahore and Shimla and follows Chetan from his brutal childhood through his struggles to make something of himself and find artistic fulfillment. ‘Falling Walls’ is not just an engaging novel for social-history enthusiasts, but is also a rewarding read because of the proximity one often feels to it’s characters, particularly it’s central protagonist Chetan. Daisy Rockwell clearly felt this closeness, as evidenced by both her quite personal introduction to the novel, and the many years taken in translating it -her translation is a labour of love. In writing ‘Falling Walls’ Ashk sought to distance himself from his earlier more fanciful, one-dimensional works of fiction and authentically depict the trials, pleasures and interior life of a younger self- the novel, it appears, is heavily autobiographical. As Ashk himself eloquently puts it in his lively introduction to the 1951 edition of the novel, he wished to illustrate that:
“…man is not artless enough to be a deity; that he is not made of pure gold but is a mixture of alloys; that it is not just his exterior universe that is a boundless mass of complications, but rather that many layers of entanglements exist within him as well, and below these are caves so dark that just a glance at them could cause one to tremble.”
The novel begins in Jalandhar, and we are introduced to Chetan’s family and his prospective wife as well as characters populating his mohalla, who have a more tangential presence in Chetan’s life. It would not be harsh to describe Chetan’s father as a monster. One would be hard-pressed to think up ways in which Pandit Shadiram could be a worse husband and father. Chetan’s sufferings at the hands of his alcoholic father are very substantial and are further expanded upon in the more contemplative Shimla phase of the novel, but his Bhai Sahib has had an even tougher time, and is one of those children rendered almost insensate from the abuse and violence frequently and gratuitously meted out to him. Their mother Lajwati’s life has been truly wretched and her situation is more pitiable than that of her children. Given what she has been through, it’s a real wonder that she remains an empathetic and kindly woman, and never turns into an embittered daughter-in-law torturing harridan.
Bhai Sahab diverts himself by way of chess and cards while Chetan’s natural leanings incline him to take pleasure and respite in a diverse range of pursuits; learning and then writing his own poems and bhajans, acting them out, toy-making, music and drawing. Chetan throws himself into these activities feelingly and wholeheartedly. An anecdote is related where a young Chetan observes that his neighbour is in possession of many birds and keeps them all entrapped in one small cage. Chetan is saddened by the plight of the birds and composes a bhajan exhorting his neighbour to release them. This, he literally sings from his rooftop. The neighbour goes on to sell the birds for a profit, but when Chetan views the empty cage from afar he is elated and ascribes this state of affairs to the transformative potential of his verse. He is spurred on by this perceived victory to compose more bhajans.
The adult Chetan is just as sensitive, impressionable and ambitious, and seeks to emerge from the squalor and despair that surrounds him and distinguish himself in some creative field. Embarking upon a career as a translator and occasional story-writer for a Lahore based newspaper Chetan earns little, but is buoyed by dreams of the future and continues to approach the arts with similar ardour; writing and reciting poetry, attempting a novel, and later acting and learning how to sing and play various instruments. All of these activities he undertakes with gusto, but the results are often not commensurate to his efforts, and are a poor reflection of the passion and sincerity put in. Chetan is also eager to make Chanda (the wife selected for him) his equal in learning and education. His efforts in this area, however, initially gravitate between delivering motivational lectures and getting hot and bothered when prompt answers to his questions are not forthcoming. A complaisant and hardworking Chanda is willing to cooperate. Ashk, does however, also amusingly enlighten us as to the sentiments these efforts on Chetan’s part occasionally inspire. The formerly recreational walks of the the couple are now utilised by Chetan for pedagogic purposes.
“Golbagh’s empty paths, trees, plant flowers, leave, grassy lawns and tar-black streets looked beautiful and dreamlike in the milky moonlight of the month of Kartik, and Chanda tired of listening to the curses and harsh voices of the Changar ladies all day long, was eager to hear the sweet rustling of the leaves….she wanted to sit for a few moments by the side of the road where there was a tiny cannon from olden times on the top of a platform , but her boring husband who longed to be a poet and a fabulist…”
Money remains scarce despite the mutual support Bhai Sahib and Chetan proffer one another. Time, however, becomes less so when a naive Chetan is lured to Shimla by quack Kaviraj. Susceptible to the latter’s false promises and flattery, Chetan arrives in Shimla where he is disabused of any illusions regarding Kaviraj and spends lonely days penning Kaviraj’s book. But, it is also in Shimla that Chetan is able to devote spare hours first to lessons in classical music, and then rehearsing for the play ‘Anarkali’. He is very much invested in both undertakings. The lessons culminate in a classical music recital where Chetan is anxious to display his vocal skills. He is practically jeered off the stage and runs ‘home like a thief in the night’. The play is also a tragi-comic event where the fuming director stalks on to the stage and tears off the glasses which Chetan has forgotten to remove. A maturer, more successful Chetan may, in some years, be able to look back at these incidents with a bemused if somewhat wistful smile, but the pathos generated by these events is very real. At times, in reading fiction, you find characters with which you feel an affinity, or with which you share attitudes and particular personality traits . Chetan is one such character, and you find that he possesses certain tendencies which you have still have not outgrown. There is what Chetan himself describes as his ‘overblown sentimentality’. He is easily hurt and depressed and just as easily happy and euphoric. He has a distaste for open confrontation in some situations and tends to withdraw further into himself. E.g. Though he is seething at Kaviraj’s many deceptions he finds it impossible to openly raise the subject with Kaviraj. Assuming that Chetan is a close representation of Ashk himself, it would be interesting to know how Ashk went from being this fairly diffident young man to later on writing scathing introductions to his works, in which he would lambaste one and all (critics and contemporaries). I will probably have to read the other volumes of the Girti Deewaren (Falling Walls) series in order to find out.
In Ashk’s introduction to this novel, however, his appraisal of some of the observations made by his critics appears to be fair enough. Written with verve, the introduction simultaneously expands on the literary influences which had a bearing on his stylistic and thematic choices. While his influences were diverse, Ashk had a particular regard for Premchand, and specifically cites Premchand when explaining his decision to refrain from writing anything outside the ambit of his own experience. In my view, some writers do need to abstain from wandering too far away from the particular world or worlds they inhabit in order to avoid hitting false notes. Others have strong intuitive powers, and a sort of perspicacity which enables them to not only ‘stand in the shoes’ of very disparately habituated individuals but also understand the most intricate workings of their minds. How they do it, I don’t know, but the most stunning recent example of this I have read is Eleanor Catton’s ‘The Luminaries’.
In Ashk’s case, his determination to write only what he had direct knowledge of, results in a persuasive and affecting portrayal of the early phases of Chetan’s life. His experiences are often fractured, bitter-sweet and inconclusive, and sort of plaintiveness runs through significant portions of the text. The novel is also set in a time where (more so than today) small indiscretions and acts of thoughtlessness could have very momentous and damaging consequences. Chetan, after some resistance eventually reconciles himself to his impending marriage with Chanda. Their wedding night constitutes the first real meeting between the couple, where they are able to openly speak to and discover one another. Chetan is delighted to find out that his wife is not only more attractive than he earlier envisaged, but has qualities which are conducive to their living a contented and meaningful life together. However, while he has an affection for Chanda, his senses are completely enthralled by her younger cousin Neela. Chetan’s own acute receptiveness to Neela’s charms and, at one point, uncontrolled expression of this desire, cause him to obtusely prompt Pandit Veniprasad (Neela’s father) to start looking around for a husband for her. The lengthy Shimla months intervene between this phase and Neela’s marriage. These months bring Chetan some solitude, some frenetic activity, humiliations, and upsurging recollections of a brutal past carried on into the present. Kaviraj specialises in sexual health, and when Chetan is about to take leave of him, he does dispense some advice which Chetan considers valuable and is desirous of implementing on meeting Chanda again. Chetan is now keen to make Chanda ‘his true partner’ so that the two of them can together ‘find their bliss’. These good intentions are thwarted by a situation, the making of which Chetan has significantly, if inadvertently, contributed to. Because of the careless haste with which the match is arranged, and a misleading photograph of the potential groom, Neela is married off to a painfully ill-suited military accountant, thrice her age, thrice widowered, and utterly uncongenial to her. While Chetan had no knowledge of, or involvement in the getting up of this match, prior to his chat with Neela’s father, Pandit Veniprasad had been in no hurry to get his young daughter married. Aghast at viewing the groom’s visage, and filled with anguish at the role his own idiocy has played in bringing about this turn of events, a bitter regret and emptiness come to settle inside Chetan. Neela’s marriage extinguishes his former ardour, causing him to derisively scoff at his erstwhile plans.
“Chanda was sleeping soundly. Chetan went and quietly lay down next to her. He thought about Kaviraj’s sermon on sexuality; he also remembered his own vow and laughed at himself. Where was that vow now, where was that desire…even lying right next to her he felt they were miles apart, as though an impenetrable invisible wall stood between them…..As he lay staring into the dark void with sleepless eyes, Chetan felt that these walls stood not just between himself and his wife , not just between Neela and Trilok, but that countless similar walls stood between all women and men, classes and castes in this subjugated nation ….there was no end to such walls. ”
It is on this ironic and quite bleak note that the first volume of the ‘Falling Walls’ series ends. Ashk’s novel is a very worthwhile read and I certainly want to know what the future holds for Chetan, Bhai Sahab, Chanda, Neela and Ma. - silverambrosia
https://silverambrosia.wordpress.com/2015/09/25/falling-walls-girti-deewaaren/




Comparisons have often been made between Marcel Proust’s Remembrance of Things Past and Upendranath Ashk’s Girti Deewarein, and with good reason. Both novels run into seven volumes, are semi-autobiographical, rely on a host of associative memories relived through a complicated series of flashbacks, both have somewhat earnest protagonists who are struggling to become writers and in both cases the writer died while he was still writing the seventh volume of his magnum opus.
Also, both Remembrance… and Girti Deevarein are urban legends: more talked about than actually read, for few can claim to have read all seven of these densely written epics.
Of course there are the differences: Proust documents the life of a well-to-do upper-class Parisian while Ashk chronicles a lower middle-class Punjabi with little money to spare for the small luxuries of life. If it is the dainty Madeleine cake served in his aunt’s well-appointed parlour that becomes a memory trigger to a privileged childhood in one, there is the harshness of an alcoholic father’s curse-laden voice that brings back a host of painful memories in the other. But underlying both memories and common to the narrative style of both novels is a relentless detailing, a piling up of images. Nothing is too small or too insignificant: the exact shape of an eyebrow, the names of mohallas, streets and bastis, the way light falls at a certain time of the day in a certain place, everything is recalled in its exactness and entirety. And it is this that makes both riveting reading.
Ashk is fortunate to have found Daisy Rockwell as his translator for not only does she have the stamina and tenacity to take on this mammoth cycle of novels but also seems to have a rare devotion for Ashk himself. Not the most affable of souls, he was famous for his run-ins with fellow writers, most notably Manto, for whom he wrote Manto Mera Dushman (‘Manto My Enemy’). He was also known to be prickly if not outright contentious about his own writings and how others viewed it. Yet 20 years ago, Rockwell came down to Allahabad as a research scholar, met Ashk, interviewed him at length, wrote her doctoral thesis on his work and has continued to translate him ever since. In between, she has also pursued a parallel career as a painter and written a volume of essays on the global war on terror as well as a novel of her own. Asked what draws her to Ashk time and again and why, like a homing pigeon, she comes back to his work after circling the literary skies, she points to its intrinsic appeal for any creative person. In revisiting Girti Deevarein and its long-drawn out tortuous journey of self-discovery, she says she finds a reflection of her own search for creative expression.
Upendranath Ashk. Photo courtesy of Neelabh
Upendranath Ashk. Photo courtesy of Neelabh
The first of the seven-volume set, translated by Rockwell as Falling Walls, is the story of Chetan, a young Punjabi man born in a poor mohalla of Jalandhar who escapes the drudgery of a school master’s job by fleeing to Lahore where he hopes to become a writer and also eke out a living by working in one of the many newspaper offices that flourish in the city. Despite all its minutiae of time and circumstance, all the explicit details one young man’s life, his trials and tribulations, his intellectual and sexual urges, his marriage to a dowdy young woman he doesn’t especially care for somewhere, Falling Walls somehow becomes compelling reading simply because it transcends the personal and particular. In its slow unfurling of a mind looking to expand its horizon, in its insistent exploration of the darkest recesses of the human heart it no longer remains just the story of one young man.
Also, given its richly textured narrative, its setting in provincial Punjab and its depiction of a Punjabi youth struggling to find his feet in a literary world dominated by Urdu writers, it chronicles a world located at the cusp of change. The reformist movement spearheaded by the Arya Samaj, the arrival of a new breed of ‘service-class’ people, namely those who work in the newly-established colonial enterprises as station masters, construction supervisors, overseers as well as those who provide a host of ancillary services to an emerging native middle class such as teachers, dentists, dry cleaners, etc. provide a startlingly new list of dramatis personae. Chetan is both witness and participant in this change. He sees and approves the inroads made by the Arya Samajis in reducing the burden of tradition. He encourages his newly-wed bride to drop the veil, resume her education and generally free herself from the shackles of the past. An earnest, even occasionally self-righteous young man, he condemns depravity in others though he himself is prey to all manner of deviant urges. Ashk is nothing if not brutally honest in his portrayal of all that afflicts a young man raised by a devout mother and depraved father in an atmosphere of utter suppression of the most natural of human impulses.
What emerges, then, from a reading of Falling Walls– and it must be admitted that the first 20-odd pages are heavy going till the insistent pull of the novel holds you captive and makes you read all of its 486 densely-packed pages – is the arresting portrait of a young man wanting to become an artist. That Ashk is not James Joyce and Chetan is not Stephen Dedalus nor is Jalandhar remotely close to Dublin is another matter. - Rakhshanda Jalil
https://thewire.in/16679/chronicling-the-falling-middle-class-walls-of-punjab/


A 1947 novel by one of Hindi literature’s best-known names Upendranath Ashk, which offers an intimate portrait of lower-middle-class life in the 1930s is now available in English.
From the back lanes of Lahore and Jalandhar to Shimla’s Scandal Point, Falling Walls, translated by Daisy Rockwell from the original Girti Divarein is also about the hurdles an aspiring writer has to overcome to fulfill his ambitions.
The novel explores in great detail the trials and tribulations of Chetan, a young man from Jalandhar who longs to become a writer but fails at every turn.
The six-volume novel cycle Girti Divarein earned the author comparisons to French novelist and critic Marcel Proust. Ashk was the recipient of numerous prizes and awards during his lifetime for his masterful portrayal, by turns humorous and remarkably profound, of the everyday lives of ordinary people.
Ashk wrote in 1951 about his novel, “The story is concerned with the depiction of the lower-middle-class environment and the suffering of an alert and sensitive young man trying to find the right path to developing his genius in his grim environment.”
The author intended to write the novel in “three parts, or if possible, nine, and I’d chosen Falling Walls to be the title for all of these parts combined. This is why I abandoned the title Chetan, and since I’d abandoned Chetan, Chetan’s love story also became less important.”
While writing the novel, there were two things that Ashk especially kept in mind.
“One was that whatever was expressed was done through the medium of the characters’ lives, their life events, their conflicts and their entanglements. The author, as far as possible, did not jump into the dialogue himself. Neither did he get into debates, nor did he make speeches.
“The second thing was that the hero shouldn’t speak in the manner of someone older than he actually is. It wouldn’t have been hard to put big words in his mouth; what was hard was not putting them there.”
Ashk (1910-1996) was born in Jalandhar and spent the early part of his writing career as an Urdu author in Lahore.
Encouraged by Premchand, he switched to Hindi, and a few years before Partition, moved to Bombay, Delhi and finally Allahabad in 1948, where he spent the rest of his life.
By the time of his death, Ashk’s large oeuvre spanned over a hundred volumes of fiction, poetry, memoir, criticism and translation.
Rockwell, who has taught Hindi-Urdu and South Asian literature in a number of American universities, began to translate Girti Divarein in 1995.
She says Falling Walls is one of those books that “stay with you for decades and won’t let you go.”
Chetan is 21 years old when the novel begins. He knows he wants to be a writer, or an artist, or something creative. But he fails in one way or another at nearly every turn. Not only do financial and time constraints bar his way, but he also lacks any real model for how to go about doing what he wants to do.
He must search on his own, grasping in the dark, as it were, for the right toll with to express himself. High jinks ensue, and Chetan, as a semi-autobiographical not-quite Ashk, is foolish and bumbling, as he careers between vain delusions and profound depression.
“The quest to create is not the sort of journey with a beginning, middle and end. It’s a never-ending story, and so it comes as no surprise that Ashk never quite finished the final volume of the story; had he lived five years more, he most likely would have simply continued to write.
“At approximately 2000 pages representing more than 50 years of effort, Falling Walls is thus epic in its length, but profoundly modern in its scope,” says Rockwell.
- https://zafrimn.wordpress.com/tag/upendranath-ashk/
Upendranath Ashk, Hats & Doctors, Penguin, 2013.


excerpt


Daisy Rockwell’s translation of Hindi-Urdu writer Upendranath Ashk’s short stories is more of a teaser than a complete introduction to the Jalandhar-born author. Rockwell, who also edited the collection, had the fortune to meet Ashk a year before he died in Allahabad in 1996. She admiringly characterises him as idiosyncratic and hostile, an outlier in a field that was already being marginalised.
Rockwell is working on a translation of Ashk’s 1947 novel Girti Divarein, a major work, and she implies in the introduction that Hats and Doctors is a somewhat random assortment of stories – some of them in debatably “final” form as the author used multiple drafts and on occasion even supplied his own translations. Through colourful anecdote, she also tells us that Ashk himself tasked her with the translation, if in a somewhat oblique manner.
This obliqueness is a feature of the stories here as well, and Ashk’s subtle satire comes through more clearly in some than others. In some, it is the protagonist or narrator’s discomfort that rises to a near-fevered pitch: a newly promoted bureaucrat in “Brown Sahibs” and the hypochondriac of “Hats and Doctors”. Other memorable characters include an irritable train passenger in “The Cartoon Hero” and a miserly yet bombastic family of tourists in Kashmir in “The Dal Eaters”. Though relatively restrained, several of the stories approach the grotesque: “Dying and Dying”, set in another train compartment, juxtaposes the memory of a nuptial night with an intimation of mortality; “Mr. Ghatpande” captures life and death in a tuberculosis ward (Ashk himself spent time in one). Ashk’s concern with writing about the unfortunate members of society comes through in many stories: “The Aubergine Plant” underscores the worth of one man’s life compared to another’s.
The reader will find something to like in the 16 stories here. Rockwell has previously written a critical biography of Ashk, and the casual reader may wish for more insight into his life and philosophy than is given in her fun but slightly flippant introduction to Hats and Doctors. The stories too may have benefited from a more introductory context. Still, if the book leaves one wanting a bit more, there’s the assurance that more is on the way: Rockwell is hard at work on Falling Walls (no publication date yet though); meanwhile she hopes “that some of these stories will induce a few readers… to turn their feet towards a Hindi bookshop one day.”

The prolific and controversial novelist, playwright, and short-story writer Upendranath Ashk (1910-1996) was one of the titans of 20th-century Hindi literature, best known for his six-volume novel cycle Girti Deevarein (Falling Walls). Although that book has not yet been translated into English, Ashk makes a long-awaited appearance in the world of Indian literature in English this year in a book of translations of his short stories by Daisy Rockwell, a scholar of Hindi literature who has also written an acclaimed critical biography of Ashk (Katha, 2004).
The new book of translations is called Hats and Doctors (Penguin), and it showcases Ashk in all his vitality and variety—a stylistic legerdemain that parallels, in this story, the sartorial stylishness of the hat-loving yet hat-hampered protagonist, Mr Goyal. The many shades of Ashk’s humour are revealed in this gently satirical portrait of middle-class life in the new Indian republic, with its unselfconscious hierarchies (the separate spaces for middle- and lower-class patients in the doctor’s waiting room), its relish for long, morbid descriptions of personal symptoms and conditions (an attitude taken on here by the narrator too in his descriptions of Mr Goyal’s ailments and travails), and its great debates (allopathy or homeopathy?).
Rockwell writes of her translation project, “Perhaps a translator should hope that her readers will develop a taste for the author in English, so that she can bring out more of the author’s works in translation in the future. My hope, however, is the opposite: that some of these stories will induce a few readers, even just one or two will do, to turn their feet toward a Hindi bookshop one day. Out shopping in Old Delhi, they might stroll into The Hindi Book Centre on Asaf Ali Road, and say to one of the booksellers, ‘Yaar, do you have anything zabardast in stock by that amazing author, Upendranath Ashk?’”
“Hats and Doctors” was first published in Hindi in 1966 as “Topiyan aur Doctor”.
http://www.caravanmagazine.in/fiction/hats-and-doctors


Upendranath Ashk, 1910-1996, was one of Hindi literature's best known and most controversial authors. Ashk was born in Jalandhar and spent the early part of his writing career as an Urdu author in Lahore. Encouraged by Premchand, he switched to Hindi, and a few years before Partition, moved to Bombay, Delhi and finally Allahabad in 1948, where he spent the rest of his life. By the time of his death, Ashk's phenomenally large oeuvre spanned over a hundred volumes of fiction, poetry, memoir, criticism and translation. Ashk is perhaps best known for his six-volume novel cycle, Girti Divarein, or 'Falling walls' ? an intensely detailed chroniclee of the travails of a young Punjabi man attempting to become a writer?which has earned the author comparisons to Marcel Proust. Ashk was the recipient of numerous prizes and awards during his lifetime for his masterful portrayal, by turns humorous and remarkably profound, of the everyday lives of ordinary people 




     Q & A with translator Daisy Rockwell



Viewing all 2183 articles
Browse latest View live